The-Homebrew-Cloud/libntfs-wiiu
2
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/Maschell/libntfs-wiiu.git synced 2024-12-17 23:51:50 +01:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

*Initial commit of the source version 2010-10-02 from WiiXplorer branches. For change log see the WiiXplorer branches change log.

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
dimok321 2010-12-28 14:18:25 +00:00
commit aa43eb3138
85 changed files with 51511 additions and 0 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

27
AUTHORS Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
Present authors of ntfs-3g in alphabetical order:
Jean-Pierre Andre
Alon Bar-Lev
Dominique L Bouix
Csaba Henk
Bernhard Kaindl
Erik Larsson
Alejandro Pulver
Szabolcs Szakacsits
Miklos Szeredi
Past authors in alphabetical order:
Anton Altaparmakov
Mario Emmenlauer
Yuval Fledel
Yura Pakhuchiy
Richard Russon
Nintendo GameCube/Wii port authors in alphabetical order:
Rhys "Shareese" Koedijk
Dimok

50
CREDITS Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
The following people have contributed directly or indirectly
to the ntfs-3g project.
Please let ntfs-3g-devel@lists.sf.net know if you believe
someone is missing, or if you prefer not to be listed.
Dominique L Bouix
Csaba Henk
Max Khon
Auri Hautam<61>ki
Gergely Erdelyi
Anton Altaparmakov
Peter Boross
Don Bright
Mario Emmenlauer
Yuval Fledel
Kano from Kanotix
Roland Kletzing
Maarten Lankhorst
Gergely Madarasz
Patrick McLean
Florent Mertens
Yura Pakhuchiy
Miklos Szeredi
Bartosz Taudul
Zhanglinbao
Wade Fitzpatrick
Carsten Einig
Adam Cecile
Bruno Damour
Ales Fruman
Curt McDowell
Thomas Franken
Jonatan Lambert
Klaus Knopper
Zhanglinbao
Ismail Donmez
Laszlo Dvornik
Pallaghy Ajtony
Szabolcs Szakacsits
Jean-Pierre Andre
Alejandro Pulver
Erik Larsson
Alon Bar-Lev
The following people have contributed directly or indirectly
to the Nintendo GameCube/Wii port of ntfs-3g.
Michael "Chishm" Chisholm
rodries

340
LICENSE Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
rights.
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
parties under the terms of this License.
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
customarily used for software interchange; or,
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
received the program in object code or executable form with such
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Program or works based on it.
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
this License.
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
Foundation.
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
when it starts in an interactive mode:
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
Ty Coon, President of Vice
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
Public License instead of this License.

31
Makefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
default: cube-release wii-release
all: debug release
debug: cube-debug wii-debug
release: cube-release wii-release
cube-debug:
$(MAKE) -C source PLATFORM=cube BUILD=cube_debug
wii-debug:
$(MAKE) -C source PLATFORM=wii BUILD=wii_debug
cube-release:
$(MAKE) -C source PLATFORM=cube BUILD=cube_release
wii-release:
$(MAKE) -C source PLATFORM=wii BUILD=wii_release
clean:
$(MAKE) -C source clean
install: cube-release wii-release
$(MAKE) -C source install
run: install
$(MAKE) -C example
$(MAKE) -C example run

54
READMII Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
INTRODUCTION
============
The NTFS-3G driver is an open source, freely available read/write NTFS driver
for Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, NetBSD, Solaris and Haiku. It provides safe and
fast handling of the Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000, Windows
Vista, and Windows Server 2008 file systems.
The purpose of the project is to develop, continuously quality test and
support a trustable, featureful and high performance solution for hardware
platforms and operating systems whose users need to reliably interoperate
with NTFS. Besides this practical goal, the project also aims to explore
the limits of the hybrid, kernel/user space filesystem driver approach,
performance, reliability and feature richness per invested effort wise.
The driver is in STABLE status. The test methods, the test suites used
can be found at
http://ntfs-3g.org/quality.html
News, support answers, problem submission instructions, support and discussion
forums, performance numbers and other information are available on the project
web site at
http://ntfs-3g.org
For more details on the NTFS-3G project see the 'original' folder included
with this package.
COMPILING AND INSTALLATION
==========================
Make sure you have devKitPPC and the latest libogc installed. Then type:
make
make install # or 'sudo make install' if you aren't root.
USAGE
=====
NTFS related routines can be accessed by adding the following line to your
source file(s).
#include <ntfs.h>
When compiling you must also link against the libntfs. To do this add -lntfs
to the LIBS section of your application Makefile. For example:
LIBS := -lwiiuse -lbte -lntfs -lfat -logc -lm
For a more practical example of using NTFS in your application,
see the included 'example' folder.

139
example/Makefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Clear the implicit built in rules
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
.SUFFIXES:
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ifeq ($(strip $(DEVKITPPC)),)
$(error "Please set DEVKITPPC in your environment. export DEVKITPPC=<path to>devkitPPC")
endif
include $(DEVKITPPC)/wii_rules
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# TARGET is the name of the output
# BUILD is the directory where object files & intermediate files will be placed
# SOURCES is a list of directories containing source code
# INCLUDES is a list of directories containing extra header files
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TARGET := $(notdir $(CURDIR))
BUILD := build
SOURCES := source
DATA := data
INCLUDES :=
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# options for code generation
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CFLAGS = -g -O2 -Wall $(MACHDEP) $(INCLUDE)
CXXFLAGS = $(CFLAGS)
LDFLAGS = -g $(MACHDEP) -Wl,-Map,$(notdir $@).map
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# any extra libraries we wish to link with the project
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIBS := -lwiiuse -lbte -lntfs -lfat -logc -lm
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# list of directories containing libraries, this must be the top level containing
# include and lib
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIBDIRS :=
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# no real need to edit anything past this point unless you need to add additional
# rules for different file extensions
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ifneq ($(BUILD),$(notdir $(CURDIR)))
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
export OUTPUT := $(CURDIR)/$(TARGET)
export VPATH := $(foreach dir,$(SOURCES),$(CURDIR)/$(dir)) \
$(foreach dir,$(DATA),$(CURDIR)/$(dir))
export DEPSDIR := $(CURDIR)/$(BUILD)
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# automatically build a list of object files for our project
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CFILES := $(foreach dir,$(SOURCES),$(notdir $(wildcard $(dir)/*.c)))
CPPFILES := $(foreach dir,$(SOURCES),$(notdir $(wildcard $(dir)/*.cpp)))
sFILES := $(foreach dir,$(SOURCES),$(notdir $(wildcard $(dir)/*.s)))
SFILES := $(foreach dir,$(SOURCES),$(notdir $(wildcard $(dir)/*.S)))
BINFILES := $(foreach dir,$(DATA),$(notdir $(wildcard $(dir)/*.*)))
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# use CXX for linking C++ projects, CC for standard C
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ifeq ($(strip $(CPPFILES)),)
export LD := $(CC)
else
export LD := $(CXX)
endif
export OFILES := $(addsuffix .o,$(BINFILES)) \
$(CPPFILES:.cpp=.o) $(CFILES:.c=.o) \
$(sFILES:.s=.o) $(SFILES:.S=.o)
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# build a list of include paths
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
export INCLUDE := $(foreach dir,$(INCLUDES), -iquote $(CURDIR)/$(dir)) \
$(foreach dir,$(LIBDIRS),-I$(dir)/include) \
-I$(CURDIR)/$(BUILD) \
-I$(LIBOGC_INC)
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# build a list of library paths
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
export LIBPATHS := $(foreach dir,$(LIBDIRS),-L$(dir)/lib) \
-L$(LIBOGC_LIB)
export OUTPUT := $(CURDIR)/$(TARGET)
.PHONY: $(BUILD) clean
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$(BUILD):
@[ -d $@ ] || mkdir -p $@
@make --no-print-directory -C $(BUILD) -f $(CURDIR)/Makefile
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
clean:
@echo clean ...
@rm -fr $(BUILD) $(OUTPUT).elf $(OUTPUT).dol
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
run:
wiiload $(TARGET).dol
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
else
DEPENDS := $(OFILES:.o=.d)
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# main targets
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$(OUTPUT).dol: $(OUTPUT).elf
$(OUTPUT).elf: $(OFILES)
%.elf.o : %.elf
@echo $(notdir $<)
$(bin2o)
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# This rule links in binary data with the .jpg extension
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
%.jpg.o : %.jpg
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
@echo $(notdir $<)
$(bin2o)
-include $(DEPENDS)
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
endif
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

229
example/source/main.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
/**
* main.c - Directory listing example for NTFS-based devices.
*
* Copyright (c) 2009 Rhys "Shareese" Koedijk
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
* Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#include <gctypes.h>
#include <gccore.h>
#include <wiiuse/wpad.h>
#include <fat.h>
#include <ntfs.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <dirent.h>
#include <errno.h>
static void *xfb = NULL;
static GXRModeObj *rmode = NULL;
void list(const char *path, int depth)
{
DIR *pdir;
struct dirent *pent;
struct stat st;
char indent[PATH_MAX] = {0};
char new_path[PATH_MAX] = {0};
// Open the directory
pdir = opendir(path);
if (pdir) {
// Make this our current directory
chdir(path);
// Build a directory indent (for better readability)
memset(indent, ' ', depth * 2);
// List the contents of the directory
while ((pent = readdir(pdir)) != NULL) {
if ((strcmp(pent->d_name, ".") == 0) || (strcmp(pent->d_name, "..") == 0))
continue;
// Get the entries stats
if (stat(pent->d_name, &st) == -1)
continue;
// List the entry
if (S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
printf(" D %s%s/\n", indent, pent->d_name);
// List the directories contents
sprintf(new_path, "%s/%s", path, pent->d_name);
list(new_path, depth + 1);
chdir(path);
} else if (S_ISREG(st.st_mode)) {
printf(" F %s%s (%lu)\n", indent, pent->d_name, (unsigned long int)st.st_size);
} else {
printf(" ? %s%s\n", indent, pent->d_name);
}
}
// Close the directory
closedir(pdir);
} else {
printf("opendir(%s) failure.\n", path);
}
return;
}
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
int main(int argc, char **argv) {
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Initialise the video system
VIDEO_Init();
// This function initialises the attached controllers
WPAD_Init();
// Obtain the preferred video mode from the system
// This will correspond to the settings in the Wii menu
rmode = VIDEO_GetPreferredMode(NULL);
// Allocate memory for the display in the uncached region
xfb = MEM_K0_TO_K1(SYS_AllocateFramebuffer(rmode));
// Initialise the console, required for printf
console_init(xfb, 20, 20, rmode->fbWidth, rmode->xfbHeight, rmode->fbWidth * VI_DISPLAY_PIX_SZ);
// Set up the video registers with the chosen mode
VIDEO_Configure(rmode);
// Tell the video hardware where our display memory is
VIDEO_SetNextFramebuffer(xfb);
// Make the display visible
VIDEO_SetBlack(FALSE);
// Flush the video register changes to the hardware
VIDEO_Flush();
// Wait for Video setup to complete
VIDEO_WaitVSync();
if(rmode->viTVMode&VI_NON_INTERLACE) VIDEO_WaitVSync();
// The console understands VT terminal escape codes
// This positions the cursor on row 2, column 0
// we can use variables for this with format codes too
// e.g. printf ("\x1b[%d;%dH", row, column );
printf("\x1b[2;0H");
printf("\n");
printf(" NTFS Directory Listing Example\n");
printf("\n");
printf(" - 'LEFT' and 'RIGHT' to select a volume\n");
printf(" - 'A' to enumerate the selected volume\n");
printf(" - 'HOME' to quit\n");
printf("\n");
bool listed = false;
ntfs_md *mounts = NULL;
int mountCount = 0;
int mountIndex = 0;
int i;
// Mount FAT devices
fatInitDefault();
// Mount all NTFS volumes on all inserted block devices
mountCount = ntfsMountAll(&mounts, NTFS_DEFAULT | NTFS_RECOVER);
if (mountCount == -1)
printf("Error whilst mounting devices (%i).\n", errno);
else if (mountCount == 0)
printf("No NTFS volumes were found and/or mounted.\n");
else
printf("%i NTFS volumes(s) mounted!\n\n", mountCount);
// List all mounted NTFS volumes
for (i = 0; i < mountCount; i++)
printf("%i - %s:/ (%s)\n", i + 1, mounts[i].name, ntfsGetVolumeName(mounts[i].name));
printf("\n");
while (1) {
// Call WPAD_ScanPads each loop, this reads the latest controller states
WPAD_ScanPads();
// WPAD_ButtonsDown tells us which buttons were pressed in this loop
// this is a "one shot" state which will not fire again until the button has been released
u32 pressed = WPAD_ButtonsDown(0);
// Break from main loop
if (pressed & WPAD_BUTTON_HOME) break;
// If there is at least one volume mounted and we have not yet listed one...
if (mountCount > 0 && !listed) {
// Deincrement the selected volumes index
if (pressed & WPAD_BUTTON_LEFT)
mountIndex = MIN(MAX(mountIndex - 1, 0), mountCount - 1);
// Increment the selected volumes index
if (pressed & WPAD_BUTTON_RIGHT)
mountIndex = MIN(MAX(mountIndex + 1, 0), mountCount - 1);
// Enumerate the selected volumes contents
if (pressed & WPAD_BUTTON_A) {
printf("\n\n");
// List the volumes root directory
char path[PATH_MAX] = {0};
strcpy(path, mounts[mountIndex].name);
strcat(path, ":/");
list(path, 0);
listed = true;
printf("\n");
printf("Press 'HOME' to quit.\n\n");
}
// If we have not listed a volume yet then prompt to select one
if(!listed) {
printf("\rSelect a NTFS volume: < %i >", mountIndex + 1);
}
}
// Wait for the next frame
VIDEO_WaitVSync();
}
// Unmount all NTFS volumes and clean up
if (mounts) {
for (i = 0; i < mountCount; i++)
ntfsUnmount(mounts[i].name, true);
free(mounts);
}
// We return to the launcher application via exit
exit(0);
return 0;
}

148
include/ntfs.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
/**
* ntfs.h - Simple functionality for startup, mounting and unmounting of NTFS-based devices.
*
* Copyright (c) 2010 Dimok
* Copyright (c) 2009 Rhys "Shareese" Koedijk
* Copyright (c) 2006 Michael "Chishm" Chisholm
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
* Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _LIBNTFS_H
#define _LIBNTFS_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include <gctypes.h>
#include <gccore.h>
#include <ogc/disc_io.h>
/* NTFS errno values */
#define ENOPART 3000 /* No partition was found */
#define EINVALPART 3001 /* Specified partition is invalid or not supported */
#define EDIRTY 3002 /* Volume is dirty and NTFS_RECOVER was not specified during mount */
#define EHIBERNATED 3003 /* Volume is hibernated and NTFS_IGNORE_HIBERFILE was not specified during mount */
/* NTFS cache options */
#define CACHE_DEFAULT_PAGE_COUNT 8 /* The default number of pages in the cache */
#define CACHE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 128 /* The default number of sectors per cache page */
/* NTFS mount flags */
#define NTFS_DEFAULT 0x00000000 /* Standard mount, expects a clean, non-hibernated volume */
#define NTFS_SHOW_HIDDEN_FILES 0x00000001 /* Display hidden files when enumerating directories */
#define NTFS_SHOW_SYSTEM_FILES 0x00000002 /* Display system files when enumerating directories */
#define NTFS_UPDATE_ACCESS_TIMES 0x00000004 /* Update file and directory access times */
#define NTFS_RECOVER 0x00000008 /* Reset $LogFile if dirty (i.e. from unclean disconnect) */
#define NTFS_IGNORE_HIBERFILE 0x00000010 /* Mount even if volume is hibernated */
#define NTFS_READ_ONLY 0x00000020 /* Mount in read only mode */
#define NTFS_IGNORE_CASE 0x00000040 /* Ignore case sensitivity. Everything must be and will be provided in lowercase. */
#define NTFS_SU NTFS_SHOW_HIDDEN_FILES | NTFS_SHOW_SYSTEM_FILES
#define NTFS_FORCE NTFS_RECOVER | NTFS_IGNORE_HIBERFILE
/**
* ntfs_md - NTFS mount descriptor
*/
typedef struct _ntfs_md {
char name[32]; /* Mount name (can be accessed as "name:/") */
const DISC_INTERFACE *interface; /* Block device containing the mounted partition */
sec_t startSector; /* Local block address to first sector of partition */
} ntfs_md;
/**
* Find all NTFS partitions on a block device.
*
* @param INTERFACE The block device to search
* @param PARTITIONS (out) A pointer to receive the array of partition start sectors
*
* @return The number of entries in PARTITIONS or -1 if an error occurred (see errno)
* @note The caller is responsible for freeing PARTITIONS when finished with it
*/
extern int ntfsFindPartitions (const DISC_INTERFACE *interface, sec_t **partitions);
/**
* Mount all NTFS partitions on all inserted block devices.
*
* @param MOUNTS (out) A pointer to receive the array of mount descriptors
* @param FLAGS Additional mounting flags. (see above)
*
* @return The number of entries in MOUNTS or -1 if an error occurred (see errno)
* @note The caller is responsible for freeing MOUNTS when finished with it
* @note All device caches are setup using default values (see above)
*/
extern int ntfsMountAll (ntfs_md **mounts, u32 flags);
/**
* Mount all NTFS partitions on a block devices.
*
* @param INTERFACE The block device to mount.
* @param MOUNTS (out) A pointer to receive the array of mount descriptors
* @param FLAGS Additional mounting flags. (see above)
*
* @return The number of entries in MOUNTS or -1 if an error occurred (see errno)
* @note The caller is responsible for freeing MOUNTS when finished with it
* @note The device cache is setup using default values (see above)
*/
extern int ntfsMountDevice (const DISC_INTERFACE* interface, ntfs_md **mounts, u32 flags);
/**
* Mount a NTFS partition from a specific sector on a block device.
*
* @param NAME The name to mount the device under (can then be accessed as "NAME:/")
* @param INTERFACE The block device to mount
* @param STARTSECTOR The sector the partition begins at (see @ntfsFindPartitions)
* @param CACHEPAGECOUNT The total number of pages in the device cache
* @param CACHEPAGESIZE The number of sectors per cache page
* @param FLAGS Additional mounting flags (see above)
*
* @return True if mount was successful, false if no partition was found or an error occurred (see errno)
* @note ntfsFindPartitions should be used first to locate the partitions start sector
*/
extern bool ntfsMount (const char *name, const DISC_INTERFACE *interface, sec_t startSector, u32 cachePageCount, u32 cachePageSize, u32 flags);
/**
* Unmount a NTFS partition.
*
* @param NAME The name of mount used in ntfsMountSimple() and ntfsMount()
* @param FORCE If true unmount even if the device is busy (may lead to data lose)
*/
extern void ntfsUnmount (const char *name, bool force);
/**
* Get the volume name of a mounted NTFS partition.
*
* @param NAME The name of mount (see @ntfsMountAll, @ntfsMountDevice, and @ntfsMount)
*
* @return The volumes name if successful or NULL if an error occurred (see errno)
*/
extern const char *ntfsGetVolumeName (const char *name);
/**
* Set the volume name of a mounted NTFS partition.
*
* @param NAME The name of mount (see @ntfsMountAll, @ntfsMountDevice, and @ntfsMount)
* @param VOLUMENAME The new volume name
*
* @return True if mount was successful, false if an error occurred (see errno)
* @note The mount must be write-enabled else this will fail
*/
extern bool ntfsSetVolumeName (const char *name, const char *volumeName);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* _LIBNTFS_H */

130
source/Makefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Clear the implicit built in rules
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
.SUFFIXES:
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ifeq ($(strip $(DEVKITPPC)),)
$(error "Please set DEVKITPPC in your environment. export DEVKITPPC=<path to>devkitPPC")
endif
ifeq ($(PLATFORM),wii)
include $(DEVKITPPC)/wii_rules
endif
ifeq ($(PLATFORM),cube)
include $(DEVKITPPC)/gamecube_rules
endif
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# BUILD is the directory where object files & intermediate files will be placed
# SOURCES is a list of directories containing source code
# INCLUDES is a list of directories containing extra header files
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUILD ?= wii_release
SOURCES := .
INCLUDES := ../include
LIBDIR := ../lib
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# options for code generation
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CFLAGS = -Os -Wall -ffast-math -pipe $(MACHDEP) $(INCLUDE) -DHAVE_CONFIG_H
CXXFLAGS = $(CFLAGS)
ASFLAGS := -g
export NTFSBIN := $(LIBDIR)/$(PLATFORM)/libntfs.a
ifeq ($(BUILD),cube_debug)
CFLAGS += -DDEBUG
CXXFLAGS += -DDEBUG
endif
ifeq ($(BUILD),wii_debug)
CFLAGS += -DDEBUG
CXXFLAGS += -DDEBUG
endif
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# any extra libraries we wish to link with the project
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIBS :=
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# list of directories containing libraries, this must be the top level containing
# include and lib
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIBDIRS :=
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# no real need to edit anything past this point unless you need to add additional
# rules for different file extensions
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ifneq ($(BUILD),$(notdir $(CURDIR)))
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
export DEPSDIR := $(CURDIR)/$(BUILD)
export VPATH := $(foreach dir,$(SOURCES),$(CURDIR)/$(dir)) \
$(foreach dir,$(DATA),$(CURDIR)/$(dir))
CFILES := $(foreach dir,$(SOURCES),$(notdir $(wildcard $(dir)/*.c)))
CPPFILES := $(foreach dir,$(SOURCES),$(notdir $(wildcard $(dir)/*.cpp)))
SFILES := $(foreach dir,$(SOURCES),$(notdir $(wildcard $(dir)/*.s)))
BINFILES := $(foreach dir,$(DATA),$(notdir $(wildcard $(dir)/*.*)))
export OFILES := $(addsuffix .o,$(BINFILES)) \
$(CPPFILES:.cpp=.o) $(CFILES:.c=.o) $(SFILES:.s=.o)
export INCLUDE := $(foreach dir,$(INCLUDES),-I$(CURDIR)/$(dir)) \
$(foreach dir,$(LIBDIRS),-I$(dir)/include) \
$(foreach dir,$(LIBDIRS),-I$(dir)/include) \
-I$(CURDIR)/$(BUILD) \
-I$(LIBOGC_INC)
export LIBPATHS := $(foreach dir,$(LIBDIRS),-L$(dir)/lib) \
-L$(LIBOGC_LIB)
.PHONY: $(BUILD) clean
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$(BUILD):
@[ -d $@ ] || mkdir -p $@
@$(MAKE) --no-print-directory -C $(BUILD) -f $(CURDIR)/Makefile
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
clean:
@echo clean ...
@rm -fr wii_debug wii_release cube_debug cube_release $(LIBDIR)
all: $(NTFSBIN)
install:
cp ../include/ntfs.h $(DEVKITPRO)/libogc/include
cp ../lib/wii/libntfs.a $(DEVKITPRO)/libogc/lib/wii
cp ../lib/cube/libntfs.a $(DEVKITPRO)/libogc/lib/cube
wii-install:
cp ../include/ntfs.h $(DEVKITPRO)/libogc/include
cp ../lib/wii/libntfs.a $(DEVKITPRO)/libogc/lib/wii
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
else
DEPENDS := $(OFILES:.o=.d)
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# main targets
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$(NTFSBIN): $(OFILES) $(LIBDIR)/$(PLATFORM)
@rm -f "../$(NTFSBIN)"
@$(AR) rcs "../$(NTFSBIN)" $(OFILES)
@echo built ... $(notdir $@)
$(LIBDIR)/$(PLATFORM):
mkdir -p ../$(LIBDIR)/$(PLATFORM)
-include $(DEPENDS)
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
endif
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4293
source/acls.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

199
source/acls.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
/*
*
* Copyright (c) 2007-2008 Jean-Pierre Andre
*
*/
/*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef ACLS_H
#define ACLS_H
/*
* JPA configuration modes for security.c / acls.c
* should be moved to some config file
*/
#define BUFSZ 1024 /* buffer size to read mapping file */
#define MAPPINGFILE ".NTFS-3G/UserMapping" /* default mapping file */
#define LINESZ 120 /* maximum useful size of a mapping line */
#define CACHE_PERMISSIONS_BITS 6 /* log2 of unitary allocation of permissions */
#define CACHE_PERMISSIONS_SIZE 262144 /* max cacheable permissions */
/*
* JPA The following must be in some library...
* but did not found out where
*/
#define endian_rev16(x) (((x >> 8) & 255) | ((x & 255) << 8))
#define endian_rev32(x) (((x >> 24) & 255) | ((x >> 8) & 0xff00) \
| ((x & 0xff00) << 8) | ((x & 255) << 24))
#define cpu_to_be16(x) endian_rev16(cpu_to_le16(x))
#define cpu_to_be32(x) endian_rev32(cpu_to_le32(x))
/*
* Macro definitions needed to share code with secaudit
*/
#define NTFS_FIND_USID(map,uid,buf) ntfs_find_usid(map,uid,buf)
#define NTFS_FIND_GSID(map,gid,buf) ntfs_find_gsid(map,gid,buf)
#define NTFS_FIND_USER(map,usid) ntfs_find_user(map,usid)
#define NTFS_FIND_GROUP(map,gsid) ntfs_find_group(map,gsid)
/*
* Matching of ntfs permissions to Linux permissions
* these constants are adapted to endianness
* when setting, set them all
* when checking, check one is present
*/
/* flags which are set to mean exec, write or read */
#define FILE_READ (FILE_READ_DATA)
#define FILE_WRITE (FILE_WRITE_DATA | FILE_APPEND_DATA \
| READ_CONTROL | FILE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES | FILE_WRITE_EA)
#define FILE_EXEC (FILE_EXECUTE)
#define DIR_READ FILE_LIST_DIRECTORY
#define DIR_WRITE (FILE_ADD_FILE | FILE_ADD_SUBDIRECTORY | FILE_DELETE_CHILD \
| READ_CONTROL | FILE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES | FILE_WRITE_EA)
#define DIR_EXEC (FILE_TRAVERSE)
/* flags tested for meaning exec, write or read */
/* tests for write allow for interpretation of a sticky bit */
#define FILE_GREAD (FILE_READ_DATA | GENERIC_READ)
#define FILE_GWRITE (FILE_WRITE_DATA | FILE_APPEND_DATA | GENERIC_WRITE)
#define FILE_GEXEC (FILE_EXECUTE | GENERIC_EXECUTE)
#define DIR_GREAD (FILE_LIST_DIRECTORY | GENERIC_READ)
#define DIR_GWRITE (FILE_ADD_FILE | FILE_ADD_SUBDIRECTORY | GENERIC_WRITE)
#define DIR_GEXEC (FILE_TRAVERSE | GENERIC_EXECUTE)
/* standard owner (and administrator) rights */
#define OWNER_RIGHTS (DELETE | READ_CONTROL | WRITE_DAC | WRITE_OWNER \
| SYNCHRONIZE \
| FILE_READ_ATTRIBUTES | FILE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES \
| FILE_READ_EA | FILE_WRITE_EA)
/* standard world rights */
#define WORLD_RIGHTS (READ_CONTROL | FILE_READ_ATTRIBUTES | FILE_READ_EA \
| SYNCHRONIZE)
/* inheritance flags for files and directories */
#define FILE_INHERITANCE NO_PROPAGATE_INHERIT_ACE
#define DIR_INHERITANCE (OBJECT_INHERIT_ACE | CONTAINER_INHERIT_ACE)
/*
* To identify NTFS ACL meaning Posix ACL granted to root
* we use rights always granted to anybody, so they have no impact
* either on Windows or on Linux.
*/
#define ROOT_OWNER_UNMARK SYNCHRONIZE /* ACL granted to root as owner */
#define ROOT_GROUP_UNMARK FILE_READ_EA /* ACL granted to root as group */
/*
* A type large enough to hold any SID
*/
typedef char BIGSID[40];
/*
* Struct to hold the input mapping file
* (private to this module)
*/
struct MAPLIST {
struct MAPLIST *next;
char *uidstr; /* uid text from the same record */
char *gidstr; /* gid text from the same record */
char *sidstr; /* sid text from the same record */
char maptext[LINESZ + 1];
};
typedef int (*FILEREADER)(void *fileid, char *buf, size_t size, off_t pos);
/*
* Constants defined in acls.c
*/
extern const SID *adminsid;
extern const SID *worldsid;
/*
* Functions defined in acls.c
*/
BOOL ntfs_valid_descr(const char *securattr, unsigned int attrsz);
BOOL ntfs_valid_pattern(const SID *sid);
BOOL ntfs_valid_sid(const SID *sid);
BOOL ntfs_same_sid(const SID *first, const SID *second);
BOOL ntfs_is_user_sid(const SID *usid);
int ntfs_sid_size(const SID * sid);
unsigned int ntfs_attr_size(const char *attr);
const SID *ntfs_find_usid(const struct MAPPING *usermapping,
uid_t uid, SID *pdefsid);
const SID *ntfs_find_gsid(const struct MAPPING *groupmapping,
gid_t gid, SID *pdefsid);
uid_t ntfs_find_user(const struct MAPPING *usermapping, const SID *usid);
gid_t ntfs_find_group(const struct MAPPING *groupmapping, const SID * gsid);
const SID *ntfs_acl_owner(const char *secattr);
#if POSIXACLS
BOOL ntfs_valid_posix(const struct POSIX_SECURITY *pxdesc);
void ntfs_sort_posix(struct POSIX_SECURITY *pxdesc);
int ntfs_merge_mode_posix(struct POSIX_SECURITY *pxdesc, mode_t mode);
struct POSIX_SECURITY *ntfs_build_inherited_posix(
const struct POSIX_SECURITY *pxdesc, mode_t mode,
mode_t umask, BOOL isdir);
struct POSIX_SECURITY *ntfs_replace_acl(const struct POSIX_SECURITY *oldpxdesc,
const struct POSIX_ACL *newacl, int count, BOOL deflt);
struct POSIX_SECURITY *ntfs_build_permissions_posix(
struct MAPPING* const mapping[],
const char *securattr,
const SID *usid, const SID *gsid, BOOL isdir);
struct POSIX_SECURITY *ntfs_merge_descr_posix(const struct POSIX_SECURITY *first,
const struct POSIX_SECURITY *second);
char *ntfs_build_descr_posix(struct MAPPING* const mapping[],
struct POSIX_SECURITY *pxdesc,
int isdir, const SID *usid, const SID *gsid);
#endif /* POSIXACLS */
int ntfs_inherit_acl(const ACL *oldacl, ACL *newacl,
const SID *usid, const SID *gsid, BOOL fordir);
int ntfs_build_permissions(const char *securattr,
const SID *usid, const SID *gsid, BOOL isdir);
char *ntfs_build_descr(mode_t mode,
int isdir, const SID * usid, const SID * gsid);
struct MAPLIST *ntfs_read_mapping(FILEREADER reader, void *fileid);
struct MAPPING *ntfs_do_user_mapping(struct MAPLIST *firstitem);
struct MAPPING *ntfs_do_group_mapping(struct MAPLIST *firstitem);
void ntfs_free_mapping(struct MAPPING *mapping[]);
#endif /* ACLS_H */

6401
source/attrib.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

375
source/attrib.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,375 @@
/*
* attrib.h - Exports for attribute handling. Originated from the Linux-NTFS project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2000-2004 Anton Altaparmakov
* Copyright (c) 2004-2005 Yura Pakhuchiy
* Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Szabolcs Szakacsits
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _NTFS_ATTRIB_H
#define _NTFS_ATTRIB_H
/* Forward declarations */
typedef struct _ntfs_attr ntfs_attr;
typedef struct _ntfs_attr_search_ctx ntfs_attr_search_ctx;
#include "types.h"
#include "inode.h"
#include "unistr.h"
#include "runlist.h"
#include "volume.h"
#include "debug.h"
#include "logging.h"
extern ntfschar AT_UNNAMED[];
extern ntfschar STREAM_SDS[];
/* The little endian Unicode string $TXF_DATA as a global constant. */
extern ntfschar TXF_DATA[10];
/**
* enum ntfs_lcn_special_values - special return values for ntfs_*_vcn_to_lcn()
*
* Special return values for ntfs_rl_vcn_to_lcn() and ntfs_attr_vcn_to_lcn().
*
* TODO: Describe them.
*/
typedef enum {
LCN_HOLE = -1, /* Keep this as highest value or die! */
LCN_RL_NOT_MAPPED = -2,
LCN_ENOENT = -3,
LCN_EINVAL = -4,
LCN_EIO = -5,
} ntfs_lcn_special_values;
/**
* struct ntfs_attr_search_ctx - search context used in attribute search functions
* @mrec: buffer containing mft record to search
* @attr: attribute record in @mrec where to begin/continue search
* @is_first: if true lookup_attr() begins search with @attr, else after @attr
*
* Structure must be initialized to zero before the first call to one of the
* attribute search functions. Initialize @mrec to point to the mft record to
* search, and @attr to point to the first attribute within @mrec (not necessary
* if calling the _first() functions), and set @is_first to TRUE (not necessary
* if calling the _first() functions).
*
* If @is_first is TRUE, the search begins with @attr. If @is_first is FALSE,
* the search begins after @attr. This is so that, after the first call to one
* of the search attribute functions, we can call the function again, without
* any modification of the search context, to automagically get the next
* matching attribute.
*/
struct _ntfs_attr_search_ctx {
MFT_RECORD *mrec;
ATTR_RECORD *attr;
BOOL is_first;
ntfs_inode *ntfs_ino;
ATTR_LIST_ENTRY *al_entry;
ntfs_inode *base_ntfs_ino;
MFT_RECORD *base_mrec;
ATTR_RECORD *base_attr;
};
extern void ntfs_attr_reinit_search_ctx(ntfs_attr_search_ctx *ctx);
extern ntfs_attr_search_ctx *ntfs_attr_get_search_ctx(ntfs_inode *ni,
MFT_RECORD *mrec);
extern void ntfs_attr_put_search_ctx(ntfs_attr_search_ctx *ctx);
extern int ntfs_attr_lookup(const ATTR_TYPES type, const ntfschar *name,
const u32 name_len, const IGNORE_CASE_BOOL ic,
const VCN lowest_vcn, const u8 *val, const u32 val_len,
ntfs_attr_search_ctx *ctx);
extern int ntfs_attr_position(const ATTR_TYPES type, ntfs_attr_search_ctx *ctx);
extern ATTR_DEF *ntfs_attr_find_in_attrdef(const ntfs_volume *vol,
const ATTR_TYPES type);
/**
* ntfs_attrs_walk - syntactic sugar for walking all attributes in an inode
* @ctx: initialised attribute search context
*
* Syntactic sugar for walking attributes in an inode.
*
* Return 0 on success and -1 on error with errno set to the error code from
* ntfs_attr_lookup().
*
* Example: When you want to enumerate all attributes in an open ntfs inode
* @ni, you can simply do:
*
* int err;
* ntfs_attr_search_ctx *ctx = ntfs_attr_get_search_ctx(ni, NULL);
* if (!ctx)
* // Error code is in errno. Handle this case.
* while (!(err = ntfs_attrs_walk(ctx))) {
* ATTR_RECORD *attr = ctx->attr;
* // attr now contains the next attribute. Do whatever you want
* // with it and then just continue with the while loop.
* }
* if (err && errno != ENOENT)
* // Ooops. An error occurred! You should handle this case.
* // Now finished with all attributes in the inode.
*/
static __inline__ int ntfs_attrs_walk(ntfs_attr_search_ctx *ctx)
{
return ntfs_attr_lookup(AT_UNUSED, NULL, 0, CASE_SENSITIVE, 0,
NULL, 0, ctx);
}
/**
* struct ntfs_attr - ntfs in memory non-resident attribute structure
* @rl: if not NULL, the decompressed runlist
* @ni: base ntfs inode to which this attribute belongs
* @type: attribute type
* @name: Unicode name of the attribute
* @name_len: length of @name in Unicode characters
* @state: NTFS attribute specific flags describing this attribute
* @allocated_size: copy from the attribute record
* @data_size: copy from the attribute record
* @initialized_size: copy from the attribute record
* @compressed_size: copy from the attribute record
* @compression_block_size: size of a compression block (cb)
* @compression_block_size_bits: log2 of the size of a cb
* @compression_block_clusters: number of clusters per cb
*
* This structure exists purely to provide a mechanism of caching the runlist
* of an attribute. If you want to operate on a particular attribute extent,
* you should not be using this structure at all. If you want to work with a
* resident attribute, you should not be using this structure at all. As a
* fail-safe check make sure to test NAttrNonResident() and if it is false, you
* know you shouldn't be using this structure.
*
* If you want to work on a resident attribute or on a specific attribute
* extent, you should use ntfs_lookup_attr() to retrieve the attribute (extent)
* record, edit that, and then write back the mft record (or set the
* corresponding ntfs inode dirty for delayed write back).
*
* @rl is the decompressed runlist of the attribute described by this
* structure. Obviously this only makes sense if the attribute is not resident,
* i.e. NAttrNonResident() is true. If the runlist hasn't been decompressed yet
* @rl is NULL, so be prepared to cope with @rl == NULL.
*
* @ni is the base ntfs inode of the attribute described by this structure.
*
* @type is the attribute type (see layout.h for the definition of ATTR_TYPES),
* @name and @name_len are the little endian Unicode name and the name length
* in Unicode characters of the attribute, respectively.
*
* @state contains NTFS attribute specific flags describing this attribute
* structure. See ntfs_attr_state_bits above.
*/
struct _ntfs_attr {
runlist_element *rl;
ntfs_inode *ni;
ATTR_TYPES type;
ATTR_FLAGS data_flags;
ntfschar *name;
u32 name_len;
unsigned long state;
s64 allocated_size;
s64 data_size;
s64 initialized_size;
s64 compressed_size;
u32 compression_block_size;
u8 compression_block_size_bits;
u8 compression_block_clusters;
s8 unused_runs; /* pre-reserved entries available */
};
/**
* enum ntfs_attr_state_bits - bits for the state field in the ntfs_attr
* structure
*/
typedef enum {
NA_Initialized, /* 1: structure is initialized. */
NA_NonResident, /* 1: Attribute is not resident. */
NA_BeingNonResident, /* 1: Attribute is being made not resident. */
NA_FullyMapped, /* 1: Attribute has been fully mapped */
NA_ComprClosing, /* 1: Compressed attribute is being closed */
} ntfs_attr_state_bits;
#define test_nattr_flag(na, flag) test_bit(NA_##flag, (na)->state)
#define set_nattr_flag(na, flag) set_bit(NA_##flag, (na)->state)
#define clear_nattr_flag(na, flag) clear_bit(NA_##flag, (na)->state)
#define NAttrInitialized(na) test_nattr_flag(na, Initialized)
#define NAttrSetInitialized(na) set_nattr_flag(na, Initialized)
#define NAttrClearInitialized(na) clear_nattr_flag(na, Initialized)
#define NAttrNonResident(na) test_nattr_flag(na, NonResident)
#define NAttrSetNonResident(na) set_nattr_flag(na, NonResident)
#define NAttrClearNonResident(na) clear_nattr_flag(na, NonResident)
#define NAttrBeingNonResident(na) test_nattr_flag(na, BeingNonResident)
#define NAttrSetBeingNonResident(na) set_nattr_flag(na, BeingNonResident)
#define NAttrClearBeingNonResident(na) clear_nattr_flag(na, BeingNonResident)
#define NAttrFullyMapped(na) test_nattr_flag(na, FullyMapped)
#define NAttrSetFullyMapped(na) set_nattr_flag(na, FullyMapped)
#define NAttrClearFullyMapped(na) clear_nattr_flag(na, FullyMapped)
#define NAttrComprClosing(na) test_nattr_flag(na, ComprClosing)
#define NAttrSetComprClosing(na) set_nattr_flag(na, ComprClosing)
#define NAttrClearComprClosing(na) clear_nattr_flag(na, ComprClosing)
#define GenNAttrIno(func_name, flag) \
extern int NAttr##func_name(ntfs_attr *na); \
extern void NAttrSet##func_name(ntfs_attr *na); \
extern void NAttrClear##func_name(ntfs_attr *na);
GenNAttrIno(Compressed, FILE_ATTR_COMPRESSED)
GenNAttrIno(Encrypted, FILE_ATTR_ENCRYPTED)
GenNAttrIno(Sparse, FILE_ATTR_SPARSE_FILE)
#undef GenNAttrIno
/**
* union attr_val - Union of all known attribute values
*
* For convenience. Used in the attr structure.
*/
typedef union {
u8 _default; /* Unnamed u8 to serve as default when just using
a_val without specifying any of the below. */
STANDARD_INFORMATION std_inf;
ATTR_LIST_ENTRY al_entry;
FILE_NAME_ATTR filename;
OBJECT_ID_ATTR obj_id;
SECURITY_DESCRIPTOR_ATTR sec_desc;
VOLUME_NAME vol_name;
VOLUME_INFORMATION vol_inf;
DATA_ATTR data;
INDEX_ROOT index_root;
INDEX_BLOCK index_blk;
BITMAP_ATTR bmp;
REPARSE_POINT reparse;
EA_INFORMATION ea_inf;
EA_ATTR ea;
PROPERTY_SET property_set;
LOGGED_UTILITY_STREAM logged_util_stream;
EFS_ATTR_HEADER efs;
} attr_val;
extern void ntfs_attr_init(ntfs_attr *na, const BOOL non_resident,
const ATTR_FLAGS data_flags, const BOOL encrypted,
const BOOL sparse,
const s64 allocated_size, const s64 data_size,
const s64 initialized_size, const s64 compressed_size,
const u8 compression_unit);
/* warning : in the following "name" has to be freeable */
/* or one of constants AT_UNNAMED, NTFS_INDEX_I30 or STREAM_SDS */
extern ntfs_attr *ntfs_attr_open(ntfs_inode *ni, const ATTR_TYPES type,
ntfschar *name, u32 name_len);
extern void ntfs_attr_close(ntfs_attr *na);
extern s64 ntfs_attr_pread(ntfs_attr *na, const s64 pos, s64 count,
void *b);
extern s64 ntfs_attr_pwrite(ntfs_attr *na, const s64 pos, s64 count,
const void *b);
extern int ntfs_attr_pclose(ntfs_attr *na);
extern void *ntfs_attr_readall(ntfs_inode *ni, const ATTR_TYPES type,
ntfschar *name, u32 name_len, s64 *data_size);
extern s64 ntfs_attr_mst_pread(ntfs_attr *na, const s64 pos,
const s64 bk_cnt, const u32 bk_size, void *dst);
extern s64 ntfs_attr_mst_pwrite(ntfs_attr *na, const s64 pos,
s64 bk_cnt, const u32 bk_size, void *src);
extern int ntfs_attr_map_runlist(ntfs_attr *na, VCN vcn);
extern int ntfs_attr_map_whole_runlist(ntfs_attr *na);
extern LCN ntfs_attr_vcn_to_lcn(ntfs_attr *na, const VCN vcn);
extern runlist_element *ntfs_attr_find_vcn(ntfs_attr *na, const VCN vcn);
extern int ntfs_attr_size_bounds_check(const ntfs_volume *vol,
const ATTR_TYPES type, const s64 size);
extern int ntfs_attr_can_be_resident(const ntfs_volume *vol,
const ATTR_TYPES type);
int ntfs_attr_make_non_resident(ntfs_attr *na,
ntfs_attr_search_ctx *ctx);
int ntfs_attr_force_non_resident(ntfs_attr *na);
extern int ntfs_make_room_for_attr(MFT_RECORD *m, u8 *pos, u32 size);
extern int ntfs_resident_attr_record_add(ntfs_inode *ni, ATTR_TYPES type,
ntfschar *name, u8 name_len, u8 *val, u32 size,
ATTR_FLAGS flags);
extern int ntfs_non_resident_attr_record_add(ntfs_inode *ni, ATTR_TYPES type,
ntfschar *name, u8 name_len, VCN lowest_vcn, int dataruns_size,
ATTR_FLAGS flags);
extern int ntfs_attr_record_rm(ntfs_attr_search_ctx *ctx);
extern int ntfs_attr_add(ntfs_inode *ni, ATTR_TYPES type,
ntfschar *name, u8 name_len, u8 *val, s64 size);
extern int ntfs_attr_set_flags(ntfs_inode *ni, ATTR_TYPES type,
ntfschar *name, u8 name_len, ATTR_FLAGS flags, ATTR_FLAGS mask);
extern int ntfs_attr_rm(ntfs_attr *na);
extern int ntfs_attr_record_resize(MFT_RECORD *m, ATTR_RECORD *a, u32 new_size);
extern int ntfs_resident_attr_value_resize(MFT_RECORD *m, ATTR_RECORD *a,
const u32 new_size);
extern int ntfs_attr_record_move_to(ntfs_attr_search_ctx *ctx, ntfs_inode *ni);
extern int ntfs_attr_record_move_away(ntfs_attr_search_ctx *ctx, int extra);
extern int ntfs_attr_update_mapping_pairs(ntfs_attr *na, VCN from_vcn);
extern int ntfs_attr_truncate(ntfs_attr *na, const s64 newsize);
/**
* get_attribute_value_length - return the length of the value of an attribute
* @a: pointer to a buffer containing the attribute record
*
* Return the byte size of the attribute value of the attribute @a (as it
* would be after eventual decompression and filling in of holes if sparse).
* If we return 0, check errno. If errno is 0 the actual length was 0,
* otherwise errno describes the error.
*
* FIXME: Describe possible errnos.
*/
extern s64 ntfs_get_attribute_value_length(const ATTR_RECORD *a);
/**
* get_attribute_value - return the attribute value of an attribute
* @vol: volume on which the attribute is present
* @a: attribute to get the value of
* @b: destination buffer for the attribute value
*
* Make a copy of the attribute value of the attribute @a into the destination
* buffer @b. Note, that the size of @b has to be at least equal to the value
* returned by get_attribute_value_length(@a).
*
* Return number of bytes copied. If this is zero check errno. If errno is 0
* then nothing was read due to a zero-length attribute value, otherwise
* errno describes the error.
*/
extern s64 ntfs_get_attribute_value(const ntfs_volume *vol,
const ATTR_RECORD *a, u8 *b);
extern void ntfs_attr_name_free(char **name);
extern char *ntfs_attr_name_get(const ntfschar *uname, const int uname_len);
extern int ntfs_attr_exist(ntfs_inode *ni, const ATTR_TYPES type,
ntfschar *name, u32 name_len);
extern int ntfs_attr_remove(ntfs_inode *ni, const ATTR_TYPES type,
ntfschar *name, u32 name_len);
extern s64 ntfs_attr_get_free_bits(ntfs_attr *na);
#endif /* defined _NTFS_ATTRIB_H */

314
source/attrlist.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
/**
* attrlist.c - Attribute list attribute handling code. Originated from the Linux-NTFS
* project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2004-2005 Anton Altaparmakov
* Copyright (c) 2004-2005 Yura Pakhuchiy
* Copyright (c) 2006 Szabolcs Szakacsits
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
#include <string.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_ERRNO_H
#include <errno.h>
#endif
#include "types.h"
#include "layout.h"
#include "attrib.h"
#include "attrlist.h"
#include "debug.h"
#include "unistr.h"
#include "logging.h"
#include "misc.h"
/**
* ntfs_attrlist_need - check whether inode need attribute list
* @ni: opened ntfs inode for which perform check
*
* Check whether all are attributes belong to one MFT record, in that case
* attribute list is not needed.
*
* Return 1 if inode need attribute list, 0 if not, -1 on error with errno set
* to the error code. If function succeed errno set to 0. The following error
* codes are defined:
* EINVAL - Invalid arguments passed to function or attribute haven't got
* attribute list.
*/
int ntfs_attrlist_need(ntfs_inode *ni)
{
ATTR_LIST_ENTRY *ale;
if (!ni) {
ntfs_log_trace("Invalid arguments.\n");
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
ntfs_log_trace("Entering for inode 0x%llx.\n", (long long) ni->mft_no);
if (!NInoAttrList(ni)) {
ntfs_log_trace("Inode haven't got attribute list.\n");
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
if (!ni->attr_list) {
ntfs_log_trace("Corrupt in-memory struct.\n");
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
errno = 0;
ale = (ATTR_LIST_ENTRY *)ni->attr_list;
while ((u8*)ale < ni->attr_list + ni->attr_list_size) {
if (MREF_LE(ale->mft_reference) != ni->mft_no)
return 1;
ale = (ATTR_LIST_ENTRY *)((u8*)ale + le16_to_cpu(ale->length));
}
return 0;
}
/**
* ntfs_attrlist_entry_add - add an attribute list attribute entry
* @ni: opened ntfs inode, which contains that attribute
* @attr: attribute record to add to attribute list
*
* Return 0 on success and -1 on error with errno set to the error code. The
* following error codes are defined:
* EINVAL - Invalid arguments passed to function.
* ENOMEM - Not enough memory to allocate necessary buffers.
* EIO - I/O error occurred or damaged filesystem.
* EEXIST - Such attribute already present in attribute list.
*/
int ntfs_attrlist_entry_add(ntfs_inode *ni, ATTR_RECORD *attr)
{
ATTR_LIST_ENTRY *ale;
MFT_REF mref;
ntfs_attr *na = NULL;
ntfs_attr_search_ctx *ctx;
u8 *new_al;
int entry_len, entry_offset, err;
ntfs_log_trace("Entering for inode 0x%llx, attr 0x%x.\n",
(long long) ni->mft_no,
(unsigned) le32_to_cpu(attr->type));
if (!ni || !attr) {
ntfs_log_trace("Invalid arguments.\n");
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
mref = MK_LE_MREF(ni->mft_no, le16_to_cpu(ni->mrec->sequence_number));
if (ni->nr_extents == -1)
ni = ni->base_ni;
if (!NInoAttrList(ni)) {
ntfs_log_trace("Attribute list isn't present.\n");
errno = ENOENT;
return -1;
}
/* Determine size and allocate memory for new attribute list. */
entry_len = (sizeof(ATTR_LIST_ENTRY) + sizeof(ntfschar) *
attr->name_length + 7) & ~7;
new_al = ntfs_calloc(ni->attr_list_size + entry_len);
if (!new_al)
return -1;
/* Find place for the new entry. */
ctx = ntfs_attr_get_search_ctx(ni, NULL);
if (!ctx) {
err = errno;
goto err_out;
}
if (!ntfs_attr_lookup(attr->type, (attr->name_length) ? (ntfschar*)
((u8*)attr + le16_to_cpu(attr->name_offset)) :
AT_UNNAMED, attr->name_length, CASE_SENSITIVE,
(attr->non_resident) ? le64_to_cpu(attr->lowest_vcn) :
0, (attr->non_resident) ? NULL : ((u8*)attr +
le16_to_cpu(attr->value_offset)), (attr->non_resident) ?
0 : le32_to_cpu(attr->value_length), ctx)) {
/* Found some extent, check it to be before new extent. */
if (ctx->al_entry->lowest_vcn == attr->lowest_vcn) {
err = EEXIST;
ntfs_log_trace("Such attribute already present in the "
"attribute list.\n");
ntfs_attr_put_search_ctx(ctx);
goto err_out;
}
/* Add new entry after this extent. */
ale = (ATTR_LIST_ENTRY*)((u8*)ctx->al_entry +
le16_to_cpu(ctx->al_entry->length));
} else {
/* Check for real errors. */
if (errno != ENOENT) {
err = errno;
ntfs_log_trace("Attribute lookup failed.\n");
ntfs_attr_put_search_ctx(ctx);
goto err_out;
}
/* No previous extents found. */
ale = ctx->al_entry;
}
/* Don't need it anymore, @ctx->al_entry points to @ni->attr_list. */
ntfs_attr_put_search_ctx(ctx);
/* Determine new entry offset. */
entry_offset = ((u8 *)ale - ni->attr_list);
/* Set pointer to new entry. */
ale = (ATTR_LIST_ENTRY *)(new_al + entry_offset);
/* Zero it to fix valgrind warning. */
memset(ale, 0, entry_len);
/* Form new entry. */
ale->type = attr->type;
ale->length = cpu_to_le16(entry_len);
ale->name_length = attr->name_length;
ale->name_offset = offsetof(ATTR_LIST_ENTRY, name);
if (attr->non_resident)
ale->lowest_vcn = attr->lowest_vcn;
else
ale->lowest_vcn = 0;
ale->mft_reference = mref;
ale->instance = attr->instance;
memcpy(ale->name, (u8 *)attr + le16_to_cpu(attr->name_offset),
attr->name_length * sizeof(ntfschar));
/* Resize $ATTRIBUTE_LIST to new length. */
na = ntfs_attr_open(ni, AT_ATTRIBUTE_LIST, AT_UNNAMED, 0);
if (!na) {
err = errno;
ntfs_log_trace("Failed to open $ATTRIBUTE_LIST attribute.\n");
goto err_out;
}
if (ntfs_attr_truncate(na, ni->attr_list_size + entry_len)) {
err = errno;
ntfs_log_trace("$ATTRIBUTE_LIST resize failed.\n");
goto err_out;
}
/* Copy entries from old attribute list to new. */
memcpy(new_al, ni->attr_list, entry_offset);
memcpy(new_al + entry_offset + entry_len, ni->attr_list +
entry_offset, ni->attr_list_size - entry_offset);
/* Set new runlist. */
free(ni->attr_list);
ni->attr_list = new_al;
ni->attr_list_size = ni->attr_list_size + entry_len;
NInoAttrListSetDirty(ni);
/* Done! */
ntfs_attr_close(na);
return 0;
err_out:
if (na)
ntfs_attr_close(na);
free(new_al);
errno = err;
return -1;
}
/**
* ntfs_attrlist_entry_rm - remove an attribute list attribute entry
* @ctx: attribute search context describing the attribute list entry
*
* Remove the attribute list entry @ctx->al_entry from the attribute list.
*
* Return 0 on success and -1 on error with errno set to the error code.
*/
int ntfs_attrlist_entry_rm(ntfs_attr_search_ctx *ctx)
{
u8 *new_al;
int new_al_len;
ntfs_inode *base_ni;
ntfs_attr *na;
ATTR_LIST_ENTRY *ale;
int err;
if (!ctx || !ctx->ntfs_ino || !ctx->al_entry) {
ntfs_log_trace("Invalid arguments.\n");
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
if (ctx->base_ntfs_ino)
base_ni = ctx->base_ntfs_ino;
else
base_ni = ctx->ntfs_ino;
ale = ctx->al_entry;
ntfs_log_trace("Entering for inode 0x%llx, attr 0x%x, lowest_vcn %lld.\n",
(long long) ctx->ntfs_ino->mft_no,
(unsigned) le32_to_cpu(ctx->al_entry->type),
(long long) le64_to_cpu(ctx->al_entry->lowest_vcn));
if (!NInoAttrList(base_ni)) {
ntfs_log_trace("Attribute list isn't present.\n");
errno = ENOENT;
return -1;
}
/* Allocate memory for new attribute list. */
new_al_len = base_ni->attr_list_size - le16_to_cpu(ale->length);
new_al = ntfs_calloc(new_al_len);
if (!new_al)
return -1;
/* Reisze $ATTRIBUTE_LIST to new length. */
na = ntfs_attr_open(base_ni, AT_ATTRIBUTE_LIST, AT_UNNAMED, 0);
if (!na) {
err = errno;
ntfs_log_trace("Failed to open $ATTRIBUTE_LIST attribute.\n");
goto err_out;
}
if (ntfs_attr_truncate(na, new_al_len)) {
err = errno;
ntfs_log_trace("$ATTRIBUTE_LIST resize failed.\n");
goto err_out;
}
/* Copy entries from old attribute list to new. */
memcpy(new_al, base_ni->attr_list, (u8*)ale - base_ni->attr_list);
memcpy(new_al + ((u8*)ale - base_ni->attr_list), (u8*)ale + le16_to_cpu(
ale->length), new_al_len - ((u8*)ale - base_ni->attr_list));
/* Set new runlist. */
free(base_ni->attr_list);
base_ni->attr_list = new_al;
base_ni->attr_list_size = new_al_len;
NInoAttrListSetDirty(base_ni);
/* Done! */
ntfs_attr_close(na);
return 0;
err_out:
if (na)
ntfs_attr_close(na);
free(new_al);
errno = err;
return -1;
}

51
source/attrlist.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
/*
* attrlist.h - Exports for attribute list attribute handling.
* Originated from Linux-NTFS project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2004 Anton Altaparmakov
* Copyright (c) 2004 Yura Pakhuchiy
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _NTFS_ATTRLIST_H
#define _NTFS_ATTRLIST_H
#include "attrib.h"
extern int ntfs_attrlist_need(ntfs_inode *ni);
extern int ntfs_attrlist_entry_add(ntfs_inode *ni, ATTR_RECORD *attr);
extern int ntfs_attrlist_entry_rm(ntfs_attr_search_ctx *ctx);
/**
* ntfs_attrlist_mark_dirty - set the attribute list dirty
* @ni: ntfs inode which base inode contain dirty attribute list
*
* Set the attribute list dirty so it is written out later (at the latest at
* ntfs_inode_close() time).
*
* This function cannot fail.
*/
static __inline__ void ntfs_attrlist_mark_dirty(ntfs_inode *ni)
{
if (ni->nr_extents == -1)
NInoAttrListSetDirty(ni->base_ni);
else
NInoAttrListSetDirty(ni);
}
#endif /* defined _NTFS_ATTRLIST_H */

57
source/bit_ops.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
/*
bit_ops.h
Functions for dealing with conversion of data between types
Copyright (c) 2006 Michael "Chishm" Chisholm
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or
other materials provided with the distribution.
3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef _BIT_OPS_H
#define _BIT_OPS_H
#include <stdint.h>
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------
Functions to deal with little endian values stored in uint8_t arrays
-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
static inline uint16_t u8array_to_u16 (const uint8_t* item, int offset) {
return ( item[offset] | (item[offset + 1] << 8));
}
static inline uint32_t u8array_to_u32 (const uint8_t* item, int offset) {
return ( item[offset] | (item[offset + 1] << 8) | (item[offset + 2] << 16) | (item[offset + 3] << 24));
}
static inline void u16_to_u8array (uint8_t* item, int offset, uint16_t value) {
item[offset] = (uint8_t) value;
item[offset + 1] = (uint8_t)(value >> 8);
}
static inline void u32_to_u8array (uint8_t* item, int offset, uint32_t value) {
item[offset] = (uint8_t) value;
item[offset + 1] = (uint8_t)(value >> 8);
item[offset + 2] = (uint8_t)(value >> 16);
item[offset + 3] = (uint8_t)(value >> 24);
}
#endif // _BIT_OPS_H

300
source/bitmap.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,300 @@
/**
* bitmap.c - Bitmap handling code. Originated from the Linux-NTFS project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 Anton Altaparmakov
* Copyright (c) 2004-2005 Richard Russon
* Copyright (c) 2004-2008 Szabolcs Szakacsits
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDIO_H
#include <stdio.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
#include <string.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_ERRNO_H
#include <errno.h>
#endif
#include "types.h"
#include "attrib.h"
#include "bitmap.h"
#include "debug.h"
#include "logging.h"
#include "misc.h"
/**
* ntfs_bit_set - set a bit in a field of bits
* @bitmap: field of bits
* @bit: bit to set
* @new_value: value to set bit to (0 or 1)
*
* Set the bit @bit in the @bitmap to @new_value. Ignore all errors.
*/
void ntfs_bit_set(u8 *bitmap, const u64 bit, const u8 new_value)
{
if (!bitmap || new_value > 1)
return;
if (!new_value)
bitmap[bit >> 3] &= ~(1 << (bit & 7));
else
bitmap[bit >> 3] |= (1 << (bit & 7));
}
/**
* ntfs_bit_get - get value of a bit in a field of bits
* @bitmap: field of bits
* @bit: bit to get
*
* Get and return the value of the bit @bit in @bitmap (0 or 1).
* Return -1 on error.
*/
char ntfs_bit_get(const u8 *bitmap, const u64 bit)
{
if (!bitmap)
return -1;
return (bitmap[bit >> 3] >> (bit & 7)) & 1;
}
/**
* ntfs_bit_get_and_set - get value of a bit in a field of bits and set it
* @bitmap: field of bits
* @bit: bit to get/set
* @new_value: value to set bit to (0 or 1)
*
* Return the value of the bit @bit and set it to @new_value (0 or 1).
* Return -1 on error.
*/
char ntfs_bit_get_and_set(u8 *bitmap, const u64 bit, const u8 new_value)
{
register u8 old_bit, shift;
if (!bitmap || new_value > 1)
return -1;
shift = bit & 7;
old_bit = (bitmap[bit >> 3] >> shift) & 1;
if (new_value != old_bit)
bitmap[bit >> 3] ^= 1 << shift;
return old_bit;
}
/**
* ntfs_bitmap_set_bits_in_run - set a run of bits in a bitmap to a value
* @na: attribute containing the bitmap
* @start_bit: first bit to set
* @count: number of bits to set
* @value: value to set the bits to (i.e. 0 or 1)
*
* Set @count bits starting at bit @start_bit in the bitmap described by the
* attribute @na to @value, where @value is either 0 or 1.
*
* On success return 0 and on error return -1 with errno set to the error code.
*/
static int ntfs_bitmap_set_bits_in_run(ntfs_attr *na, s64 start_bit,
s64 count, int value)
{
s64 bufsize, br;
u8 *buf, *lastbyte_buf;
int bit, firstbyte, lastbyte, lastbyte_pos, tmp, ret = -1;
if (!na || start_bit < 0 || count < 0) {
errno = EINVAL;
ntfs_log_perror("%s: Invalid argument (%p, %lld, %lld)",
__FUNCTION__, na, (long long)start_bit, (long long)count);
return -1;
}
bit = start_bit & 7;
if (bit)
firstbyte = 1;
else
firstbyte = 0;
/* Calculate the required buffer size in bytes, capping it at 8kiB. */
bufsize = ((count - (bit ? 8 - bit : 0) + 7) >> 3) + firstbyte;
if (bufsize > 8192)
bufsize = 8192;
buf = ntfs_malloc(bufsize);
if (!buf)
return -1;
/* Depending on @value, zero or set all bits in the allocated buffer. */
memset(buf, value ? 0xff : 0, bufsize);
/* If there is a first partial byte... */
if (bit) {
/* read it in... */
br = ntfs_attr_pread(na, start_bit >> 3, 1, buf);
if (br != 1) {
if (br >= 0)
errno = EIO;
goto free_err_out;
}
/* and set or clear the appropriate bits in it. */
while ((bit & 7) && count--) {
if (value)
*buf |= 1 << bit++;
else
*buf &= ~(1 << bit++);
}
/* Update @start_bit to the new position. */
start_bit = (start_bit + 7) & ~7;
}
/* Loop until @count reaches zero. */
lastbyte = 0;
lastbyte_buf = NULL;
bit = count & 7;
do {
/* If there is a last partial byte... */
if (count > 0 && bit) {
lastbyte_pos = ((count + 7) >> 3) + firstbyte;
if (!lastbyte_pos) {
// FIXME: Eeek! BUG!
ntfs_log_error("Lastbyte is zero. Leaving "
"inconsistent metadata.\n");
errno = EIO;
goto free_err_out;
}
/* and it is in the currently loaded bitmap window... */
if (lastbyte_pos <= bufsize) {
lastbyte_buf = buf + lastbyte_pos - 1;
/* read the byte in... */
br = ntfs_attr_pread(na, (start_bit + count) >>
3, 1, lastbyte_buf);
if (br != 1) {
// FIXME: Eeek! We need rollback! (AIA)
if (br >= 0)
errno = EIO;
ntfs_log_perror("Reading of last byte "
"failed (%lld). Leaving inconsistent "
"metadata", (long long)br);
goto free_err_out;
}
/* and set/clear the appropriate bits in it. */
while (bit && count--) {
if (value)
*lastbyte_buf |= 1 << --bit;
else
*lastbyte_buf &= ~(1 << --bit);
}
/* We don't want to come back here... */
bit = 0;
/* We have a last byte that we have handled. */
lastbyte = 1;
}
}
/* Write the prepared buffer to disk. */
tmp = (start_bit >> 3) - firstbyte;
br = ntfs_attr_pwrite(na, tmp, bufsize, buf);
if (br != bufsize) {
// FIXME: Eeek! We need rollback! (AIA)
if (br >= 0)
errno = EIO;
ntfs_log_perror("Failed to write buffer to bitmap "
"(%lld != %lld). Leaving inconsistent metadata",
(long long)br, (long long)bufsize);
goto free_err_out;
}
/* Update counters. */
tmp = (bufsize - firstbyte - lastbyte) << 3;
if (firstbyte) {
firstbyte = 0;
/*
* Re-set the partial first byte so a subsequent write
* of the buffer does not have stale, incorrect bits.
*/
*buf = value ? 0xff : 0;
}
start_bit += tmp;
count -= tmp;
if (bufsize > (tmp = (count + 7) >> 3))
bufsize = tmp;
if (lastbyte && count != 0) {
// FIXME: Eeek! BUG!
ntfs_log_error("Last buffer but count is not zero "
"(%lld). Leaving inconsistent metadata.\n",
(long long)count);
errno = EIO;
goto free_err_out;
}
} while (count > 0);
ret = 0;
free_err_out:
free(buf);
return ret;
}
/**
* ntfs_bitmap_set_run - set a run of bits in a bitmap
* @na: attribute containing the bitmap
* @start_bit: first bit to set
* @count: number of bits to set
*
* Set @count bits starting at bit @start_bit in the bitmap described by the
* attribute @na.
*
* On success return 0 and on error return -1 with errno set to the error code.
*/
int ntfs_bitmap_set_run(ntfs_attr *na, s64 start_bit, s64 count)
{
int ret;
ntfs_log_enter("Set from bit %lld, count %lld\n",
(long long)start_bit, (long long)count);
ret = ntfs_bitmap_set_bits_in_run(na, start_bit, count, 1);
ntfs_log_leave("\n");
return ret;
}
/**
* ntfs_bitmap_clear_run - clear a run of bits in a bitmap
* @na: attribute containing the bitmap
* @start_bit: first bit to clear
* @count: number of bits to clear
*
* Clear @count bits starting at bit @start_bit in the bitmap described by the
* attribute @na.
*
* On success return 0 and on error return -1 with errno set to the error code.
*/
int ntfs_bitmap_clear_run(ntfs_attr *na, s64 start_bit, s64 count)
{
int ret;
ntfs_log_enter("Clear from bit %lld, count %lld\n",
(long long)start_bit, (long long)count);
ret = ntfs_bitmap_set_bits_in_run(na, start_bit, count, 0);
ntfs_log_leave("\n");
return ret;
}

96
source/bitmap.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
/*
* bitmap.h - Exports for bitmap handling. Originated from the Linux-NTFS project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2000-2004 Anton Altaparmakov
* Copyright (c) 2004-2005 Richard Russon
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _NTFS_BITMAP_H
#define _NTFS_BITMAP_H
#include "types.h"
#include "attrib.h"
/*
* NOTES:
*
* - Operations are 8-bit only to ensure the functions work both on little
* and big endian machines! So don't make them 32-bit ops!
* - bitmap starts at bit = 0 and ends at bit = bitmap size - 1.
* - _Caller_ has to make sure that the bit to operate on is less than the
* size of the bitmap.
*/
extern void ntfs_bit_set(u8 *bitmap, const u64 bit, const u8 new_value);
extern char ntfs_bit_get(const u8 *bitmap, const u64 bit);
extern char ntfs_bit_get_and_set(u8 *bitmap, const u64 bit, const u8 new_value);
extern int ntfs_bitmap_set_run(ntfs_attr *na, s64 start_bit, s64 count);
extern int ntfs_bitmap_clear_run(ntfs_attr *na, s64 start_bit, s64 count);
/**
* ntfs_bitmap_set_bit - set a bit in a bitmap
* @na: attribute containing the bitmap
* @bit: bit to set
*
* Set the @bit in the bitmap described by the attribute @na.
*
* On success return 0 and on error return -1 with errno set to the error code.
*/
static __inline__ int ntfs_bitmap_set_bit(ntfs_attr *na, s64 bit)
{
return ntfs_bitmap_set_run(na, bit, 1);
}
/**
* ntfs_bitmap_clear_bit - clear a bit in a bitmap
* @na: attribute containing the bitmap
* @bit: bit to clear
*
* Clear @bit in the bitmap described by the attribute @na.
*
* On success return 0 and on error return -1 with errno set to the error code.
*/
static __inline__ int ntfs_bitmap_clear_bit(ntfs_attr *na, s64 bit)
{
return ntfs_bitmap_clear_run(na, bit, 1);
}
/*
* rol32 - rotate a 32-bit value left
*
* @word: value to rotate
* @shift: bits to roll
*/
static __inline__ u32 ntfs_rol32(u32 word, unsigned int shift)
{
return (word << shift) | (word >> (32 - shift));
}
/*
* ror32 - rotate a 32-bit value right
*
* @word: value to rotate
* @shift: bits to roll
*/
static __inline__ u32 ntfs_ror32(u32 word, unsigned int shift)
{
return (word >> shift) | (word << (32 - shift));
}
#endif /* defined _NTFS_BITMAP_H */

285
source/bootsect.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
/**
* bootsect.c - Boot sector handling code. Originated from the Linux-NTFS project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2000-2006 Anton Altaparmakov
* Copyright (c) 2003-2008 Szabolcs Szakacsits
* Copyright (c) 2005 Yura Pakhuchiy
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDIO_H
#include <stdio.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
#include <string.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_ERRNO_H
#include <errno.h>
#endif
#include "compat.h"
#include "bootsect.h"
#include "debug.h"
#include "logging.h"
/**
* ntfs_boot_sector_is_ntfs - check if buffer contains a valid ntfs boot sector
* @b: buffer containing putative boot sector to analyze
* @silent: if zero, output progress messages to stderr
*
* Check if the buffer @b contains a valid ntfs boot sector. The buffer @b
* must be at least 512 bytes in size.
*
* If @silent is zero, output progress messages to stderr. Otherwise, do not
* output any messages (except when configured with --enable-debug in which
* case warning/debug messages may be displayed).
*
* Return TRUE if @b contains a valid ntfs boot sector and FALSE if not.
*/
BOOL ntfs_boot_sector_is_ntfs(NTFS_BOOT_SECTOR *b)
{
u32 i;
BOOL ret = FALSE;
ntfs_log_debug("Beginning bootsector check.\n");
ntfs_log_debug("Checking OEMid, NTFS signature.\n");
if (b->oem_id != cpu_to_le64(0x202020205346544eULL)) { /* "NTFS " */
ntfs_log_error("NTFS signature is missing.\n");
goto not_ntfs;
}
ntfs_log_debug("Checking bytes per sector.\n");
if (le16_to_cpu(b->bpb.bytes_per_sector) < 256 ||
le16_to_cpu(b->bpb.bytes_per_sector) > 4096) {
ntfs_log_error("Unexpected bytes per sector value (%d).\n",
le16_to_cpu(b->bpb.bytes_per_sector));
goto not_ntfs;
}
ntfs_log_debug("Checking sectors per cluster.\n");
switch (b->bpb.sectors_per_cluster) {
case 1: case 2: case 4: case 8: case 16: case 32: case 64: case 128:
break;
default:
ntfs_log_error("Unexpected sectors per cluster value (%d).\n",
b->bpb.sectors_per_cluster);
goto not_ntfs;
}
ntfs_log_debug("Checking cluster size.\n");
i = (u32)le16_to_cpu(b->bpb.bytes_per_sector) *
b->bpb.sectors_per_cluster;
if (i > 65536) {
ntfs_log_error("Unexpected cluster size (%d).\n", i);
goto not_ntfs;
}
ntfs_log_debug("Checking reserved fields are zero.\n");
if (le16_to_cpu(b->bpb.reserved_sectors) ||
le16_to_cpu(b->bpb.root_entries) ||
le16_to_cpu(b->bpb.sectors) ||
le16_to_cpu(b->bpb.sectors_per_fat) ||
le32_to_cpu(b->bpb.large_sectors) ||
b->bpb.fats) {
ntfs_log_error("Reserved fields aren't zero "
"(%d, %d, %d, %d, %d, %d).\n",
le16_to_cpu(b->bpb.reserved_sectors),
le16_to_cpu(b->bpb.root_entries),
le16_to_cpu(b->bpb.sectors),
le16_to_cpu(b->bpb.sectors_per_fat),
le32_to_cpu(b->bpb.large_sectors),
b->bpb.fats);
goto not_ntfs;
}
ntfs_log_debug("Checking clusters per mft record.\n");
if ((u8)b->clusters_per_mft_record < 0xe1 ||
(u8)b->clusters_per_mft_record > 0xf7) {
switch (b->clusters_per_mft_record) {
case 1: case 2: case 4: case 8: case 0x10: case 0x20: case 0x40:
break;
default:
ntfs_log_error("Unexpected clusters per mft record "
"(%d).\n", b->clusters_per_mft_record);
goto not_ntfs;
}
}
ntfs_log_debug("Checking clusters per index block.\n");
if ((u8)b->clusters_per_index_record < 0xe1 ||
(u8)b->clusters_per_index_record > 0xf7) {
switch (b->clusters_per_index_record) {
case 1: case 2: case 4: case 8: case 0x10: case 0x20: case 0x40:
break;
default:
ntfs_log_error("Unexpected clusters per index record "
"(%d).\n", b->clusters_per_index_record);
goto not_ntfs;
}
}
if (b->end_of_sector_marker != cpu_to_le16(0xaa55))
ntfs_log_debug("Warning: Bootsector has invalid end of sector "
"marker.\n");
ntfs_log_debug("Bootsector check completed successfully.\n");
ret = TRUE;
not_ntfs:
return ret;
}
static const char *last_sector_error =
"HINTS: Either the volume is a RAID/LDM but it wasn't setup yet,\n"
" or it was not setup correctly (e.g. by not using mdadm --build ...),\n"
" or a wrong device is tried to be mounted,\n"
" or the partition table is corrupt (partition is smaller than NTFS),\n"
" or the NTFS boot sector is corrupt (NTFS size is not valid).\n";
/**
* ntfs_boot_sector_parse - setup an ntfs volume from an ntfs boot sector
* @vol: ntfs_volume to setup
* @bs: buffer containing ntfs boot sector to parse
*
* Parse the ntfs bootsector @bs and setup the ntfs volume @vol with the
* obtained values.
*
* Return 0 on success or -1 on error with errno set to the error code EINVAL.
*/
int ntfs_boot_sector_parse(ntfs_volume *vol, const NTFS_BOOT_SECTOR *bs)
{
s64 sectors;
u8 sectors_per_cluster;
s8 c;
/* We return -1 with errno = EINVAL on error. */
errno = EINVAL;
vol->sector_size = le16_to_cpu(bs->bpb.bytes_per_sector);
vol->sector_size_bits = ffs(vol->sector_size) - 1;
ntfs_log_debug("SectorSize = 0x%x\n", vol->sector_size);
ntfs_log_debug("SectorSizeBits = %u\n", vol->sector_size_bits);
/*
* The bounds checks on mft_lcn and mft_mirr_lcn (i.e. them being
* below or equal the number_of_clusters) really belong in the
* ntfs_boot_sector_is_ntfs but in this way we can just do this once.
*/
sectors_per_cluster = bs->bpb.sectors_per_cluster;
ntfs_log_debug("SectorsPerCluster = 0x%x\n", sectors_per_cluster);
if (sectors_per_cluster & (sectors_per_cluster - 1)) {
ntfs_log_error("sectors_per_cluster (%d) is not a power of 2."
"\n", sectors_per_cluster);
return -1;
}
sectors = sle64_to_cpu(bs->number_of_sectors);
ntfs_log_debug("NumberOfSectors = %lld\n", (long long)sectors);
if (!sectors) {
ntfs_log_error("Volume size is set to zero.\n");
return -1;
}
if (vol->dev->d_ops->seek(vol->dev,
(sectors - 1) << vol->sector_size_bits,
SEEK_SET) == -1) {
ntfs_log_perror("Failed to read last sector (%lld)",
(long long)sectors);
ntfs_log_error("%s", last_sector_error);
return -1;
}
vol->nr_clusters = sectors >> (ffs(sectors_per_cluster) - 1);
vol->mft_lcn = sle64_to_cpu(bs->mft_lcn);
vol->mftmirr_lcn = sle64_to_cpu(bs->mftmirr_lcn);
ntfs_log_debug("MFT LCN = %lld\n", (long long)vol->mft_lcn);
ntfs_log_debug("MFTMirr LCN = %lld\n", (long long)vol->mftmirr_lcn);
if (vol->mft_lcn > vol->nr_clusters ||
vol->mftmirr_lcn > vol->nr_clusters) {
ntfs_log_error("$MFT LCN (%lld) or $MFTMirr LCN (%lld) is "
"greater than the number of clusters (%lld).\n",
(long long)vol->mft_lcn, (long long)vol->mftmirr_lcn,
(long long)vol->nr_clusters);
return -1;
}
vol->cluster_size = sectors_per_cluster * vol->sector_size;
if (vol->cluster_size & (vol->cluster_size - 1)) {
ntfs_log_error("cluster_size (%d) is not a power of 2.\n",
vol->cluster_size);
return -1;
}
vol->cluster_size_bits = ffs(vol->cluster_size) - 1;
/*
* Need to get the clusters per mft record and handle it if it is
* negative. Then calculate the mft_record_size. A value of 0x80 is
* illegal, thus signed char is actually ok!
*/
c = bs->clusters_per_mft_record;
ntfs_log_debug("ClusterSize = 0x%x\n", (unsigned)vol->cluster_size);
ntfs_log_debug("ClusterSizeBits = %u\n", vol->cluster_size_bits);
ntfs_log_debug("ClustersPerMftRecord = 0x%x\n", c);
/*
* When clusters_per_mft_record is negative, it means that it is to
* be taken to be the negative base 2 logarithm of the mft_record_size
* min bytes. Then:
* mft_record_size = 2^(-clusters_per_mft_record) bytes.
*/
if (c < 0)
vol->mft_record_size = 1 << -c;
else
vol->mft_record_size = c << vol->cluster_size_bits;
if (vol->mft_record_size & (vol->mft_record_size - 1)) {
ntfs_log_error("mft_record_size (%d) is not a power of 2.\n",
vol->mft_record_size);
return -1;
}
vol->mft_record_size_bits = ffs(vol->mft_record_size) - 1;
ntfs_log_debug("MftRecordSize = 0x%x\n", (unsigned)vol->mft_record_size);
ntfs_log_debug("MftRecordSizeBits = %u\n", vol->mft_record_size_bits);
/* Same as above for INDX record. */
c = bs->clusters_per_index_record;
ntfs_log_debug("ClustersPerINDXRecord = 0x%x\n", c);
if (c < 0)
vol->indx_record_size = 1 << -c;
else
vol->indx_record_size = c << vol->cluster_size_bits;
vol->indx_record_size_bits = ffs(vol->indx_record_size) - 1;
ntfs_log_debug("INDXRecordSize = 0x%x\n", (unsigned)vol->indx_record_size);
ntfs_log_debug("INDXRecordSizeBits = %u\n", vol->indx_record_size_bits);
/*
* Work out the size of the MFT mirror in number of mft records. If the
* cluster size is less than or equal to the size taken by four mft
* records, the mft mirror stores the first four mft records. If the
* cluster size is bigger than the size taken by four mft records, the
* mft mirror contains as many mft records as will fit into one
* cluster.
*/
if (vol->cluster_size <= 4 * vol->mft_record_size)
vol->mftmirr_size = 4;
else
vol->mftmirr_size = vol->cluster_size / vol->mft_record_size;
return 0;
}

42
source/bootsect.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
/*
* bootsect.h - Exports for bootsector record handling.
* Originated from the Linux-NTFS project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2000-2002 Anton Altaparmakov
* Copyright (c) 2006 Szabolcs Szakacsits
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _NTFS_BOOTSECT_H
#define _NTFS_BOOTSECT_H
#include "types.h"
#include "volume.h"
#include "layout.h"
/**
* ntfs_boot_sector_is_ntfs - check a boot sector for describing an ntfs volume
* @b: buffer containing the boot sector
*
* This function checks the boot sector in @b for describing a valid ntfs
* volume. Return TRUE if @b is a valid NTFS boot sector or FALSE otherwise.
*/
extern BOOL ntfs_boot_sector_is_ntfs(NTFS_BOOT_SECTOR *b);
extern int ntfs_boot_sector_parse(ntfs_volume *vol, const NTFS_BOOT_SECTOR *bs);
#endif /* defined _NTFS_BOOTSECT_H */

609
source/cache.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,609 @@
/**
* cache.c : deal with LRU caches
*
* Copyright (c) 2008-2009 Jean-Pierre Andre
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
#include <string.h>
#endif
#include "types.h"
#include "security.h"
#include "cache.h"
#include "misc.h"
#include "logging.h"
/*
* General functions to deal with LRU caches
*
* The cached data have to be organized in a structure in which
* the first fields must follow a mandatory pattern and further
* fields may contain any fixed size data. They are stored in an
* LRU list.
*
* A compare function must be provided for finding a wanted entry
* in the cache. Another function may be provided for invalidating
* an entry to facilitate multiple invalidation.
*
* These functions never return error codes. When there is a
* shortage of memory, data is simply not cached.
* When there is a hashing bug, hashing is dropped, and sequential
* searches are used.
*/
/*
* Enter a new hash index, after a new record has been inserted
*
* Do not call when a record has been modified (with no key change)
*/
static void inserthashindex(struct CACHE_HEADER *cache,
struct CACHED_GENERIC *current)
{
int h;
struct HASH_ENTRY *link;
struct HASH_ENTRY *first;
if (cache->dohash) {
h = cache->dohash(current);
if ((h >= 0) && (h < cache->max_hash)) {
/* get a free link and insert at top of hash list */
link = cache->free_hash;
if (link) {
cache->free_hash = link->next;
first = cache->first_hash[h];
if (first)
link->next = first;
else
link->next = NULL;
link->entry = current;
cache->first_hash[h] = link;
} else {
ntfs_log_error("No more hash entries,"
" cache %s hashing dropped\n",
cache->name);
cache->dohash = (cache_hash)NULL;
}
} else {
ntfs_log_error("Illegal hash value,"
" cache %s hashing dropped\n",
cache->name);
cache->dohash = (cache_hash)NULL;
}
}
}
/*
* Drop a hash index when a record is about to be deleted
*/
static void drophashindex(struct CACHE_HEADER *cache,
const struct CACHED_GENERIC *current, int hash)
{
struct HASH_ENTRY *link;
struct HASH_ENTRY *previous;
if (cache->dohash) {
if ((hash >= 0) && (hash < cache->max_hash)) {
/* find the link and unlink */
link = cache->first_hash[hash];
previous = (struct HASH_ENTRY*)NULL;
while (link && (link->entry != current)) {
previous = link;
link = link->next;
}
if (link) {
if (previous)
previous->next = link->next;
else
cache->first_hash[hash] = link->next;
link->next = cache->free_hash;
cache->free_hash = link;
} else {
ntfs_log_error("Bad hash list,"
" cache %s hashing dropped\n",
cache->name);
cache->dohash = (cache_hash)NULL;
}
} else {
ntfs_log_error("Illegal hash value,"
" cache %s hashing dropped\n",
cache->name);
cache->dohash = (cache_hash)NULL;
}
}
}
/*
* Fetch an entry from cache
*
* returns the cache entry, or NULL if not available
* The returned entry may be modified, but not freed
*/
struct CACHED_GENERIC *ntfs_fetch_cache(struct CACHE_HEADER *cache,
const struct CACHED_GENERIC *wanted, cache_compare compare)
{
struct CACHED_GENERIC *current;
struct CACHED_GENERIC *previous;
struct HASH_ENTRY *link;
int h;
current = (struct CACHED_GENERIC*)NULL;
if (cache) {
if (cache->dohash) {
/*
* When possible, use the hash table to
* locate the entry if present
*/
h = cache->dohash(wanted);
link = cache->first_hash[h];
while (link && compare(link->entry, wanted))
link = link->next;
if (link)
current = link->entry;
}
if (!cache->dohash) {
/*
* Search sequentially in LRU list if no hash table
* or if hashing has just failed
*/
current = cache->most_recent_entry;
while (current
&& compare(current, wanted)) {
current = current->next;
}
}
if (current) {
previous = current->previous;
cache->hits++;
if (previous) {
/*
* found and not at head of list, unlink from current
* position and relink as head of list
*/
previous->next = current->next;
if (current->next)
current->next->previous
= current->previous;
else
cache->oldest_entry
= current->previous;
current->next = cache->most_recent_entry;
current->previous
= (struct CACHED_GENERIC*)NULL;
cache->most_recent_entry->previous = current;
cache->most_recent_entry = current;
}
}
cache->reads++;
}
return (current);
}
/*
* Enter an inode number into cache
* returns the cache entry or NULL if not possible
*/
struct CACHED_GENERIC *ntfs_enter_cache(struct CACHE_HEADER *cache,
const struct CACHED_GENERIC *item,
cache_compare compare)
{
struct CACHED_GENERIC *current;
struct CACHED_GENERIC *before;
struct HASH_ENTRY *link;
int h;
current = (struct CACHED_GENERIC*)NULL;
if (cache) {
if (cache->dohash) {
/*
* When possible, use the hash table to
* find out whether the entry if present
*/
h = cache->dohash(item);
link = cache->first_hash[h];
while (link && compare(link->entry, item))
link = link->next;
if (link) {
current = link->entry;
}
}
if (!cache->dohash) {
/*
* Search sequentially in LRU list to locate the end,
* and find out whether the entry is already in list
* As we normally go to the end, no statistics is
* kept.
*/
current = cache->most_recent_entry;
while (current
&& compare(current, item)) {
current = current->next;
}
}
if (!current) {
/*
* Not in list, get a free entry or reuse the
* last entry, and relink as head of list
* Note : we assume at least three entries, so
* before, previous and first are different when
* an entry is reused.
*/
if (cache->free_entry) {
current = cache->free_entry;
cache->free_entry = cache->free_entry->next;
if (item->varsize) {
current->variable = ntfs_malloc(
item->varsize);
} else
current->variable = (void*)NULL;
current->varsize = item->varsize;
if (!cache->oldest_entry)
cache->oldest_entry = current;
} else {
/* reusing the oldest entry */
current = cache->oldest_entry;
before = current->previous;
before->next = (struct CACHED_GENERIC*)NULL;
if (cache->dohash)
drophashindex(cache,current,
cache->dohash(current));
if (cache->dofree)
cache->dofree(current);
cache->oldest_entry = current->previous;
if (item->varsize) {
if (current->varsize)
current->variable = realloc(
current->variable,
item->varsize);
else
current->variable = ntfs_malloc(
item->varsize);
} else {
if (current->varsize)
free(current->variable);
current->variable = (void*)NULL;
}
current->varsize = item->varsize;
}
current->next = cache->most_recent_entry;
current->previous = (struct CACHED_GENERIC*)NULL;
if (cache->most_recent_entry)
cache->most_recent_entry->previous = current;
cache->most_recent_entry = current;
memcpy(current->fixed, item->fixed, cache->fixed_size);
if (item->varsize) {
if (current->variable) {
memcpy(current->variable,
item->variable, item->varsize);
} else {
/*
* no more memory for variable part
* recycle entry in free list
* not an error, just uncacheable
*/
cache->most_recent_entry = current->next;
current->next = cache->free_entry;
cache->free_entry = current;
current = (struct CACHED_GENERIC*)NULL;
}
} else {
current->variable = (void*)NULL;
current->varsize = 0;
}
if (cache->dohash && current)
inserthashindex(cache,current);
}
cache->writes++;
}
return (current);
}
/*
* Invalidate a cache entry
* The entry is moved to the free entry list
* A specific function may be called for entry deletion
*/
static void do_invalidate(struct CACHE_HEADER *cache,
struct CACHED_GENERIC *current, int flags)
{
struct CACHED_GENERIC *previous;
previous = current->previous;
if ((flags & CACHE_FREE) && cache->dofree)
cache->dofree(current);
/*
* Relink into free list
*/
if (current->next)
current->next->previous = current->previous;
else
cache->oldest_entry = current->previous;
if (previous)
previous->next = current->next;
else
cache->most_recent_entry = current->next;
current->next = cache->free_entry;
cache->free_entry = current;
if (current->variable)
free(current->variable);
current->varsize = 0;
}
/*
* Invalidate entries in cache
*
* Several entries may have to be invalidated (at least for inodes
* associated to directories which have been renamed), a different
* compare function may be provided to select entries to invalidate
*
* Returns the number of deleted entries, this can be used by
* the caller to signal a cache corruption if the entry was
* supposed to be found.
*/
int ntfs_invalidate_cache(struct CACHE_HEADER *cache,
const struct CACHED_GENERIC *item, cache_compare compare,
int flags)
{
struct CACHED_GENERIC *current;
struct CACHED_GENERIC *previous;
struct CACHED_GENERIC *next;
struct HASH_ENTRY *link;
int count;
int h;
current = (struct CACHED_GENERIC*)NULL;
count = 0;
if (cache) {
if (!(flags & CACHE_NOHASH) && cache->dohash) {
/*
* When possible, use the hash table to
* find out whether the entry if present
*/
h = cache->dohash(item);
link = cache->first_hash[h];
while (link) {
if (compare(link->entry, item))
link = link->next;
else {
current = link->entry;
link = link->next;
if (current) {
drophashindex(cache,current,h);
do_invalidate(cache,
current,flags);
count++;
}
}
}
}
if ((flags & CACHE_NOHASH) || !cache->dohash) {
/*
* Search sequentially in LRU list
*/
current = cache->most_recent_entry;
previous = (struct CACHED_GENERIC*)NULL;
while (current) {
if (!compare(current, item)) {
next = current->next;
if (cache->dohash)
drophashindex(cache,current,
cache->dohash(current));
do_invalidate(cache,current,flags);
current = next;
count++;
} else {
previous = current;
current = current->next;
}
}
}
}
return (count);
}
int ntfs_remove_cache(struct CACHE_HEADER *cache,
struct CACHED_GENERIC *item, int flags)
{
int count;
count = 0;
if (cache) {
if (cache->dohash)
drophashindex(cache,item,cache->dohash(item));
do_invalidate(cache,item,flags);
count++;
}
return (count);
}
/*
* Free memory allocated to a cache
*/
static void ntfs_free_cache(struct CACHE_HEADER *cache)
{
struct CACHED_GENERIC *entry;
if (cache) {
for (entry=cache->most_recent_entry; entry; entry=entry->next) {
if (cache->dofree)
cache->dofree(entry);
if (entry->variable)
free(entry->variable);
}
free(cache);
}
}
/*
* Create a cache
*
* Returns the cache header, or NULL if the cache could not be created
*/
static struct CACHE_HEADER *ntfs_create_cache(const char *name,
cache_free dofree, cache_hash dohash,
int full_item_size,
int item_count, int max_hash)
{
struct CACHE_HEADER *cache;
struct CACHED_GENERIC *pc;
struct CACHED_GENERIC *qc;
struct HASH_ENTRY *ph;
struct HASH_ENTRY *qh;
struct HASH_ENTRY **px;
size_t size;
int i;
size = sizeof(struct CACHE_HEADER) + item_count*full_item_size;
if (max_hash)
size += item_count*sizeof(struct HASH_ENTRY)
+ max_hash*sizeof(struct HASH_ENTRY*);
cache = (struct CACHE_HEADER*)ntfs_malloc(size);
if (cache) {
/* header */
cache->name = name;
cache->dofree = dofree;
if (dohash && max_hash) {
cache->dohash = dohash;
cache->max_hash = max_hash;
} else {
cache->dohash = (cache_hash)NULL;
cache->max_hash = 0;
}
cache->fixed_size = full_item_size - sizeof(struct CACHED_GENERIC);
cache->reads = 0;
cache->writes = 0;
cache->hits = 0;
/* chain the data entries, and mark an invalid entry */
cache->most_recent_entry = (struct CACHED_GENERIC*)NULL;
cache->oldest_entry = (struct CACHED_GENERIC*)NULL;
cache->free_entry = &cache->entry[0];
pc = &cache->entry[0];
for (i=0; i<(item_count - 1); i++) {
qc = (struct CACHED_GENERIC*)((char*)pc
+ full_item_size);
pc->next = qc;
pc->variable = (void*)NULL;
pc->varsize = 0;
pc = qc;
}
/* special for the last entry */
pc->next = (struct CACHED_GENERIC*)NULL;
pc->variable = (void*)NULL;
pc->varsize = 0;
if (max_hash) {
/* chain the hash entries */
ph = (struct HASH_ENTRY*)(((char*)pc) + full_item_size);
cache->free_hash = ph;
for (i=0; i<(item_count - 1); i++) {
qh = &ph[1];
ph->next = qh;
ph = qh;
}
/* special for the last entry */
if (item_count) {
ph->next = (struct HASH_ENTRY*)NULL;
}
/* create and initialize the hash indexes */
px = (struct HASH_ENTRY**)&ph[1];
cache->first_hash = px;
for (i=0; i<max_hash; i++)
px[i] = (struct HASH_ENTRY*)NULL;
} else {
cache->free_hash = (struct HASH_ENTRY*)NULL;
cache->first_hash = (struct HASH_ENTRY**)NULL;
}
}
return (cache);
}
/*
* Create all LRU caches
*
* No error return, if creation is not possible, cacheing will
* just be not available
*/
void ntfs_create_lru_caches(ntfs_volume *vol)
{
#if CACHE_INODE_SIZE
/* inode cache */
vol->xinode_cache = ntfs_create_cache("inode",(cache_free)NULL,
ntfs_dir_inode_hash, sizeof(struct CACHED_INODE),
CACHE_INODE_SIZE, 2*CACHE_INODE_SIZE);
#endif
#if CACHE_NIDATA_SIZE
/* idata cache */
vol->nidata_cache = ntfs_create_cache("nidata",
ntfs_inode_nidata_free, ntfs_inode_nidata_hash,
sizeof(struct CACHED_NIDATA),
CACHE_NIDATA_SIZE, 2*CACHE_NIDATA_SIZE);
#endif
#if CACHE_LOOKUP_SIZE
/* lookup cache */
vol->lookup_cache = ntfs_create_cache("lookup",
(cache_free)NULL, ntfs_dir_lookup_hash,
sizeof(struct CACHED_LOOKUP),
CACHE_LOOKUP_SIZE, 2*CACHE_LOOKUP_SIZE);
#endif
vol->securid_cache = ntfs_create_cache("securid",(cache_free)NULL,
(cache_hash)NULL,sizeof(struct CACHED_SECURID), CACHE_SECURID_SIZE, 0);
#if CACHE_LEGACY_SIZE
vol->legacy_cache = ntfs_create_cache("legacy",(cache_free)NULL,
(cache_hash)NULL, sizeof(struct CACHED_PERMISSIONS_LEGACY), CACHE_LEGACY_SIZE, 0);
#endif
}
/*
* Free all LRU caches
*/
void ntfs_free_lru_caches(ntfs_volume *vol)
{
#if CACHE_INODE_SIZE
ntfs_free_cache(vol->xinode_cache);
#endif
#if CACHE_NIDATA_SIZE
ntfs_free_cache(vol->nidata_cache);
#endif
#if CACHE_LOOKUP_SIZE
ntfs_free_cache(vol->lookup_cache);
#endif
ntfs_free_cache(vol->securid_cache);
#if CACHE_LEGACY_SIZE
ntfs_free_cache(vol->legacy_cache);
#endif
}

119
source/cache.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
/*
* cache.h : deal with indexed LRU caches
*
* Copyright (c) 2008-2009 Jean-Pierre Andre
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _NTFS_CACHE_H_
#define _NTFS_CACHE_H_
#include "volume.h"
struct CACHED_GENERIC {
struct CACHED_GENERIC *next;
struct CACHED_GENERIC *previous;
void *variable;
size_t varsize;
union {
/* force alignment for pointers and u64 */
u64 u64align;
void *ptralign;
} fixed[0];
} ;
struct CACHED_INODE {
struct CACHED_INODE *next;
struct CACHED_INODE *previous;
const char *pathname;
size_t varsize;
/* above fields must match "struct CACHED_GENERIC" */
u64 inum;
} ;
struct CACHED_NIDATA {
struct CACHED_NIDATA *next;
struct CACHED_NIDATA *previous;
const char *pathname; /* not used */
size_t varsize; /* not used */
/* above fields must match "struct CACHED_GENERIC" */
u64 inum;
ntfs_inode *ni;
} ;
struct CACHED_LOOKUP {
struct CACHED_LOOKUP *next;
struct CACHED_LOOKUP *previous;
const char *name;
size_t namesize;
/* above fields must match "struct CACHED_GENERIC" */
u64 parent;
u64 inum;
} ;
enum {
CACHE_FREE = 1,
CACHE_NOHASH = 2
} ;
typedef int (*cache_compare)(const struct CACHED_GENERIC *cached,
const struct CACHED_GENERIC *item);
typedef void (*cache_free)(const struct CACHED_GENERIC *cached);
typedef int (*cache_hash)(const struct CACHED_GENERIC *cached);
struct HASH_ENTRY {
struct HASH_ENTRY *next;
struct CACHED_GENERIC *entry;
} ;
struct CACHE_HEADER {
const char *name;
struct CACHED_GENERIC *most_recent_entry;
struct CACHED_GENERIC *oldest_entry;
struct CACHED_GENERIC *free_entry;
struct HASH_ENTRY *free_hash;
struct HASH_ENTRY **first_hash;
cache_free dofree;
cache_hash dohash;
unsigned long reads;
unsigned long writes;
unsigned long hits;
int fixed_size;
int max_hash;
struct CACHED_GENERIC entry[0];
} ;
/* cast to generic, avoiding gcc warnings */
#define GENERIC(pstr) ((const struct CACHED_GENERIC*)(const void*)(pstr))
struct CACHED_GENERIC *ntfs_fetch_cache(struct CACHE_HEADER *cache,
const struct CACHED_GENERIC *wanted,
cache_compare compare);
struct CACHED_GENERIC *ntfs_enter_cache(struct CACHE_HEADER *cache,
const struct CACHED_GENERIC *item,
cache_compare compare);
int ntfs_invalidate_cache(struct CACHE_HEADER *cache,
const struct CACHED_GENERIC *item,
cache_compare compare, int flags);
int ntfs_remove_cache(struct CACHE_HEADER *cache,
struct CACHED_GENERIC *item, int flags);
void ntfs_create_lru_caches(ntfs_volume *vol);
void ntfs_free_lru_caches(ntfs_volume *vol);
#endif /* _NTFS_CACHE_H_ */

374
source/cache2.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,374 @@
/*
cache.c
The cache is not visible to the user. It should be flushed
when any file is closed or changes are made to the filesystem.
This cache implements a least-used-page replacement policy. This will
distribute sectors evenly over the pages, so if less than the maximum
pages are used at once, they should all eventually remain in the cache.
This also has the benefit of throwing out old sectors, so as not to keep
too many stale pages around.
Copyright (c) 2006 Michael "Chishm" Chisholm
Copyright (c) 2009 shareese, rodries
Copyright (c) 2010 Dimok
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or
other materials provided with the distribution.
3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#include <ogc/lwp_watchdog.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include "cache2.h"
#include "bit_ops.h"
#include "mem_allocate.h"
#define CACHE_FREE UINT_MAX
NTFS_CACHE* _NTFS_cache_constructor (unsigned int numberOfPages, unsigned int sectorsPerPage, const DISC_INTERFACE* discInterface, sec_t endOfPartition, sec_t sectorSize) {
NTFS_CACHE* cache;
unsigned int i;
NTFS_CACHE_ENTRY* cacheEntries;
if(numberOfPages==0 || sectorsPerPage==0) return NULL;
if (numberOfPages < 4) {
numberOfPages = 4;
}
if (sectorsPerPage < 32) {
sectorsPerPage = 32;
}
cache = (NTFS_CACHE*) ntfs_alloc (sizeof(NTFS_CACHE));
if (cache == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
cache->disc = discInterface;
cache->endOfPartition = endOfPartition;
cache->numberOfPages = numberOfPages;
cache->sectorsPerPage = sectorsPerPage;
cache->sectorSize = sectorSize;
cacheEntries = (NTFS_CACHE_ENTRY*) ntfs_alloc ( sizeof(NTFS_CACHE_ENTRY) * numberOfPages);
if (cacheEntries == NULL) {
ntfs_free (cache);
return NULL;
}
for (i = 0; i < numberOfPages; i++) {
cacheEntries[i].sector = CACHE_FREE;
cacheEntries[i].count = 0;
cacheEntries[i].last_access = 0;
cacheEntries[i].dirty = false;
cacheEntries[i].cache = (uint8_t*) ntfs_align ( sectorsPerPage * cache->sectorSize );
}
cache->cacheEntries = cacheEntries;
return cache;
}
void _NTFS_cache_destructor (NTFS_CACHE* cache) {
unsigned int i;
if(cache==NULL) return;
// Clear out cache before destroying it
_NTFS_cache_flush(cache);
// Free memory in reverse allocation order
for (i = 0; i < cache->numberOfPages; i++) {
ntfs_free (cache->cacheEntries[i].cache);
}
ntfs_free (cache->cacheEntries);
ntfs_free (cache);
}
static u32 accessCounter = 0;
static u32 accessTime(){
accessCounter++;
return accessCounter;
}
static NTFS_CACHE_ENTRY* _NTFS_cache_getPage(NTFS_CACHE *cache,sec_t sector)
{
unsigned int i;
NTFS_CACHE_ENTRY* cacheEntries = cache->cacheEntries;
unsigned int numberOfPages = cache->numberOfPages;
unsigned int sectorsPerPage = cache->sectorsPerPage;
bool foundFree = false;
unsigned int oldUsed = 0;
unsigned int oldAccess = UINT_MAX;
for(i=0;i<numberOfPages;i++) {
if(sector>=cacheEntries[i].sector && sector<(cacheEntries[i].sector + cacheEntries[i].count)) {
cacheEntries[i].last_access = accessTime();
return &(cacheEntries[i]);
}
if(foundFree==false && (cacheEntries[i].sector==CACHE_FREE || cacheEntries[i].last_access<oldAccess)) {
if(cacheEntries[i].sector==CACHE_FREE) foundFree = true;
oldUsed = i;
oldAccess = cacheEntries[i].last_access;
}
}
if(foundFree==false && cacheEntries[oldUsed].dirty==true) {
if(!cache->disc->writeSectors(cacheEntries[oldUsed].sector,cacheEntries[oldUsed].count,cacheEntries[oldUsed].cache)) return NULL;
cacheEntries[oldUsed].dirty = false;
}
sector = (sector/sectorsPerPage)*sectorsPerPage; // align base sector to page size
sec_t next_page = sector + sectorsPerPage;
if(next_page > cache->endOfPartition) next_page = cache->endOfPartition;
if(!cache->disc->readSectors(sector,next_page-sector,cacheEntries[oldUsed].cache)) return NULL;
cacheEntries[oldUsed].sector = sector;
cacheEntries[oldUsed].count = next_page-sector;
cacheEntries[oldUsed].last_access = accessTime();
return &(cacheEntries[oldUsed]);
}
static NTFS_CACHE_ENTRY* _NTFS_cache_findPage(NTFS_CACHE *cache, sec_t sector, sec_t count) {
unsigned int i;
NTFS_CACHE_ENTRY* cacheEntries = cache->cacheEntries;
unsigned int numberOfPages = cache->numberOfPages;
NTFS_CACHE_ENTRY *entry = NULL;
sec_t lowest = UINT_MAX;
for(i=0;i<numberOfPages;i++) {
if (cacheEntries[i].sector != CACHE_FREE) {
bool intersect;
if (sector > cacheEntries[i].sector) {
intersect = sector - cacheEntries[i].sector < cacheEntries[i].count;
} else {
intersect = cacheEntries[i].sector - sector < count;
}
if ( intersect && (cacheEntries[i].sector < lowest)) {
lowest = cacheEntries[i].sector;
entry = &cacheEntries[i];
}
}
}
return entry;
}
bool _NTFS_cache_readSectors(NTFS_CACHE *cache,sec_t sector,sec_t numSectors,void *buffer)
{
sec_t sec;
sec_t secs_to_read;
NTFS_CACHE_ENTRY *entry;
uint8_t *dest = buffer;
while(numSectors>0) {
entry = _NTFS_cache_getPage(cache,sector);
if(entry==NULL) return false;
sec = sector - entry->sector;
secs_to_read = entry->count - sec;
if(secs_to_read>numSectors) secs_to_read = numSectors;
memcpy(dest,entry->cache + (sec*cache->sectorSize),(secs_to_read*cache->sectorSize));
dest += (secs_to_read*cache->sectorSize);
sector += secs_to_read;
numSectors -= secs_to_read;
}
return true;
}
/*
Reads some data from a cache page, determined by the sector number
*/
bool _NTFS_cache_readPartialSector (NTFS_CACHE* cache, void* buffer, sec_t sector, unsigned int offset, size_t size)
{
sec_t sec;
NTFS_CACHE_ENTRY *entry;
if (offset + size > cache->sectorSize) return false;
entry = _NTFS_cache_getPage(cache,sector);
if(entry==NULL) return false;
sec = sector - entry->sector;
memcpy(buffer,entry->cache + ((sec*cache->sectorSize) + offset),size);
return true;
}
bool _NTFS_cache_readLittleEndianValue (NTFS_CACHE* cache, uint32_t *value, sec_t sector, unsigned int offset, int num_bytes) {
uint8_t buf[4];
if (!_NTFS_cache_readPartialSector(cache, buf, sector, offset, num_bytes)) return false;
switch(num_bytes) {
case 1: *value = buf[0]; break;
case 2: *value = u8array_to_u16(buf,0); break;
case 4: *value = u8array_to_u32(buf,0); break;
default: return false;
}
return true;
}
/*
Writes some data to a cache page, making sure it is loaded into memory first.
*/
bool _NTFS_cache_writePartialSector (NTFS_CACHE* cache, const void* buffer, sec_t sector, unsigned int offset, size_t size)
{
sec_t sec;
NTFS_CACHE_ENTRY *entry;
if (offset + size > cache->sectorSize) return false;
entry = _NTFS_cache_getPage(cache,sector);
if(entry==NULL) return false;
sec = sector - entry->sector;
memcpy(entry->cache + ((sec*cache->sectorSize) + offset),buffer,size);
entry->dirty = true;
return true;
}
bool _NTFS_cache_writeLittleEndianValue (NTFS_CACHE* cache, const uint32_t value, sec_t sector, unsigned int offset, int size) {
uint8_t buf[4] = {0, 0, 0, 0};
switch(size) {
case 1: buf[0] = value; break;
case 2: u16_to_u8array(buf, 0, value); break;
case 4: u32_to_u8array(buf, 0, value); break;
default: return false;
}
return _NTFS_cache_writePartialSector(cache, buf, sector, offset, size);
}
/*
Writes some data to a cache page, zeroing out the page first
*/
bool _NTFS_cache_eraseWritePartialSector (NTFS_CACHE* cache, const void* buffer, sec_t sector, unsigned int offset, size_t size)
{
sec_t sec;
NTFS_CACHE_ENTRY *entry;
if (offset + size > cache->sectorSize) return false;
entry = _NTFS_cache_getPage(cache,sector);
if(entry==NULL) return false;
sec = sector - entry->sector;
memset(entry->cache + (sec*cache->sectorSize),0,cache->sectorSize);
memcpy(entry->cache + ((sec*cache->sectorSize) + offset),buffer,size);
entry->dirty = true;
return true;
}
bool _NTFS_cache_writeSectors (NTFS_CACHE* cache, sec_t sector, sec_t numSectors, const void* buffer)
{
sec_t sec;
sec_t secs_to_write;
NTFS_CACHE_ENTRY* entry;
const uint8_t *src = buffer;
while(numSectors>0)
{
entry = _NTFS_cache_findPage(cache,sector,numSectors);
if(entry!=NULL) {
if ( entry->sector > sector) {
secs_to_write = entry->sector - sector;
cache->disc->writeSectors(sector,secs_to_write,src);
src += (secs_to_write*cache->sectorSize);
sector += secs_to_write;
numSectors -= secs_to_write;
}
sec = sector - entry->sector;
secs_to_write = entry->count - sec;
if(secs_to_write>numSectors) secs_to_write = numSectors;
memcpy(entry->cache + (sec*cache->sectorSize),src,(secs_to_write*cache->sectorSize));
src += (secs_to_write*cache->sectorSize);
sector += secs_to_write;
numSectors -= secs_to_write;
entry->dirty = true;
} else {
cache->disc->writeSectors(sector,numSectors,src);
numSectors=0;
}
}
return true;
}
/*
Flushes all dirty pages to disc, clearing the dirty flag.
*/
bool _NTFS_cache_flush (NTFS_CACHE* cache) {
unsigned int i;
if(cache==NULL) return true;
for (i = 0; i < cache->numberOfPages; i++) {
if (cache->cacheEntries[i].dirty) {
if (!cache->disc->writeSectors (cache->cacheEntries[i].sector, cache->cacheEntries[i].count, cache->cacheEntries[i].cache)) {
return false;
}
}
cache->cacheEntries[i].dirty = false;
}
return true;
}
void _NTFS_cache_invalidate (NTFS_CACHE* cache) {
unsigned int i;
if(cache==NULL)
return;
_NTFS_cache_flush(cache);
for (i = 0; i < cache->numberOfPages; i++) {
cache->cacheEntries[i].sector = CACHE_FREE;
cache->cacheEntries[i].last_access = 0;
cache->cacheEntries[i].count = 0;
cache->cacheEntries[i].dirty = false;
}
}

135
source/cache2.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
/*
NTFS_CACHE.h
The NTFS_CACHE is not visible to the user. It should be flushed
when any file is closed or changes are made to the filesystem.
This NTFS_CACHE implements a least-used-page replacement policy. This will
distribute sectors evenly over the pages, so if less than the maximum
pages are used at once, they should all eventually remain in the NTFS_CACHE.
This also has the benefit of throwing out old sectors, so as not to keep
too many stale pages around.
Copyright (c) 2006 Michael "Chishm" Chisholm
Copyright (c) 2009 shareese, rodries
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or
other materials provided with the distribution.
3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef _CACHE2_H
#define _CACHE2_H
//#include "common.h"
//#include "disc.h"
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include <gctypes.h>
#include <ogc/disc_io.h>
#include <gccore.h>
typedef struct {
sec_t sector;
unsigned int count;
u64 last_access;
bool dirty;
u8* cache;
} NTFS_CACHE_ENTRY;
typedef struct {
const DISC_INTERFACE* disc;
sec_t endOfPartition;
unsigned int numberOfPages;
unsigned int sectorsPerPage;
sec_t sectorSize;
NTFS_CACHE_ENTRY* cacheEntries;
} NTFS_CACHE;
/*
Read data from a sector in the NTFS_CACHE
If the sector is not in the NTFS_CACHE, it will be swapped in
offset is the position to start reading from
size is the amount of data to read
Precondition: offset + size <= BYTES_PER_READ
*/
//bool _NTFS_cache_readPartialSector (NTFS_CACHE* NTFS_CACHE, void* buffer, sec_t sector, unsigned int offset, size_t size);
//bool _NTFS_cache_readLittleEndianValue (NTFS_CACHE* NTFS_CACHE, uint32_t *value, sec_t sector, unsigned int offset, int num_bytes);
/*
Write data to a sector in the NTFS_CACHE
If the sector is not in the NTFS_CACHE, it will be swapped in.
When the sector is swapped out, the data will be written to the disc
offset is the position to start writing to
size is the amount of data to write
Precondition: offset + size <= BYTES_PER_READ
*/
//bool _NTFS_cache_writePartialSector (NTFS_CACHE* NTFS_CACHE, const void* buffer, sec_t sector, unsigned int offset, size_t size);
//bool _NTFS_cache_writeLittleEndianValue (NTFS_CACHE* NTFS_CACHE, const uint32_t value, sec_t sector, unsigned int offset, int num_bytes);
/*
Write data to a sector in the NTFS_CACHE, zeroing the sector first
If the sector is not in the NTFS_CACHE, it will be swapped in.
When the sector is swapped out, the data will be written to the disc
offset is the position to start writing to
size is the amount of data to write
Precondition: offset + size <= BYTES_PER_READ
*/
//bool _NTFS_cache_eraseWritePartialSector (NTFS_CACHE* NTFS_CACHE, const void* buffer, sec_t sector, unsigned int offset, size_t size);
/*
Read several sectors from the NTFS_CACHE
*/
bool _NTFS_cache_readSectors (NTFS_CACHE* NTFS_CACHE, sec_t sector, sec_t numSectors, void* buffer);
/*
Read a full sector from the NTFS_CACHE
*/
//static inline bool _NTFS_cache_readSector (NTFS_CACHE* NTFS_CACHE, void* buffer, sec_t sector) {
// return _NTFS_cache_readPartialSector (NTFS_CACHE, buffer, sector, 0, BYTES_PER_READ);
//}
/*
Write a full sector to the NTFS_CACHE
*/
//static inline bool _NTFS_cache_writeSector (NTFS_CACHE* NTFS_CACHE, const void* buffer, sec_t sector) {
// return _NTFS_cache_writePartialSector (NTFS_CACHE, buffer, sector, 0, BYTES_PER_READ);
//}
bool _NTFS_cache_writeSectors (NTFS_CACHE* NTFS_CACHE, sec_t sector, sec_t numSectors, const void* buffer);
/*
Write any dirty sectors back to disc and clear out the contents of the NTFS_CACHE
*/
bool _NTFS_cache_flush (NTFS_CACHE* NTFS_CACHE);
/*
Clear out the contents of the NTFS_CACHE without writing any dirty sectors first
*/
void _NTFS_cache_invalidate (NTFS_CACHE* NTFS_CACHE);
NTFS_CACHE* _NTFS_cache_constructor (unsigned int numberOfPages, unsigned int sectorsPerPage, const DISC_INTERFACE* discInterface, sec_t endOfPartition, sec_t sectorSize);
void _NTFS_cache_destructor (NTFS_CACHE* NTFS_CACHE);
#endif // _CACHE_H

271
source/collate.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
/**
* collate.c - NTFS collation handling. Originated from the Linux-NTFS project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2004 Anton Altaparmakov
* Copyright (c) 2005 Yura Pakhuchiy
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
#include <string.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_ERRNO_H
#include <errno.h>
#endif
#include "attrib.h"
#include "index.h"
#include "collate.h"
#include "debug.h"
#include "unistr.h"
#include "logging.h"
/**
* ntfs_collate_binary - Which of two binary objects should be listed first
* @vol: unused
* @data1:
* @data1_len:
* @data2:
* @data2_len:
*
* Description...
*
* Returns:
*/
static int ntfs_collate_binary(ntfs_volume *vol __attribute__((unused)),
const void *data1, const int data1_len,
const void *data2, const int data2_len)
{
int rc;
ntfs_log_trace("Entering.\n");
rc = memcmp(data1, data2, min(data1_len, data2_len));
if (!rc && (data1_len != data2_len)) {
if (data1_len < data2_len)
rc = -1;
else
rc = 1;
}
ntfs_log_trace("Done, returning %i.\n", rc);
return rc;
}
/**
* ntfs_collate_ntofs_ulong - Which of two long ints should be listed first
* @vol: unused
* @data1:
* @data1_len:
* @data2:
* @data2_len:
*
* Description...
*
* Returns:
*/
static int ntfs_collate_ntofs_ulong(ntfs_volume *vol __attribute__((unused)),
const void *data1, const int data1_len,
const void *data2, const int data2_len)
{
int rc;
u32 d1, d2;
ntfs_log_trace("Entering.\n");
if (data1_len != data2_len || data1_len != 4) {
ntfs_log_error("data1_len or/and data2_len not equal to 4.\n");
return NTFS_COLLATION_ERROR;
}
d1 = le32_to_cpup(data1);
d2 = le32_to_cpup(data2);
if (d1 < d2)
rc = -1;
else {
if (d1 == d2)
rc = 0;
else
rc = 1;
}
ntfs_log_trace("Done, returning %i.\n", rc);
return rc;
}
/**
* ntfs_collate_ntofs_ulongs - Which of two le32 arrays should be listed first
*
* Returns: -1, 0 or 1 depending of how the arrays compare
*/
static int ntfs_collate_ntofs_ulongs(ntfs_volume *vol __attribute__((unused)),
const void *data1, const int data1_len,
const void *data2, const int data2_len)
{
int rc;
int len;
const le32 *p1, *p2;
u32 d1, d2;
ntfs_log_trace("Entering.\n");
if ((data1_len != data2_len) || (data1_len <= 0) || (data1_len & 3)) {
ntfs_log_error("data1_len or data2_len not valid\n");
return NTFS_COLLATION_ERROR;
}
p1 = (const le32*)data1;
p2 = (const le32*)data2;
len = data1_len;
do {
d1 = le32_to_cpup(p1);
p1++;
d2 = le32_to_cpup(p2);
p2++;
} while ((d1 == d2) && ((len -= 4) > 0));
if (d1 < d2)
rc = -1;
else {
if (d1 == d2)
rc = 0;
else
rc = 1;
}
ntfs_log_trace("Done, returning %i.\n", rc);
return rc;
}
/**
* ntfs_collate_ntofs_security_hash - Which of two security descriptors
* should be listed first
* @vol: unused
* @data1:
* @data1_len:
* @data2:
* @data2_len:
*
* JPA compare two security hash keys made of two unsigned le32
*
* Returns: -1, 0 or 1 depending of how the keys compare
*/
static int ntfs_collate_ntofs_security_hash(ntfs_volume *vol __attribute__((unused)),
const void *data1, const int data1_len,
const void *data2, const int data2_len)
{
int rc;
u32 d1, d2;
const le32 *p1, *p2;
ntfs_log_trace("Entering.\n");
if (data1_len != data2_len || data1_len != 8) {
ntfs_log_error("data1_len or/and data2_len not equal to 8.\n");
return NTFS_COLLATION_ERROR;
}
p1 = (const le32*)data1;
p2 = (const le32*)data2;
d1 = le32_to_cpup(p1);
d2 = le32_to_cpup(p2);
if (d1 < d2)
rc = -1;
else {
if (d1 > d2)
rc = 1;
else {
p1++;
p2++;
d1 = le32_to_cpup(p1);
d2 = le32_to_cpup(p2);
if (d1 < d2)
rc = -1;
else {
if (d1 > d2)
rc = 1;
else
rc = 0;
}
}
}
ntfs_log_trace("Done, returning %i.\n", rc);
return rc;
}
/**
* ntfs_collate_file_name - Which of two filenames should be listed first
* @vol:
* @data1:
* @data1_len: unused
* @data2:
* @data2_len: unused
*
* Description...
*
* Returns:
*/
static int ntfs_collate_file_name(ntfs_volume *vol,
const void *data1, const int data1_len __attribute__((unused)),
const void *data2, const int data2_len __attribute__((unused)))
{
const FILE_NAME_ATTR *file_name_attr1;
const FILE_NAME_ATTR *file_name_attr2;
int rc;
ntfs_log_trace("Entering.\n");
file_name_attr1 = (const FILE_NAME_ATTR*)data1;
file_name_attr2 = (const FILE_NAME_ATTR*)data2;
rc = ntfs_names_full_collate(
(ntfschar*)&file_name_attr1->file_name,
file_name_attr1->file_name_length,
(ntfschar*)&file_name_attr2->file_name,
file_name_attr2->file_name_length,
CASE_SENSITIVE, vol->upcase, vol->upcase_len);
ntfs_log_trace("Done, returning %i.\n", rc);
return rc;
}
/*
* Get a pointer to appropriate collation function.
*
* Returns NULL if the needed function is not implemented
*/
COLLATE ntfs_get_collate_function(COLLATION_RULES cr)
{
COLLATE collate;
switch (cr) {
case COLLATION_BINARY :
collate = ntfs_collate_binary;
break;
case COLLATION_FILE_NAME :
collate = ntfs_collate_file_name;
break;
case COLLATION_NTOFS_SECURITY_HASH :
collate = ntfs_collate_ntofs_security_hash;
break;
case COLLATION_NTOFS_ULONG :
collate = ntfs_collate_ntofs_ulong;
break;
case COLLATION_NTOFS_ULONGS :
collate = ntfs_collate_ntofs_ulongs;
break;
default :
errno = EOPNOTSUPP;
collate = (COLLATE)NULL;
break;
}
return (collate);
}

34
source/collate.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
/*
* collate.h - Defines for NTFS collation handling. Originated from the Linux-NTFS
* project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2004 Anton Altaparmakov
* Copyright (c) 2005 Yura Pakhuchiy
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _NTFS_COLLATE_H
#define _NTFS_COLLATE_H
#include "types.h"
#include "volume.h"
#define NTFS_COLLATION_ERROR -2
extern COLLATE ntfs_get_collate_function(COLLATION_RULES);
#endif /* _NTFS_COLLATE_H */

250
source/compat.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
/**
* compat.c - Tweaks for Windows compatibility
*
* Copyright (c) 2002 Richard Russon
* Copyright (c) 2002-2004 Anton Altaparmakov
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#include "compat.h"
#ifndef HAVE_FFS
/**
* ffs - Find the first set bit in an int
* @x:
*
* Description...
*
* Returns:
*/
int ffs(int x)
{
int r = 1;
if (!x)
return 0;
if (!(x & 0xffff)) {
x >>= 16;
r += 16;
}
if (!(x & 0xff)) {
x >>= 8;
r += 8;
}
if (!(x & 0xf)) {
x >>= 4;
r += 4;
}
if (!(x & 3)) {
x >>= 2;
r += 2;
}
if (!(x & 1)) {
x >>= 1;
r += 1;
}
return r;
}
#endif /* HAVE_FFS */
#ifndef HAVE_DAEMON
/* ************************************************************
* From: src.opensolaris.org
* src/lib/libresolv2/common/bsd/daemon.c
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 1997-2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* All rights reserved.
*/
#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
static const char sccsid[] = "@(#)daemon.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
static const char rcsid[] = "$Id: compat.c,v 1.1.1.1.2.1 2008-08-16 15:17:44 jpandre Exp $";
#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
/*
* Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
#include <fcntl.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
#include <unistd.h>
#endif
int daemon(int nochdir, int noclose) {
int fd;
switch (fork()) {
case -1:
return (-1);
case 0:
break;
default:
_exit(0);
}
if (setsid() == -1)
return (-1);
if (!nochdir)
(void)chdir("/");
if (!noclose && (fd = open("/dev/null", O_RDWR, 0)) != -1) {
(void)dup2(fd, 0);
(void)dup2(fd, 1);
(void)dup2(fd, 2);
if (fd > 2)
(void)close (fd);
}
return (0);
}
/*
* End: src/lib/libresolv2/common/bsd/daemon.c
*************************************************************/
#endif /* HAVE_DAEMON */
#ifndef HAVE_STRSEP
/* ************************************************************
* From: src.opensolaris.org
* src/lib/libresolv2/common/bsd/strsep.c
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 1997, by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* All rights reserved.
*/
#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
static const char sccsid[] = "strsep.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
static const char rcsid[] = "$Id: compat.c,v 1.1.1.1.2.1 2008-08-16 15:17:44 jpandre Exp $";
#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
/*
* Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
#include <string.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDIO_H
#include <stdio.h>
#endif
/*
* Get next token from string *stringp, where tokens are possibly-empty
* strings separated by characters from delim.
*
* Writes NULs into the string at *stringp to end tokens.
* delim need not remain constant from call to call.
* On return, *stringp points past the last NUL written (if there might
* be further tokens), or is NULL (if there are definitely no more tokens).
*
* If *stringp is NULL, strsep returns NULL.
*/
char *strsep(char **stringp, const char *delim) {
char *s;
const char *spanp;
int c, sc;
char *tok;
if ((s = *stringp) == NULL)
return (NULL);
for (tok = s;;) {
c = *s++;
spanp = delim;
do {
if ((sc = *spanp++) == c) {
if (c == 0)
s = NULL;
else
s[-1] = 0;
*stringp = s;
return (tok);
}
} while (sc != 0);
}
/* NOTREACHED */
}
/*
* End: src/lib/libresolv2/common/bsd/strsep.c
*************************************************************/
#endif /* HAVE_STRSEP */

86
source/compat.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
/*
* compat.h - Tweaks for Windows compatibility.
*
* Copyright (c) 2002 Richard Russon
* Copyright (c) 2002-2004 Anton Altaparmakov
* Copyright (c) 2008-2009 Szabolcs Szakacsits
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _NTFS_COMPAT_H
#define _NTFS_COMPAT_H
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
#include <sys/param.h>
#endif
#ifndef PATH_MAX
#define PATH_MAX 4096
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_FFS
extern int ffs(int i);
#endif /* HAVE_FFS */
#ifndef HAVE_DAEMON
extern int daemon(int nochdir, int noclose);
#endif /* HAVE_DAEMON */
#ifndef HAVE_STRSEP
extern char *strsep(char **stringp, const char *delim);
#endif /* HAVE_STRSEP */
#ifdef WINDOWS
#define HAVE_STDIO_H /* mimic config.h */
#define HAVE_STDARG_H
#define atoll _atoi64
#define fdatasync commit
#define __inline__ inline
#define __attribute__(X) /*nothing*/
#else /* !defined WINDOWS */
#ifndef O_BINARY
#define O_BINARY 0 /* unix is binary by default */
#endif
#ifdef GEKKO
#include "mem_allocate.h"
#define XATTR_CREATE 1
#define XATTR_REPLACE 2
#define MINORBITS 20
#define MINORMASK ((1U << MINORBITS) - 1)
#define major(dev) ((unsigned int) ((dev) >> MINORBITS))
#define minor(dev) ((unsigned int) ((dev) & MINORMASK))
#define mkdev(ma,mi) (((ma) << MINORBITS) | (mi))
#define random rand
#endif /* defined GEKKO */
#endif /* defined WINDOWS */
#endif /* defined _NTFS_COMPAT_H */

1831
source/compress.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

41
source/compress.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
/*
* compress.h - Exports for compressed attribute handling.
* Originated from the Linux-NTFS project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2004 Anton Altaparmakov
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _NTFS_COMPRESS_H
#define _NTFS_COMPRESS_H
#include "types.h"
#include "attrib.h"
extern s64 ntfs_compressed_attr_pread(ntfs_attr *na, s64 pos, s64 count,
void *b);
extern s64 ntfs_compressed_pwrite(ntfs_attr *na, runlist_element *brl, s64 wpos,
s64 offs, s64 to_write, s64 rounded,
const void *b, int compressed_part,
VCN *update_from);
extern int ntfs_compressed_close(ntfs_attr *na, runlist_element *brl,
s64 offs, VCN *update_from);
#endif /* defined _NTFS_COMPRESS_H */

374
source/config.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,374 @@
/* config.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */
/* Define to 1 if debug should be enabled */
#undef ENABLE_DEBUG
/* Define to 1 if the nfconv patch should be enabled */
#undef ENABLE_NFCONV
/* Define to 1 if using internal fuse */
#undef FUSE_INTERNAL
/* Define to 1 if you have the `atexit' function. */
#define HAVE_ATEXIT 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `basename' function. */
#undef HAVE_BASENAME
/* Define to 1 if you have the <byteswap.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_BYTESWAP_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `clock_gettime' function. */
#undef HAVE_CLOCK_GETTIME
/* Define to 1 if you have the <ctype.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_CTYPE_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `daemon' function. */
#undef HAVE_DAEMON
/* Define to 1 if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_DLFCN_H
/* Define to 1 if you don't have `vprintf' but do have `_doprnt.' */
#undef HAVE_DOPRNT
/* Define to 1 if you have the `dup2' function. */
#undef HAVE_DUP2
/* Define to 1 if you have the <endian.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_ENDIAN_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <errno.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_ERRNO_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <fcntl.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `fdatasync' function. */
#undef HAVE_FDATASYNC
/* Define to 1 if you have the <features.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_FEATURES_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `ffs' function. */
#define HAVE_FFS 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `fork' function. */
#define HAVE_FORK 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getmntent' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETMNTENT
/* Define to 1 if you have the <getopt.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_GETOPT_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getopt_long' function. */
#define HAVE_GETOPT_LONG 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `gettimeofday' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY
/* Define to 1 if you have the `hasmntopt' function. */
#undef HAVE_HASMNTOPT
/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <libgen.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_LIBGEN_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <libintl.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <linux/fd.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_LINUX_FD_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <linux/hdreg.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_LINUX_HDREG_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <linux/major.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_LINUX_MAJOR_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <locale.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_LOCALE_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <machine/endian.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_MACHINE_ENDIAN_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <math.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_MATH_H 1
/* Define to 1 if mbrtowc and mbstate_t are properly declared. */
#define HAVE_MBRTOWC 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `mbsinit' function. */
#define HAVE_MBSINIT 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `memmove' function. */
#define HAVE_MEMMOVE 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `memset' function. */
#define HAVE_MEMSET 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <mntent.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_MNTENT_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `realpath' function. */
#undef HAVE_REALPATH
/* Define to 1 if you have the `regcomp' function. */
#undef HAVE_REGCOMP
/* Define to 1 if you have the `setlocale' function. */
#define HAVE_SETLOCALE 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `setxattr' function. */
#undef HAVE_SETXATTR
/* Define to 1 if `stat' has the bug that it succeeds when given the
zero-length file name argument. */
#define HAVE_STAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdarg.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_STDARG_H 1
/* Define to 1 if stdbool.h conforms to C99. */
#define HAVE_STDBOOL_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stddef.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_STDDEF_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdio.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_STDIO_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strcasecmp' function. */
#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strchr' function. */
#define HAVE_STRCHR 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strdup' function. */
#define HAVE_STRDUP 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strerror' function. */
#define HAVE_STRERROR 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strftime' function. */
#define HAVE_STRFTIME 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_STRING_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strnlen' function. */
#define HAVE_STRNLEN 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strsep' function. */
#define HAVE_STRSEP 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtol' function. */
#define HAVE_STRTOL 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtoul' function. */
#define HAVE_STRTOUL 1
/* Define to 1 if `st_atim' is member of `struct stat'. */
#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM
/* Define to 1 if `st_atimensec' is member of `struct stat'. */
#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIMENSEC
/* Define to 1 if `st_atimespec' is member of `struct stat'. */
#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIMESPEC
/* Define to 1 if `st_blocks' is member of `struct stat'. */
#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS
/* Define to 1 if `st_rdev' is member of `struct stat'. */
#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_RDEV
/* Define to 1 if your `struct stat' has `st_blocks'. Deprecated, use
`HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS' instead. */
#undef HAVE_ST_BLOCKS
/* Define to 1 if you have the `sysconf' function. */
#define HAVE_SYSCONF 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <syslog.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYSLOG_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/byteorder.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_BYTEORDER_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/endian.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_ENDIAN_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ioctl.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/mkdev.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_MKDEV_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/mount.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/statvfs.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_STATVFS_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_STAT_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/sysmacros.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_SYSMACROS_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/vfs.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_VFS_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <time.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_TIME_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `utime' function. */
#undef HAVE_UTIME
/* Define to 1 if you have the `utimensat' function. */
#undef HAVE_UTIMENSAT
/* Define to 1 if you have the <utime.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_UTIME_H 1
/* Define to 1 if `utime(file, NULL)' sets file's timestamp to the present. */
#undef HAVE_UTIME_NULL
/* Define to 1 if you have the `vprintf' function. */
#define HAVE_VPRINTF 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <wchar.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_WCHAR_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <windows.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_WINDOWS_H
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `_Bool'. */
#undef HAVE__BOOL
/* Don't update /etc/mtab */
#undef IGNORE_MTAB
/* Define to 1 if `lstat' dereferences a symlink specified with a trailing
slash. */
#undef LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
/* Define to 1 if your C compiler doesn't accept -c and -o together. */
#undef NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
/* Don't use default IO ops */
#undef NO_NTFS_DEVICE_DEFAULT_IO_OPS
/* Name of package */
#define PACKAGE "ntfs-3g"
/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "ntfs-3g-devel@lists.sf.net"
/* Define to the full name of this package. */
#define PACKAGE_NAME "ntfs-3g"
/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
#define PACKAGE_STRING "ntfs-3g 2010.8.8"
/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "ntfs-3g"
/* Define to the version of this package. */
#define PACKAGE_VERSION "2010.8.8"
/* POSIX ACL support */
#undef POSIXACLS
/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
#define STDC_HEADERS 1
/* Enable extensions on AIX 3, Interix. */
#ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
# define _ALL_SOURCE 1
#endif
/* Enable GNU extensions on systems that have them. */
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
#endif
/* Enable threading extensions on Solaris. */
#ifndef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
# define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1
#endif
/* Enable extensions on HP NonStop. */
#ifndef _TANDEM_SOURCE
# define _TANDEM_SOURCE 1
#endif
/* Enable general extensions on Solaris. */
#ifndef __EXTENSIONS__
# define __EXTENSIONS__ 1
#endif
/* Version number of package */
#define VERSION "2010.8.8"
/* Define to 1 if this is a Windows OS */
#undef WINDOWS
/* Define to 1 if your processor stores words with the most significant byte
first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel and VAX). */
#define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1
/* Define to 1 if your processor stores words with the least significant byte
first (like Intel and VAX, unlike Motorola and SPARC). */
#undef WORDS_LITTLEENDIAN
/* Number of bits in a file offset, on hosts where this is settable. */
#define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
/* Enable GNU extensions on systems that have them. */
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# undef _GNU_SOURCE
#endif
/* Define for large files, on AIX-style hosts. */
#define _LARGE_FILES 1
/* Required define if using POSIX threads */
#undef _REENTRANT
/* Define to `__inline__' or `__inline' if that's what the C compiler
calls it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name. */
#ifndef __cplusplus
#define inline __inline__
#endif
/* Define to `long int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
#undef off_t
/* Define to `unsigned int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
#undef size_t

79
source/debug.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
/**
* debug.c - Debugging output functions. Originated from the Linux-NTFS project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2002-2004 Anton Altaparmakov
* Copyright (c) 2004-2006 Szabolcs Szakacsits
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_ERRNO_H
#include <errno.h>
#endif
#include "types.h"
#include "runlist.h"
#include "debug.h"
#include "logging.h"
#ifdef DEBUG
/**
* ntfs_debug_runlist_dump - Dump a runlist.
* @rl:
*
* Description...
*
* Returns:
*/
void ntfs_debug_runlist_dump(const runlist_element *rl)
{
int i = 0;
const char *lcn_str[5] = { "LCN_HOLE ", "LCN_RL_NOT_MAPPED",
"LCN_ENOENT ", "LCN_EINVAL ",
"LCN_unknown " };
ntfs_log_debug("NTFS-fs DEBUG: Dumping runlist (values in hex):\n");
if (!rl) {
ntfs_log_debug("Run list not present.\n");
return;
}
ntfs_log_debug("VCN LCN Run length\n");
do {
LCN lcn = (rl + i)->lcn;
if (lcn < (LCN)0) {
int idx = -lcn - 1;
if (idx > -LCN_EINVAL - 1)
idx = 4;
ntfs_log_debug("%-16lld %s %-16lld%s\n",
(long long)rl[i].vcn, lcn_str[idx],
(long long)rl[i].length,
rl[i].length ? "" : " (runlist end)");
} else
ntfs_log_debug("%-16lld %-16lld %-16lld%s\n",
(long long)rl[i].vcn, (long long)rl[i].lcn,
(long long)rl[i].length,
rl[i].length ? "" : " (runlist end)");
} while (rl[i++].length);
}
#endif

47
source/debug.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
/*
* debug.h - Debugging output functions. Originated from the Linux-NTFS project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2002-2004 Anton Altaparmakov
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _NTFS_DEBUG_H
#define _NTFS_DEBUG_H
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#include "logging.h"
struct _runlist_element;
#ifdef DEBUG
extern void ntfs_debug_runlist_dump(const struct _runlist_element *rl);
#else
static __inline__ void ntfs_debug_runlist_dump(const struct _runlist_element *rl __attribute__((unused))) {}
#endif
#define NTFS_BUG(msg) \
{ \
int ___i; \
ntfs_log_critical("Bug in %s(): %s\n", __FUNCTION__, msg); \
ntfs_log_debug("Forcing segmentation fault!"); \
___i = ((int*)NULL)[1]; \
}
#endif /* defined _NTFS_DEBUG_H */

730
source/device.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,730 @@
/**
* device.c - Low level device io functions. Originated from the Linux-NTFS project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2004-2006 Anton Altaparmakov
* Copyright (c) 2004-2006 Szabolcs Szakacsits
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
#include <unistd.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
#include <string.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_ERRNO_H
#include <errno.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDIO_H
#include <stdio.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
#include <sys/stat.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
#include <fcntl.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
#include <sys/param.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H
#include <sys/mount.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_LINUX_FD_H
#include <linux/fd.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_LINUX_HDREG_H
#include <linux/hdreg.h>
#endif
#include "types.h"
#include "mst.h"
#include "debug.h"
#include "device.h"
#include "logging.h"
#include "misc.h"
#if defined(linux) && defined(_IO) && !defined(BLKGETSIZE)
#define BLKGETSIZE _IO(0x12,96) /* Get device size in 512-byte blocks. */
#endif
#if defined(linux) && defined(_IOR) && !defined(BLKGETSIZE64)
#define BLKGETSIZE64 _IOR(0x12,114,size_t) /* Get device size in bytes. */
#endif
#if defined(linux) && !defined(HDIO_GETGEO)
#define HDIO_GETGEO 0x0301 /* Get device geometry. */
#endif
#if defined(linux) && defined(_IO) && !defined(BLKSSZGET)
# define BLKSSZGET _IO(0x12,104) /* Get device sector size in bytes. */
#endif
#if defined(linux) && defined(_IO) && !defined(BLKBSZSET)
# define BLKBSZSET _IOW(0x12,113,size_t) /* Set device block size in bytes. */
#endif
/**
* ntfs_device_alloc - allocate an ntfs device structure and pre-initialize it
* @name: name of the device (must be present)
* @state: initial device state (usually zero)
* @dops: ntfs device operations to use with the device (must be present)
* @priv_data: pointer to private data (optional)
*
* Allocate an ntfs device structure and pre-initialize it with the user-
* specified device operations @dops, device state @state, device name @name,
* and optional private data @priv_data.
*
* Note, @name is copied and can hence be freed after this functions returns.
*
* On success return a pointer to the allocated ntfs device structure and on
* error return NULL with errno set to the error code returned by ntfs_malloc().
*/
struct ntfs_device *ntfs_device_alloc(const char *name, const long state,
struct ntfs_device_operations *dops, void *priv_data)
{
struct ntfs_device *dev;
if (!name) {
errno = EINVAL;
return NULL;
}
dev = ntfs_malloc(sizeof(struct ntfs_device));
if (dev) {
if (!(dev->d_name = strdup(name))) {
int eo = errno;
free(dev);
errno = eo;
return NULL;
}
dev->d_ops = dops;
dev->d_state = state;
dev->d_private = priv_data;
}
return dev;
}
/**
* ntfs_device_free - free an ntfs device structure
* @dev: ntfs device structure to free
*
* Free the ntfs device structure @dev.
*
* Return 0 on success or -1 on error with errno set to the error code. The
* following error codes are defined:
* EINVAL Invalid pointer @dev.
* EBUSY Device is still open. Close it before freeing it!
*/
int ntfs_device_free(struct ntfs_device *dev)
{
if (!dev) {
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
if (NDevOpen(dev)) {
errno = EBUSY;
return -1;
}
free(dev->d_name);
free(dev);
return 0;
}
/**
* ntfs_pread - positioned read from disk
* @dev: device to read from
* @pos: position in device to read from
* @count: number of bytes to read
* @b: output data buffer
*
* This function will read @count bytes from device @dev at position @pos into
* the data buffer @b.
*
* On success, return the number of successfully read bytes. If this number is
* lower than @count this means that we have either reached end of file or
* encountered an error during the read so that the read is partial. 0 means
* end of file or nothing to read (@count is 0).
*
* On error and nothing has been read, return -1 with errno set appropriately
* to the return code of either seek, read, or set to EINVAL in case of
* invalid arguments.
*/
s64 ntfs_pread(struct ntfs_device *dev, const s64 pos, s64 count, void *b)
{
s64 br, total;
struct ntfs_device_operations *dops;
ntfs_log_trace("pos %lld, count %lld\n",(long long)pos,(long long)count);
if (!b || count < 0 || pos < 0) {
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
if (!count)
return 0;
dops = dev->d_ops;
for (total = 0; count; count -= br, total += br) {
br = dops->pread(dev, (char*)b + total, count, pos + total);
/* If everything ok, continue. */
if (br > 0)
continue;
/* If EOF or error return number of bytes read. */
if (!br || total)
return total;
/* Nothing read and error, return error status. */
return br;
}
/* Finally, return the number of bytes read. */
return total;
}
/**
* ntfs_pwrite - positioned write to disk
* @dev: device to write to
* @pos: position in file descriptor to write to
* @count: number of bytes to write
* @b: data buffer to write to disk
*
* This function will write @count bytes from data buffer @b to the device @dev
* at position @pos.
*
* On success, return the number of successfully written bytes. If this number
* is lower than @count this means that the write has been interrupted in
* flight or that an error was encountered during the write so that the write
* is partial. 0 means nothing was written (also return 0 when @count is 0).
*
* On error and nothing has been written, return -1 with errno set
* appropriately to the return code of either seek, write, or set
* to EINVAL in case of invalid arguments.
*/
s64 ntfs_pwrite(struct ntfs_device *dev, const s64 pos, s64 count,
const void *b)
{
s64 written, total, ret = -1;
struct ntfs_device_operations *dops;
ntfs_log_trace("pos %lld, count %lld\n",(long long)pos,(long long)count);
if (!b || count < 0 || pos < 0) {
errno = EINVAL;
goto out;
}
if (!count)
return 0;
if (NDevReadOnly(dev)) {
errno = EROFS;
goto out;
}
dops = dev->d_ops;
NDevSetDirty(dev);
for (total = 0; count; count -= written, total += written) {
written = dops->pwrite(dev, (const char*)b + total, count,
pos + total);
/* If everything ok, continue. */
if (written > 0)
continue;
/*
* If nothing written or error return number of bytes written.
*/
if (!written || total)
break;
/* Nothing written and error, return error status. */
total = written;
break;
}
ret = total;
out:
return ret;
}
/**
* ntfs_mst_pread - multi sector transfer (mst) positioned read
* @dev: device to read from
* @pos: position in file descriptor to read from
* @count: number of blocks to read
* @bksize: size of each block that needs mst deprotecting
* @b: output data buffer
*
* Multi sector transfer (mst) positioned read. This function will read @count
* blocks of size @bksize bytes each from device @dev at position @pos into the
* the data buffer @b.
*
* On success, return the number of successfully read blocks. If this number is
* lower than @count this means that we have reached end of file, that the read
* was interrupted, or that an error was encountered during the read so that
* the read is partial. 0 means end of file or nothing was read (also return 0
* when @count or @bksize are 0).
*
* On error and nothing was read, return -1 with errno set appropriately to the
* return code of either seek, read, or set to EINVAL in case of invalid
* arguments.
*
* NOTE: If an incomplete multi sector transfer has been detected the magic
* will have been changed to magic_BAAD but no error will be returned. Thus it
* is possible that we return count blocks as being read but that any number
* (between zero and count!) of these blocks is actually subject to a multi
* sector transfer error. This should be detected by the caller by checking for
* the magic being "BAAD".
*/
s64 ntfs_mst_pread(struct ntfs_device *dev, const s64 pos, s64 count,
const u32 bksize, void *b)
{
s64 br, i;
if (bksize & (bksize - 1) || bksize % NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE) {
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
/* Do the read. */
br = ntfs_pread(dev, pos, count * bksize, b);
if (br < 0)
return br;
/*
* Apply fixups to successfully read data, disregarding any errors
* returned from the MST fixup function. This is because we want to
* fixup everything possible and we rely on the fact that the "BAAD"
* magic will be detected later on.
*/
count = br / bksize;
for (i = 0; i < count; ++i)
ntfs_mst_post_read_fixup((NTFS_RECORD*)
((u8*)b + i * bksize), bksize);
/* Finally, return the number of complete blocks read. */
return count;
}
/**
* ntfs_mst_pwrite - multi sector transfer (mst) positioned write
* @dev: device to write to
* @pos: position in file descriptor to write to
* @count: number of blocks to write
* @bksize: size of each block that needs mst protecting
* @b: data buffer to write to disk
*
* Multi sector transfer (mst) positioned write. This function will write
* @count blocks of size @bksize bytes each from data buffer @b to the device
* @dev at position @pos.
*
* On success, return the number of successfully written blocks. If this number
* is lower than @count this means that the write has been interrupted or that
* an error was encountered during the write so that the write is partial. 0
* means nothing was written (also return 0 when @count or @bksize are 0).
*
* On error and nothing has been written, return -1 with errno set
* appropriately to the return code of either seek, write, or set
* to EINVAL in case of invalid arguments.
*
* NOTE: We mst protect the data, write it, then mst deprotect it using a quick
* deprotect algorithm (no checking). This saves us from making a copy before
* the write and at the same time causes the usn to be incremented in the
* buffer. This conceptually fits in better with the idea that cached data is
* always deprotected and protection is performed when the data is actually
* going to hit the disk and the cache is immediately deprotected again
* simulating an mst read on the written data. This way cache coherency is
* achieved.
*/
s64 ntfs_mst_pwrite(struct ntfs_device *dev, const s64 pos, s64 count,
const u32 bksize, void *b)
{
s64 written, i;
if (count < 0 || bksize % NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE) {
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
if (!count)
return 0;
/* Prepare data for writing. */
for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) {
int err;
err = ntfs_mst_pre_write_fixup((NTFS_RECORD*)
((u8*)b + i * bksize), bksize);
if (err < 0) {
/* Abort write at this position. */
if (!i)
return err;
count = i;
break;
}
}
/* Write the prepared data. */
written = ntfs_pwrite(dev, pos, count * bksize, b);
/* Quickly deprotect the data again. */
for (i = 0; i < count; ++i)
ntfs_mst_post_write_fixup((NTFS_RECORD*)((u8*)b + i * bksize));
if (written <= 0)
return written;
/* Finally, return the number of complete blocks written. */
return written / bksize;
}
/**
* ntfs_cluster_read - read ntfs clusters
* @vol: volume to read from
* @lcn: starting logical cluster number
* @count: number of clusters to read
* @b: output data buffer
*
* Read @count ntfs clusters starting at logical cluster number @lcn from
* volume @vol into buffer @b. Return number of clusters read or -1 on error,
* with errno set to the error code.
*/
s64 ntfs_cluster_read(const ntfs_volume *vol, const s64 lcn, const s64 count,
void *b)
{
s64 br;
if (!vol || lcn < 0 || count < 0) {
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
if (vol->nr_clusters < lcn + count) {
errno = ESPIPE;
ntfs_log_perror("Trying to read outside of volume "
"(%lld < %lld)", (long long)vol->nr_clusters,
(long long)lcn + count);
return -1;
}
br = ntfs_pread(vol->dev, lcn << vol->cluster_size_bits,
count << vol->cluster_size_bits, b);
if (br < 0) {
ntfs_log_perror("Error reading cluster(s)");
return br;
}
return br >> vol->cluster_size_bits;
}
/**
* ntfs_cluster_write - write ntfs clusters
* @vol: volume to write to
* @lcn: starting logical cluster number
* @count: number of clusters to write
* @b: data buffer to write to disk
*
* Write @count ntfs clusters starting at logical cluster number @lcn from
* buffer @b to volume @vol. Return the number of clusters written or -1 on
* error, with errno set to the error code.
*/
s64 ntfs_cluster_write(const ntfs_volume *vol, const s64 lcn,
const s64 count, const void *b)
{
s64 bw;
if (!vol || lcn < 0 || count < 0) {
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
if (vol->nr_clusters < lcn + count) {
errno = ESPIPE;
ntfs_log_perror("Trying to write outside of volume "
"(%lld < %lld)", (long long)vol->nr_clusters,
(long long)lcn + count);
return -1;
}
if (!NVolReadOnly(vol))
bw = ntfs_pwrite(vol->dev, lcn << vol->cluster_size_bits,
count << vol->cluster_size_bits, b);
else
bw = count << vol->cluster_size_bits;
if (bw < 0) {
ntfs_log_perror("Error writing cluster(s)");
return bw;
}
return bw >> vol->cluster_size_bits;
}
/**
* ntfs_device_offset_valid - test if a device offset is valid
* @dev: open device
* @ofs: offset to test for validity
*
* Test if the offset @ofs is an existing location on the device described
* by the open device structure @dev.
*
* Return 0 if it is valid and -1 if it is not valid.
*/
static int ntfs_device_offset_valid(struct ntfs_device *dev, s64 ofs)
{
char ch;
if (dev->d_ops->seek(dev, ofs, SEEK_SET) >= 0 &&
dev->d_ops->read(dev, &ch, 1) == 1)
return 0;
return -1;
}
/**
* ntfs_device_size_get - return the size of a device in blocks
* @dev: open device
* @block_size: block size in bytes in which to return the result
*
* Return the number of @block_size sized blocks in the device described by the
* open device @dev.
*
* Adapted from e2fsutils-1.19, Copyright (C) 1995 Theodore Ts'o.
*
* On error return -1 with errno set to the error code.
*/
s64 ntfs_device_size_get(struct ntfs_device *dev, int block_size)
{
s64 high, low;
if (!dev || block_size <= 0 || (block_size - 1) & block_size) {
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
#ifdef BLKGETSIZE64
{ u64 size;
if (dev->d_ops->ioctl(dev, BLKGETSIZE64, &size) >= 0) {
ntfs_log_debug("BLKGETSIZE64 nr bytes = %llu (0x%llx)\n",
(unsigned long long)size,
(unsigned long long)size);
return (s64)size / block_size;
}
}
#endif
#ifdef BLKGETSIZE
{ unsigned long size;
if (dev->d_ops->ioctl(dev, BLKGETSIZE, &size) >= 0) {
ntfs_log_debug("BLKGETSIZE nr 512 byte blocks = %lu (0x%lx)\n",
size, size);
return (s64)size * 512 / block_size;
}
}
#endif
#ifdef FDGETPRM
{ struct floppy_struct this_floppy;
if (dev->d_ops->ioctl(dev, FDGETPRM, &this_floppy) >= 0) {
ntfs_log_debug("FDGETPRM nr 512 byte blocks = %lu (0x%lx)\n",
(unsigned long)this_floppy.size,
(unsigned long)this_floppy.size);
return (s64)this_floppy.size * 512 / block_size;
}
}
#endif
/*
* We couldn't figure it out by using a specialized ioctl,
* so do binary search to find the size of the device.
*/
low = 0LL;
for (high = 1024LL; !ntfs_device_offset_valid(dev, high); high <<= 1)
low = high;
while (low < high - 1LL) {
const s64 mid = (low + high) / 2;
if (!ntfs_device_offset_valid(dev, mid))
low = mid;
else
high = mid;
}
dev->d_ops->seek(dev, 0LL, SEEK_SET);
return (low + 1LL) / block_size;
}
/**
* ntfs_device_partition_start_sector_get - get starting sector of a partition
* @dev: open device
*
* On success, return the starting sector of the partition @dev in the parent
* block device of @dev. On error return -1 with errno set to the error code.
*
* The following error codes are defined:
* EINVAL Input parameter error
* EOPNOTSUPP System does not support HDIO_GETGEO ioctl
* ENOTTY @dev is a file or a device not supporting HDIO_GETGEO
*/
s64 ntfs_device_partition_start_sector_get(struct ntfs_device *dev)
{
if (!dev) {
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
#ifdef HDIO_GETGEO
{ struct hd_geometry geo;
if (!dev->d_ops->ioctl(dev, HDIO_GETGEO, &geo)) {
ntfs_log_debug("HDIO_GETGEO start_sect = %lu (0x%lx)\n",
geo.start, geo.start);
return geo.start;
}
}
#else
errno = EOPNOTSUPP;
#endif
return -1;
}
/**
* ntfs_device_heads_get - get number of heads of device
* @dev: open device
*
* On success, return the number of heads on the device @dev. On error return
* -1 with errno set to the error code.
*
* The following error codes are defined:
* EINVAL Input parameter error
* EOPNOTSUPP System does not support HDIO_GETGEO ioctl
* ENOTTY @dev is a file or a device not supporting HDIO_GETGEO
*/
int ntfs_device_heads_get(struct ntfs_device *dev)
{
if (!dev) {
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
#ifdef HDIO_GETGEO
{ struct hd_geometry geo;
if (!dev->d_ops->ioctl(dev, HDIO_GETGEO, &geo)) {
ntfs_log_debug("HDIO_GETGEO heads = %u (0x%x)\n",
(unsigned)geo.heads,
(unsigned)geo.heads);
return geo.heads;
}
}
#else
errno = EOPNOTSUPP;
#endif
return -1;
}
/**
* ntfs_device_sectors_per_track_get - get number of sectors per track of device
* @dev: open device
*
* On success, return the number of sectors per track on the device @dev. On
* error return -1 with errno set to the error code.
*
* The following error codes are defined:
* EINVAL Input parameter error
* EOPNOTSUPP System does not support HDIO_GETGEO ioctl
* ENOTTY @dev is a file or a device not supporting HDIO_GETGEO
*/
int ntfs_device_sectors_per_track_get(struct ntfs_device *dev)
{
if (!dev) {
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
#ifdef HDIO_GETGEO
{ struct hd_geometry geo;
if (!dev->d_ops->ioctl(dev, HDIO_GETGEO, &geo)) {
ntfs_log_debug("HDIO_GETGEO sectors_per_track = %u (0x%x)\n",
(unsigned)geo.sectors,
(unsigned)geo.sectors);
return geo.sectors;
}
}
#else
errno = EOPNOTSUPP;
#endif
return -1;
}
/**
* ntfs_device_sector_size_get - get sector size of a device
* @dev: open device
*
* On success, return the sector size in bytes of the device @dev.
* On error return -1 with errno set to the error code.
*
* The following error codes are defined:
* EINVAL Input parameter error
* EOPNOTSUPP System does not support BLKSSZGET ioctl
* ENOTTY @dev is a file or a device not supporting BLKSSZGET
*/
int ntfs_device_sector_size_get(struct ntfs_device *dev)
{
if (!dev) {
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
#ifdef BLKSSZGET
{
int sect_size = 0;
if (!dev->d_ops->ioctl(dev, BLKSSZGET, &sect_size)) {
ntfs_log_debug("BLKSSZGET sector size = %d bytes\n",
sect_size);
return sect_size;
}
}
#else
errno = EOPNOTSUPP;
#endif
return -1;
}
/**
* ntfs_device_block_size_set - set block size of a device
* @dev: open device
* @block_size: block size to set @dev to
*
* On success, return 0.
* On error return -1 with errno set to the error code.
*
* The following error codes are defined:
* EINVAL Input parameter error
* EOPNOTSUPP System does not support BLKBSZSET ioctl
* ENOTTY @dev is a file or a device not supporting BLKBSZSET
*/
int ntfs_device_block_size_set(struct ntfs_device *dev,
int block_size __attribute__((unused)))
{
if (!dev) {
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
#ifdef BLKBSZSET
{
size_t s_block_size = block_size;
if (!dev->d_ops->ioctl(dev, BLKBSZSET, &s_block_size)) {
ntfs_log_debug("Used BLKBSZSET to set block size to "
"%d bytes.\n", block_size);
return 0;
}
/* If not a block device, pretend it was successful. */
if (!NDevBlock(dev))
return 0;
}
#else
/* If not a block device, pretend it was successful. */
if (!NDevBlock(dev))
return 0;
errno = EOPNOTSUPP;
#endif
return -1;
}

128
source/device.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
/*
* device.h - Exports for low level device io. Originated from the Linux-NTFS project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2000-2006 Anton Altaparmakov
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _NTFS_DEVICE_H
#define _NTFS_DEVICE_H
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#include "device_io.h"
#include "types.h"
#include "support.h"
#include "volume.h"
/**
* enum ntfs_device_state_bits -
*
* Defined bits for the state field in the ntfs_device structure.
*/
typedef enum {
ND_Open, /* 1: Device is open. */
ND_ReadOnly, /* 1: Device is read-only. */
ND_Dirty, /* 1: Device is dirty, needs sync. */
ND_Block, /* 1: Device is a block device. */
} ntfs_device_state_bits;
#define test_ndev_flag(nd, flag) test_bit(ND_##flag, (nd)->d_state)
#define set_ndev_flag(nd, flag) set_bit(ND_##flag, (nd)->d_state)
#define clear_ndev_flag(nd, flag) clear_bit(ND_##flag, (nd)->d_state)
#define NDevOpen(nd) test_ndev_flag(nd, Open)
#define NDevSetOpen(nd) set_ndev_flag(nd, Open)
#define NDevClearOpen(nd) clear_ndev_flag(nd, Open)
#define NDevReadOnly(nd) test_ndev_flag(nd, ReadOnly)
#define NDevSetReadOnly(nd) set_ndev_flag(nd, ReadOnly)
#define NDevClearReadOnly(nd) clear_ndev_flag(nd, ReadOnly)
#define NDevDirty(nd) test_ndev_flag(nd, Dirty)
#define NDevSetDirty(nd) set_ndev_flag(nd, Dirty)
#define NDevClearDirty(nd) clear_ndev_flag(nd, Dirty)
#define NDevBlock(nd) test_ndev_flag(nd, Block)
#define NDevSetBlock(nd) set_ndev_flag(nd, Block)
#define NDevClearBlock(nd) clear_ndev_flag(nd, Block)
/**
* struct ntfs_device -
*
* The ntfs device structure defining all operations needed to access the low
* level device underlying the ntfs volume.
*/
struct ntfs_device {
struct ntfs_device_operations *d_ops; /* Device operations. */
unsigned long d_state; /* State of the device. */
char *d_name; /* Name of device. */
void *d_private; /* Private data used by the
device operations. */
};
struct stat;
/**
* struct ntfs_device_operations -
*
* The ntfs device operations defining all operations that can be performed on
* the low level device described by an ntfs device structure.
*/
struct ntfs_device_operations {
int (*open)(struct ntfs_device *dev, int flags);
int (*close)(struct ntfs_device *dev);
s64 (*seek)(struct ntfs_device *dev, s64 offset, int whence);
s64 (*read)(struct ntfs_device *dev, void *buf, s64 count);
s64 (*write)(struct ntfs_device *dev, const void *buf, s64 count);
s64 (*pread)(struct ntfs_device *dev, void *buf, s64 count, s64 offset);
s64 (*pwrite)(struct ntfs_device *dev, const void *buf, s64 count,
s64 offset);
int (*sync)(struct ntfs_device *dev);
int (*stat)(struct ntfs_device *dev, struct stat *buf);
int (*ioctl)(struct ntfs_device *dev, int request, void *argp);
};
extern struct ntfs_device *ntfs_device_alloc(const char *name, const long state,
struct ntfs_device_operations *dops, void *priv_data);
extern int ntfs_device_free(struct ntfs_device *dev);
extern s64 ntfs_pread(struct ntfs_device *dev, const s64 pos, s64 count,
void *b);
extern s64 ntfs_pwrite(struct ntfs_device *dev, const s64 pos, s64 count,
const void *b);
extern s64 ntfs_mst_pread(struct ntfs_device *dev, const s64 pos, s64 count,
const u32 bksize, void *b);
extern s64 ntfs_mst_pwrite(struct ntfs_device *dev, const s64 pos, s64 count,
const u32 bksize, void *b);
extern s64 ntfs_cluster_read(const ntfs_volume *vol, const s64 lcn,
const s64 count, void *b);
extern s64 ntfs_cluster_write(const ntfs_volume *vol, const s64 lcn,
const s64 count, const void *b);
extern s64 ntfs_device_size_get(struct ntfs_device *dev, int block_size);
extern s64 ntfs_device_partition_start_sector_get(struct ntfs_device *dev);
extern int ntfs_device_heads_get(struct ntfs_device *dev);
extern int ntfs_device_sectors_per_track_get(struct ntfs_device *dev);
extern int ntfs_device_sector_size_get(struct ntfs_device *dev);
extern int ntfs_device_block_size_set(struct ntfs_device *dev, int block_size);
#endif /* defined _NTFS_DEVICE_H */

40
source/device_io.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
/*
* device_io.c - Default device io operations. Originated from the Linux-NTFS project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2003 Anton Altaparmakov
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#include "config.h"
#ifndef GEKKO
#ifndef NO_NTFS_DEVICE_DEFAULT_IO_OPS
#ifndef __CYGWIN32__
/* Not on Cygwin; use standard Unix style low level device operations. */
#include "unix_io.c"
#else /* __CYGWIN32__ */
/* On Cygwin; use Win32 low level device operations. */
#include "win32_io.c"
#endif /* __CYGWIN32__ */
#endif /* NO_NTFS_DEVICE_DEFAULT_IO_OPS */
#endif /* GEKKO */

82
source/device_io.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
/*
* device_io.h - Exports for default device io. Originated from the Linux-NTFS project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2000-2006 Anton Altaparmakov
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _NTFS_DEVICE_IO_H
#define _NTFS_DEVICE_IO_H
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#ifndef NO_NTFS_DEVICE_DEFAULT_IO_OPS
#ifndef __CYGWIN32__
#ifndef GEKKO
/* Not on Cygwin; use standard Unix style low level device operations. */
#define ntfs_device_default_io_ops ntfs_device_unix_io_ops
#else
/* Wii i/o device. */
#define ntfs_device_default_io_ops ntfs_device_gekko_io_ops
#endif
#else /* __CYGWIN32__ */
#ifndef HDIO_GETGEO
# define HDIO_GETGEO 0x301
/**
* struct hd_geometry -
*/
struct hd_geometry {
unsigned char heads;
unsigned char sectors;
unsigned short cylinders;
unsigned long start;
};
#endif
#ifndef BLKGETSIZE
# define BLKGETSIZE 0x1260
#endif
#ifndef BLKSSZGET
# define BLKSSZGET 0x1268
#endif
#ifndef BLKGETSIZE64
# define BLKGETSIZE64 0x80041272
#endif
#ifndef BLKBSZSET
# define BLKBSZSET 0x40041271
#endif
/* On Cygwin; use Win32 low level device operations. */
#define ntfs_device_default_io_ops ntfs_device_win32_io_ops
#endif /* __CYGWIN32__ */
/* Forward declaration. */
struct ntfs_device_operations;
extern struct ntfs_device_operations ntfs_device_default_io_ops;
#endif /* NO_NTFS_DEVICE_DEFAULT_IO_OPS */
#endif /* defined _NTFS_DEVICE_IO_H */

2660
source/dir.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

128
source/dir.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
/*
* dir.h - Exports for directory handling. Originated from the Linux-NTFS project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2002 Anton Altaparmakov
* Copyright (c) 2005-2006 Yura Pakhuchiy
* Copyright (c) 2004-2005 Richard Russon
* Copyright (c) 2005-2008 Szabolcs Szakacsits
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _NTFS_DIR_H
#define _NTFS_DIR_H
#include "types.h"
#define PATH_SEP '/'
/*
* We do not have these under DJGPP, so define our version that do not conflict
* with other S_IFs defined under DJGPP.
*/
#ifdef DJGPP
#ifndef S_IFLNK
#define S_IFLNK 0120000
#endif
#ifndef S_ISLNK
#define S_ISLNK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
#endif
#ifndef S_IFSOCK
#define S_IFSOCK 0140000
#endif
#ifndef S_ISSOCK
#define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK)
#endif
#endif
/*
* The little endian Unicode strings $I30, $SII, $SDH, $O, $Q, $R
* as a global constant.
*/
extern ntfschar NTFS_INDEX_I30[5];
extern ntfschar NTFS_INDEX_SII[5];
extern ntfschar NTFS_INDEX_SDH[5];
extern ntfschar NTFS_INDEX_O[3];
extern ntfschar NTFS_INDEX_Q[3];
extern ntfschar NTFS_INDEX_R[3];
extern u64 ntfs_inode_lookup_by_name(ntfs_inode *dir_ni,
const ntfschar *uname, const int uname_len);
extern u64 ntfs_inode_lookup_by_mbsname(ntfs_inode *dir_ni, const char *name);
extern void ntfs_inode_update_mbsname(ntfs_inode *dir_ni, const char *name,
u64 inum);
extern ntfs_inode *ntfs_pathname_to_inode(ntfs_volume *vol, ntfs_inode *parent,
const char *pathname);
extern ntfs_inode *ntfs_create(ntfs_inode *dir_ni, le32 securid,
ntfschar *name, u8 name_len, mode_t type);
extern ntfs_inode *ntfs_create_device(ntfs_inode *dir_ni, le32 securid,
ntfschar *name, u8 name_len, mode_t type, dev_t dev);
extern ntfs_inode *ntfs_create_symlink(ntfs_inode *dir_ni, le32 securid,
ntfschar *name, u8 name_len, ntfschar *target, int target_len);
extern int ntfs_check_empty_dir(ntfs_inode *ni);
extern int ntfs_delete(ntfs_volume *vol, const char *path,
ntfs_inode *ni, ntfs_inode *dir_ni, ntfschar *name,
u8 name_len);
extern int ntfs_link(ntfs_inode *ni, ntfs_inode *dir_ni, ntfschar *name,
u8 name_len);
/*
* File types (adapted from include <linux/fs.h>)
*/
#define NTFS_DT_UNKNOWN 0
#define NTFS_DT_FIFO 1
#define NTFS_DT_CHR 2
#define NTFS_DT_DIR 4
#define NTFS_DT_BLK 6
#define NTFS_DT_REG 8
#define NTFS_DT_LNK 10
#define NTFS_DT_SOCK 12
#define NTFS_DT_WHT 14
/*
* This is the "ntfs_filldir" function type, used by ntfs_readdir() to let
* the caller specify what kind of dirent layout it wants to have.
* This allows the caller to read directories into their application or
* to have different dirent layouts depending on the binary type.
*/
typedef int (*ntfs_filldir_t)(void *dirent, const ntfschar *name,
const int name_len, const int name_type, const s64 pos,
const MFT_REF mref, const unsigned dt_type);
extern int ntfs_readdir(ntfs_inode *dir_ni, s64 *pos,
void *dirent, ntfs_filldir_t filldir);
ntfs_inode *ntfs_dir_parent_inode(ntfs_inode *ni);
int ntfs_get_ntfs_dos_name(ntfs_inode *ni, ntfs_inode *dir_ni,
char *value, size_t size);
int ntfs_set_ntfs_dos_name(ntfs_inode *ni, ntfs_inode *dir_ni,
const char *value, size_t size, int flags);
int ntfs_remove_ntfs_dos_name(ntfs_inode *ni, ntfs_inode *dir_ni);
#if CACHE_INODE_SIZE
struct CACHED_GENERIC;
extern int ntfs_dir_inode_hash(const struct CACHED_GENERIC *cached);
extern int ntfs_dir_lookup_hash(const struct CACHED_GENERIC *cached);
#endif
#endif /* defined _NTFS_DIR_H */

439
source/efs.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,439 @@
/**
* efs.c - Limited processing of encrypted files
*
* This module is part of ntfs-3g library
*
* Copyright (c) 2009 Martin Bene
* Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Jean-Pierre Andre
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_ERRNO_H
#include <errno.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
#include <string.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
#include <sys/stat.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SETXATTR
#include <sys/xattr.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_SYSMACROS_H
#include <sys/sysmacros.h>
#endif
#include "types.h"
#include "debug.h"
#include "attrib.h"
#include "inode.h"
#include "dir.h"
#include "efs.h"
#include "index.h"
#include "logging.h"
#include "misc.h"
#include "efs.h"
#ifdef HAVE_SETXATTR /* extended attributes interface required */
static ntfschar logged_utility_stream_name[] = {
const_cpu_to_le16('$'),
const_cpu_to_le16('E'),
const_cpu_to_le16('F'),
const_cpu_to_le16('S'),
const_cpu_to_le16(0)
} ;
/*
* Get the ntfs EFS info into an extended attribute
*/
int ntfs_get_efs_info(ntfs_inode *ni, char *value, size_t size)
{
EFS_ATTR_HEADER *efs_info;
s64 attr_size = 0;
if (ni) {
if (ni->flags & FILE_ATTR_ENCRYPTED) {
efs_info = (EFS_ATTR_HEADER*)ntfs_attr_readall(ni,
AT_LOGGED_UTILITY_STREAM,(ntfschar*)NULL, 0,
&attr_size);
if (efs_info
&& (le32_to_cpu(efs_info->length) == attr_size)) {
if (attr_size <= (s64)size) {
if (value)
memcpy(value,efs_info,attr_size);
else {
errno = EFAULT;
attr_size = 0;
}
} else
if (size) {
errno = ERANGE;
attr_size = 0;
}
free (efs_info);
} else {
if (efs_info) {
free(efs_info);
ntfs_log_error("Bad efs_info for inode %lld\n",
(long long)ni->mft_no);
} else {
ntfs_log_error("Could not get efsinfo"
" for inode %lld\n",
(long long)ni->mft_no);
}
errno = EIO;
attr_size = 0;
}
} else {
errno = ENODATA;
ntfs_log_trace("Inode %lld is not encrypted\n",
(long long)ni->mft_no);
}
}
return (attr_size ? (int)attr_size : -errno);
}
/*
* Fix all encrypted AT_DATA attributes of an inode
*
* The fix may require making an attribute non resident, which
* requires more space in the MFT record, and may cause some
* attribute to be expelled and the full record to be reorganized.
* When this happens, the search for data attributes has to be
* reinitialized.
*
* Returns zero if successful.
* -1 if there is a problem.
*/
static int fixup_loop(ntfs_inode *ni)
{
ntfs_attr_search_ctx *ctx;
ntfs_attr *na;
ATTR_RECORD *a;
BOOL restart;
BOOL first;
int cnt;
int maxcnt;
int res = 0;
maxcnt = 0;
do {
restart = FALSE;
ctx = ntfs_attr_get_search_ctx(ni, NULL);
if (!ctx) {
ntfs_log_error("Failed to get ctx for efs\n");
res = -1;
}
cnt = 0;
while (!restart && !res
&& !ntfs_attr_lookup(AT_DATA, NULL, 0,
CASE_SENSITIVE, 0, NULL, 0, ctx)) {
cnt++;
a = ctx->attr;
na = ntfs_attr_open(ctx->ntfs_ino, AT_DATA,
(ntfschar*)((u8*)a + le16_to_cpu(a->name_offset)),
a->name_length);
if (!na) {
ntfs_log_error("can't open DATA Attribute\n");
res = -1;
}
if (na && !(ctx->attr->flags & ATTR_IS_ENCRYPTED)) {
if (!NAttrNonResident(na)
&& ntfs_attr_make_non_resident(na, ctx)) {
/*
* ntfs_attr_make_non_resident fails if there
* is not enough space in the MFT record.
* When this happens, force making non-resident
* so that some other attribute is expelled.
*/
if (ntfs_attr_force_non_resident(na)) {
res = -1;
} else {
/* make sure there is some progress */
if (cnt <= maxcnt) {
errno = EIO;
ntfs_log_error("Multiple failure"
" making non resident\n");
res = -1;
} else {
ntfs_attr_put_search_ctx(ctx);
ctx = (ntfs_attr_search_ctx*)NULL;
restart = TRUE;
maxcnt = cnt;
}
}
}
if (!restart && !res
&& ntfs_efs_fixup_attribute(ctx, na)) {
ntfs_log_error("Error in efs fixup of AT_DATA Attribute\n");
res = -1;
}
}
if (na)
ntfs_attr_close(na);
}
first = FALSE;
} while (restart && !res);
if (ctx)
ntfs_attr_put_search_ctx(ctx);
return (res);
}
/*
* Set the efs data from an extended attribute
* Warning : the new data is not checked
* Returns 0, or -1 if there is a problem
*/
int ntfs_set_efs_info(ntfs_inode *ni, const char *value, size_t size,
int flags)
{
int res;
int written;
ntfs_attr *na;
const EFS_ATTR_HEADER *info_header;
res = 0;
if (ni && value && size) {
if (ni->flags & (FILE_ATTR_ENCRYPTED | FILE_ATTR_COMPRESSED)) {
if (ni->flags & FILE_ATTR_ENCRYPTED) {
ntfs_log_trace("Inode %lld already encrypted\n",
(long long)ni->mft_no);
errno = EEXIST;
} else {
/*
* Possible problem : if encrypted file was
* restored in a compressed directory, it was
* restored as compressed.
* TODO : decompress first.
*/
ntfs_log_error("Inode %lld cannot be encrypted and compressed\n",
(long long)ni->mft_no);
errno = EIO;
}
return -1;
}
info_header = (const EFS_ATTR_HEADER*)value;
/* make sure we get a likely efsinfo */
if (le32_to_cpu(info_header->length) != size) {
errno = EINVAL;
return (-1);
}
if (!ntfs_attr_exist(ni,AT_LOGGED_UTILITY_STREAM,
(ntfschar*)NULL,0)) {
if (!(flags & XATTR_REPLACE)) {
/*
* no logged_utility_stream attribute : add one,
* apparently, this does not feed the new value in
*/
res = ntfs_attr_add(ni,AT_LOGGED_UTILITY_STREAM,
logged_utility_stream_name,4,
(u8*)NULL,(s64)size);
} else {
errno = ENODATA;
res = -1;
}
} else {
errno = EEXIST;
res = -1;
}
if (!res) {
/*
* open and update the existing efs data
*/
na = ntfs_attr_open(ni, AT_LOGGED_UTILITY_STREAM,
logged_utility_stream_name, 4);
if (na) {
/* resize attribute */
res = ntfs_attr_truncate(na, (s64)size);
/* overwrite value if any */
if (!res && value) {
written = (int)ntfs_attr_pwrite(na,
(s64)0, (s64)size, value);
if (written != (s64)size) {
ntfs_log_error("Failed to "
"update efs data\n");
errno = EIO;
res = -1;
}
}
ntfs_attr_close(na);
} else
res = -1;
}
if (!res) {
/* Don't handle AT_DATA Attribute(s) if inode is a directory */
if (!(ni->mrec->flags & MFT_RECORD_IS_DIRECTORY)) {
/* iterate over AT_DATA attributes */
/* set encrypted flag, truncate attribute to match padding bytes */
if (fixup_loop(ni))
return -1;
}
ni->flags |= FILE_ATTR_ENCRYPTED;
NInoSetDirty(ni);
NInoFileNameSetDirty(ni);
}
} else {
errno = EINVAL;
res = -1;
}
return (res ? -1 : 0);
}
/*
* Fixup raw encrypted AT_DATA Attribute
* read padding length from last two bytes
* truncate attribute, make non-resident,
* set data size to match padding length
* set ATTR_IS_ENCRYPTED flag on attribute
*
* Return 0 if successful
* -1 if failed (errno tells why)
*/
int ntfs_efs_fixup_attribute(ntfs_attr_search_ctx *ctx, ntfs_attr *na)
{
u64 newsize;
u64 oldsize;
le16 appended_bytes;
u16 padding_length;
ntfs_inode *ni;
BOOL close_ctx = FALSE;
if (!na) {
ntfs_log_error("no na specified for efs_fixup_attribute\n");
goto err_out;
}
if (!ctx) {
ctx = ntfs_attr_get_search_ctx(na->ni, NULL);
if (!ctx) {
ntfs_log_error("Failed to get ctx for efs\n");
goto err_out;
}
close_ctx = TRUE;
if (ntfs_attr_lookup(AT_DATA, na->name, na->name_len,
CASE_SENSITIVE, 0, NULL, 0, ctx)) {
ntfs_log_error("attr lookup for AT_DATA attribute failed in efs fixup\n");
goto err_out;
}
} else {
if (!NAttrNonResident(na)) {
ntfs_log_error("Cannot make non resident"
" when a context has been allocated\n");
goto err_out;
}
}
/* no extra bytes are added to void attributes */
oldsize = na->data_size;
if (oldsize) {
/* make sure size is valid for a raw encrypted stream */
if ((oldsize & 511) != 2) {
ntfs_log_error("Bad raw encrypted stream\n");
goto err_out;
}
/* read padding length from last two bytes of attribute */
if (ntfs_attr_pread(na, oldsize - 2, 2, &appended_bytes) != 2) {
ntfs_log_error("Error reading padding length\n");
goto err_out;
}
padding_length = le16_to_cpu(appended_bytes);
if (padding_length > 511 || padding_length > na->data_size-2) {
errno = EINVAL;
ntfs_log_error("invalid padding length %d for data_size %lld\n",
padding_length, (long long)oldsize);
goto err_out;
}
newsize = oldsize - padding_length - 2;
/*
* truncate attribute to possibly free clusters allocated
* for the last two bytes, but do not truncate to new size
* to avoid losing useful data
*/
if (ntfs_attr_truncate(na, oldsize - 2)) {
ntfs_log_error("Error truncating attribute\n");
goto err_out;
}
} else
newsize = 0;
/*
* Encrypted AT_DATA Attributes MUST be non-resident
* This has to be done after the attribute is resized, as
* resizing down to zero may cause the attribute to be made
* resident.
*/
if (!NAttrNonResident(na)
&& ntfs_attr_make_non_resident(na, ctx)) {
if (!close_ctx
|| ntfs_attr_force_non_resident(na)) {
ntfs_log_error("Error making DATA attribute non-resident\n");
goto err_out;
} else {
/*
* must reinitialize context after forcing
* non-resident. We need a context for updating
* the state, and at this point, we are sure
* the context is not used elsewhere.
*/
ntfs_attr_reinit_search_ctx(ctx);
if (ntfs_attr_lookup(AT_DATA, na->name, na->name_len,
CASE_SENSITIVE, 0, NULL, 0, ctx)) {
ntfs_log_error("attr lookup for AT_DATA attribute failed in efs fixup\n");
goto err_out;
}
}
}
ni = na->ni;
if (!na->name_len) {
ni->data_size = newsize;
ni->allocated_size = na->allocated_size;
}
NInoSetDirty(ni);
NInoFileNameSetDirty(ni);
ctx->attr->data_size = cpu_to_le64(newsize);
if (le64_to_cpu(ctx->attr->initialized_size) > newsize)
ctx->attr->initialized_size = ctx->attr->data_size;
ctx->attr->flags |= ATTR_IS_ENCRYPTED;
if (close_ctx)
ntfs_attr_put_search_ctx(ctx);
return (0);
err_out:
if (close_ctx && ctx)
ntfs_attr_put_search_ctx(ctx);
return (-1);
}
#endif /* HAVE_SETXATTR */

30
source/efs.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
/*
*
* Copyright (c) 2009 Martin Bene
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef EFS_H
#define EFS_H
int ntfs_get_efs_info(ntfs_inode *ni, char *value, size_t size);
int ntfs_set_efs_info(ntfs_inode *ni,
const char *value, size_t size, int flags);
int ntfs_efs_fixup_attribute(ntfs_attr_search_ctx *ctx, ntfs_attr *na);
#endif /* EFS_H */

203
source/endians.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
/*
* endians.h - Definitions related to handling of byte ordering.
* Originated from the Linux-NTFS project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2000-2005 Anton Altaparmakov
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _NTFS_ENDIANS_H
#define _NTFS_ENDIANS_H
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
/*
* Notes:
* We define the conversion functions including typecasts since the
* defaults don't necessarily perform appropriate typecasts.
* Also, using our own functions means that we can change them if it
* turns out that we do need to use the unaligned access macros on
* architectures requiring aligned memory accesses...
*/
#ifdef HAVE_ENDIAN_H
#include <endian.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_ENDIAN_H
#include <sys/endian.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_MACHINE_ENDIAN_H
#include <machine/endian.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_BYTEORDER_H
#include <sys/byteorder.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
#include <sys/param.h>
#endif
#ifndef __BYTE_ORDER
# if defined(_BYTE_ORDER)
# define __BYTE_ORDER _BYTE_ORDER
# define __LITTLE_ENDIAN _LITTLE_ENDIAN
# define __BIG_ENDIAN _BIG_ENDIAN
# elif defined(BYTE_ORDER)
# define __BYTE_ORDER BYTE_ORDER
# define __LITTLE_ENDIAN LITTLE_ENDIAN
# define __BIG_ENDIAN BIG_ENDIAN
# elif defined(__BYTE_ORDER__)
# define __BYTE_ORDER __BYTE_ORDER__
# define __LITTLE_ENDIAN __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
# define __BIG_ENDIAN __BIG_ENDIAN__
# elif (defined(_LITTLE_ENDIAN) && !defined(_BIG_ENDIAN)) || \
defined(WORDS_LITTLEENDIAN)
# define __BYTE_ORDER 1
# define __LITTLE_ENDIAN 1
# define __BIG_ENDIAN 0
# elif (!defined(_LITTLE_ENDIAN) && defined(_BIG_ENDIAN)) || \
defined(WORDS_BIGENDIAN)
# define __BYTE_ORDER 0
# define __LITTLE_ENDIAN 1
# define __BIG_ENDIAN 0
# else
# error "__BYTE_ORDER is not defined."
# endif
#endif
#define __ntfs_bswap_constant_16(x) \
(u16)((((u16)(x) & 0xff00) >> 8) | \
(((u16)(x) & 0x00ff) << 8))
#define __ntfs_bswap_constant_32(x) \
(u32)((((u32)(x) & 0xff000000u) >> 24) | \
(((u32)(x) & 0x00ff0000u) >> 8) | \
(((u32)(x) & 0x0000ff00u) << 8) | \
(((u32)(x) & 0x000000ffu) << 24))
#define __ntfs_bswap_constant_64(x) \
(u64)((((u64)(x) & 0xff00000000000000ull) >> 56) | \
(((u64)(x) & 0x00ff000000000000ull) >> 40) | \
(((u64)(x) & 0x0000ff0000000000ull) >> 24) | \
(((u64)(x) & 0x000000ff00000000ull) >> 8) | \
(((u64)(x) & 0x00000000ff000000ull) << 8) | \
(((u64)(x) & 0x0000000000ff0000ull) << 24) | \
(((u64)(x) & 0x000000000000ff00ull) << 40) | \
(((u64)(x) & 0x00000000000000ffull) << 56))
#ifdef HAVE_BYTESWAP_H
# include <byteswap.h>
#else
# define bswap_16(x) __ntfs_bswap_constant_16(x)
# define bswap_32(x) __ntfs_bswap_constant_32(x)
# define bswap_64(x) __ntfs_bswap_constant_64(x)
#endif
#if defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN) && (__BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN)
#define __le16_to_cpu(x) (x)
#define __le32_to_cpu(x) (x)
#define __le64_to_cpu(x) (x)
#define __cpu_to_le16(x) (x)
#define __cpu_to_le32(x) (x)
#define __cpu_to_le64(x) (x)
#define __constant_le16_to_cpu(x) (x)
#define __constant_le32_to_cpu(x) (x)
#define __constant_le64_to_cpu(x) (x)
#define __constant_cpu_to_le16(x) (x)
#define __constant_cpu_to_le32(x) (x)
#define __constant_cpu_to_le64(x) (x)
#elif defined(__BIG_ENDIAN) && (__BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN)
#define __le16_to_cpu(x) bswap_16(x)
#define __le32_to_cpu(x) bswap_32(x)
#define __le64_to_cpu(x) bswap_64(x)
#define __cpu_to_le16(x) bswap_16(x)
#define __cpu_to_le32(x) bswap_32(x)
#define __cpu_to_le64(x) bswap_64(x)
#define __constant_le16_to_cpu(x) __ntfs_bswap_constant_16((u16)(x))
#define __constant_le32_to_cpu(x) __ntfs_bswap_constant_32((u32)(x))
#define __constant_le64_to_cpu(x) __ntfs_bswap_constant_64((u64)(x))
#define __constant_cpu_to_le16(x) __ntfs_bswap_constant_16((u16)(x))
#define __constant_cpu_to_le32(x) __ntfs_bswap_constant_32((u32)(x))
#define __constant_cpu_to_le64(x) __ntfs_bswap_constant_64((u64)(x))
#else
#error "You must define __BYTE_ORDER to be __LITTLE_ENDIAN or __BIG_ENDIAN."
#endif
/* Unsigned from LE to CPU conversion. */
#define le16_to_cpu(x) (u16)__le16_to_cpu((u16)(x))
#define le32_to_cpu(x) (u32)__le32_to_cpu((u32)(x))
#define le64_to_cpu(x) (u64)__le64_to_cpu((u64)(x))
#define le16_to_cpup(x) (u16)__le16_to_cpu(*(const u16*)(x))
#define le32_to_cpup(x) (u32)__le32_to_cpu(*(const u32*)(x))
#define le64_to_cpup(x) (u64)__le64_to_cpu(*(const u64*)(x))
/* Signed from LE to CPU conversion. */
#define sle16_to_cpu(x) (s16)__le16_to_cpu((s16)(x))
#define sle32_to_cpu(x) (s32)__le32_to_cpu((s32)(x))
#define sle64_to_cpu(x) (s64)__le64_to_cpu((s64)(x))
#define sle16_to_cpup(x) (s16)__le16_to_cpu(*(s16*)(x))
#define sle32_to_cpup(x) (s32)__le32_to_cpu(*(s32*)(x))
#define sle64_to_cpup(x) (s64)__le64_to_cpu(*(s64*)(x))
/* Unsigned from CPU to LE conversion. */
#define cpu_to_le16(x) (u16)__cpu_to_le16((u16)(x))
#define cpu_to_le32(x) (u32)__cpu_to_le32((u32)(x))
#define cpu_to_le64(x) (u64)__cpu_to_le64((u64)(x))
#define cpu_to_le16p(x) (u16)__cpu_to_le16(*(u16*)(x))
#define cpu_to_le32p(x) (u32)__cpu_to_le32(*(u32*)(x))
#define cpu_to_le64p(x) (u64)__cpu_to_le64(*(u64*)(x))
/* Signed from CPU to LE conversion. */
#define cpu_to_sle16(x) (s16)__cpu_to_le16((s16)(x))
#define cpu_to_sle32(x) (s32)__cpu_to_le32((s32)(x))
#define cpu_to_sle64(x) (s64)__cpu_to_le64((s64)(x))
#define cpu_to_sle16p(x) (s16)__cpu_to_le16(*(s16*)(x))
#define cpu_to_sle32p(x) (s32)__cpu_to_le32(*(s32*)(x))
#define cpu_to_sle64p(x) (s64)__cpu_to_le64(*(s64*)(x))
/* Constant endianness conversion defines. */
#define const_le16_to_cpu(x) __constant_le16_to_cpu(x)
#define const_le32_to_cpu(x) __constant_le32_to_cpu(x)
#define const_le64_to_cpu(x) __constant_le64_to_cpu(x)
#define const_cpu_to_le16(x) __constant_cpu_to_le16(x)
#define const_cpu_to_le32(x) __constant_cpu_to_le32(x)
#define const_cpu_to_le64(x) __constant_cpu_to_le64(x)
#endif /* defined _NTFS_ENDIANS_H */

647
source/gekko_io.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,647 @@
/**
* gekko_io.c - Gekko style disk io functions.
*
* Copyright (c) 2009 Rhys "Shareese" Koedijk
* Copyright (c) 2010 Dimok
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
* Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDIO_H
#include <stdio.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_MATH_H
#include <math.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
#include <string.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
#include <fcntl.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
#include <unistd.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_ERRNO_H
#include <errno.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
#include <sys/stat.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H
#include <limits.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_LOCALE_H
#include <locale.h>
#endif
#include "ntfs.h"
#include "types.h"
#include "logging.h"
#include "device_io.h"
#include "gekko_io.h"
#include "cache.h"
#include "device.h"
#include "bootsect.h"
#define DEV_FD(dev) ((gekko_fd *)dev->d_private)
/* Prototypes */
static s64 ntfs_device_gekko_io_readbytes(struct ntfs_device *dev, s64 offset, s64 count, void *buf);
static bool ntfs_device_gekko_io_readsectors(struct ntfs_device *dev, sec_t sector, sec_t numSectors, void* buffer);
static s64 ntfs_device_gekko_io_writebytes(struct ntfs_device *dev, s64 offset, s64 count, const void *buf);
static bool ntfs_device_gekko_io_writesectors(struct ntfs_device *dev, sec_t sector, sec_t numSectors, const void* buffer);
/**
*
*/
static int ntfs_device_gekko_io_open(struct ntfs_device *dev, int flags)
{
ntfs_log_trace("dev %p, flags %i\n", dev, flags);
// Get the device driver descriptor
gekko_fd *fd = DEV_FD(dev);
if (!fd) {
errno = EBADF;
return -1;
}
// Get the device interface
const DISC_INTERFACE* interface = fd->interface;
if (!interface) {
errno = ENODEV;
return -1;
}
// Start the device interface and ensure that it is inserted
if (!interface->startup()) {
ntfs_log_perror("device failed to start\n");
errno = EIO;
return -1;
}
if (!interface->isInserted()) {
ntfs_log_perror("device media is not inserted\n");
errno = EIO;
return -1;
}
// Check that the device isn't already open (used by another volume?)
if (NDevOpen(dev)) {
ntfs_log_perror("device is busy (already open)\n");
errno = EBUSY;
return -1;
}
// Check that there is a valid NTFS boot sector at the start of the device
NTFS_BOOT_SECTOR boot;
if (interface->readSectors(fd->startSector, 1, &boot)) {
if (!ntfs_boot_sector_is_ntfs(&boot)) {
errno = EINVALPART;
return -1;
}
} else {
ntfs_log_perror("read failure @ sector %d\n", fd->startSector);
errno = EIO;
return -1;
}
// Parse the boot sector
fd->hiddenSectors = le32_to_cpu(boot.bpb.hidden_sectors);
fd->sectorSize = le16_to_cpu(boot.bpb.bytes_per_sector);
fd->sectorCount = sle64_to_cpu(boot.number_of_sectors);
fd->pos = 0;
fd->len = (fd->sectorCount * fd->sectorSize);
fd->ino = le64_to_cpu(boot.volume_serial_number);
// Mark the device as read-only (if required)
if (flags & O_RDONLY) {
NDevSetReadOnly(dev);
}
// Create the cache
fd->cache = _NTFS_cache_constructor(fd->cachePageCount, fd->cachePageSize, interface, fd->startSector + fd->sectorCount, fd->sectorSize);
// Mark the device as open
NDevSetBlock(dev);
NDevSetOpen(dev);
return 0;
}
/**
*
*/
static int ntfs_device_gekko_io_close(struct ntfs_device *dev)
{
ntfs_log_trace("dev %p\n", dev);
// Get the device driver descriptor
gekko_fd *fd = DEV_FD(dev);
if (!fd) {
errno = EBADF;
return -1;
}
// Check that the device is actually open
if (!NDevOpen(dev)) {
ntfs_log_perror("device is not open\n");
errno = EIO;
return -1;
}
// Mark the device as closed
NDevClearOpen(dev);
NDevClearBlock(dev);
// Flush the device (if dirty and not read-only)
if (NDevDirty(dev) && !NDevReadOnly(dev)) {
ntfs_log_debug("device is dirty, will now sync\n");
// ...?
// Mark the device as clean
NDevClearDirty(dev);
}
// Flush and destroy the cache (if required)
if (fd->cache) {
_NTFS_cache_flush(fd->cache);
_NTFS_cache_destructor(fd->cache);
}
// Shutdown the device interface
/*const DISC_INTERFACE* interface = fd->interface;
if (interface) {
interface->shutdown();
}*/
// Free the device driver private data
ntfs_free(dev->d_private);
dev->d_private = NULL;
return 0;
}
/**
*
*/
static s64 ntfs_device_gekko_io_seek(struct ntfs_device *dev, s64 offset, int whence)
{
ntfs_log_trace("dev %p, offset %Li, whence %i\n", dev, offset, whence);
// Get the device driver descriptor
gekko_fd *fd = DEV_FD(dev);
if (!fd) {
errno = EBADF;
return -1;
}
// Set the current position on the device (in bytes)
switch(whence) {
case SEEK_SET: fd->pos = MIN(MAX(offset, 0), fd->len); break;
case SEEK_CUR: fd->pos = MIN(MAX(fd->pos + offset, 0), fd->len); break;
case SEEK_END: fd->pos = MIN(MAX(fd->len + offset, 0), fd->len); break;
}
return 0;
}
/**
*
*/
static s64 ntfs_device_gekko_io_read(struct ntfs_device *dev, void *buf, s64 count)
{
return ntfs_device_gekko_io_readbytes(dev, DEV_FD(dev)->pos, count, buf);
}
/**
*
*/
static s64 ntfs_device_gekko_io_write(struct ntfs_device *dev, const void *buf, s64 count)
{
return ntfs_device_gekko_io_writebytes(dev, DEV_FD(dev)->pos, count, buf);
}
/**
*
*/
static s64 ntfs_device_gekko_io_pread(struct ntfs_device *dev, void *buf, s64 count, s64 offset)
{
return ntfs_device_gekko_io_readbytes(dev, offset, count, buf);
}
/**
*
*/
static s64 ntfs_device_gekko_io_pwrite(struct ntfs_device *dev, const void *buf, s64 count, s64 offset)
{
return ntfs_device_gekko_io_writebytes(dev, offset, count, buf);
}
/**
*
*/
static s64 ntfs_device_gekko_io_readbytes(struct ntfs_device *dev, s64 offset, s64 count, void *buf)
{
ntfs_log_trace("dev %p, offset %Li, count %Li\n", dev, offset, count);
// Get the device driver descriptor
gekko_fd *fd = DEV_FD(dev);
if (!fd) {
errno = EBADF;
return -1;
}
// Get the device interface
const DISC_INTERFACE* interface = fd->interface;
if (!interface) {
errno = ENODEV;
return -1;
}
if(offset < 0)
{
errno = EROFS;
return -1;
}
if(!count)
return 0;
sec_t sec_start = (sec_t) fd->startSector;
sec_t sec_count = 1;
u32 buffer_offset = (u32) (offset % fd->sectorSize);
u8 *buffer = NULL;
// Determine the range of sectors required for this read
if (offset > 0) {
sec_start += (sec_t) floor((f64) offset / (f64) fd->sectorSize);
}
if (buffer_offset+count > fd->sectorSize) {
sec_count = (sec_t) ceil((f64) (buffer_offset+count) / (f64) fd->sectorSize);
}
// If this read happens to be on the sector boundaries then do the read straight into the destination buffer
if((buffer_offset == 0) && (count % fd->sectorSize == 0)) {
// Read from the device
ntfs_log_trace("direct read from sector %d (%d sector(s) long)\n", sec_start, sec_count);
if (!ntfs_device_gekko_io_readsectors(dev, sec_start, sec_count, buf)) {
ntfs_log_perror("direct read failure @ sector %d (%d sector(s) long)\n", sec_start, sec_count);
errno = EIO;
return -1;
}
// Else read into a buffer and copy over only what was requested
}
else
{
// Allocate a buffer to hold the read data
buffer = (u8*)ntfs_alloc(sec_count * fd->sectorSize);
if (!buffer) {
errno = ENOMEM;
return -1;
}
// Read from the device
ntfs_log_trace("buffered read from sector %d (%d sector(s) long)\n", sec_start, sec_count);
ntfs_log_trace("count: %d sec_count:%d fd->sectorSize: %d )\n", (u32)count, (u32)sec_count,(u32)fd->sectorSize);
if (!ntfs_device_gekko_io_readsectors(dev, sec_start, sec_count, buffer)) {
ntfs_log_perror("buffered read failure @ sector %d (%d sector(s) long)\n", sec_start, sec_count);
ntfs_free(buffer);
errno = EIO;
return -1;
}
// Copy what was requested to the destination buffer
memcpy(buf, buffer + buffer_offset, count);
ntfs_free(buffer);
}
return count;
}
/**
*
*/
static s64 ntfs_device_gekko_io_writebytes(struct ntfs_device *dev, s64 offset, s64 count, const void *buf)
{
ntfs_log_trace("dev %p, offset %lli, count %lli\n", dev, offset, count);
// Get the device driver descriptor
gekko_fd *fd = DEV_FD(dev);
if (!fd) {
errno = EBADF;
return -1;
}
// Get the device interface
const DISC_INTERFACE* interface = fd->interface;
if (!interface) {
errno = ENODEV;
return -1;
}
// Check that the device can be written to
if (NDevReadOnly(dev)) {
errno = EROFS;
return -1;
}
if(count < 0 || offset < 0) {
errno = EROFS;
return -1;
}
if(count == 0)
return 0;
sec_t sec_start = (sec_t) fd->startSector;
sec_t sec_count = 1;
u32 buffer_offset = (u32) (offset % fd->sectorSize);
u8 *buffer = NULL;
// Determine the range of sectors required for this write
if (offset > 0) {
sec_start += (sec_t) floor((f64) offset / (f64) fd->sectorSize);
}
if ((buffer_offset+count) > fd->sectorSize) {
sec_count = (sec_t) ceil((f64) (buffer_offset+count) / (f64) fd->sectorSize);
}
// If this write happens to be on the sector boundaries then do the write straight to disc
if((buffer_offset == 0) && (count % fd->sectorSize == 0))
{
// Write to the device
ntfs_log_trace("direct write to sector %d (%d sector(s) long)\n", sec_start, sec_count);
if (!ntfs_device_gekko_io_writesectors(dev, sec_start, sec_count, buf)) {
ntfs_log_perror("direct write failure @ sector %d (%d sector(s) long)\n", sec_start, sec_count);
errno = EIO;
return -1;
}
// Else write from a buffer aligned to the sector boundaries
}
else
{
// Allocate a buffer to hold the write data
buffer = (u8 *) ntfs_alloc(sec_count * fd->sectorSize);
if (!buffer) {
errno = ENOMEM;
return -1;
}
// Read the first and last sectors of the buffer from disc (if required)
// NOTE: This is done because the data does not line up with the sector boundaries,
// we just read in the buffer edges where the data overlaps with the rest of the disc
if(buffer_offset != 0)
{
if (!ntfs_device_gekko_io_readsectors(dev, sec_start, 1, buffer)) {
ntfs_log_perror("read failure @ sector %d\n", sec_start);
ntfs_free(buffer);
errno = EIO;
return -1;
}
}
if((buffer_offset+count) % fd->sectorSize != 0)
{
if (!ntfs_device_gekko_io_readsectors(dev, sec_start + sec_count - 1, 1, buffer + ((sec_count-1) * fd->sectorSize))) {
ntfs_log_perror("read failure @ sector %d\n", sec_start + sec_count - 1);
ntfs_free(buffer);
errno = EIO;
return -1;
}
}
// Copy the data into the write buffer
memcpy(buffer + buffer_offset, buf, count);
// Write to the device
ntfs_log_trace("buffered write to sector %d (%d sector(s) long)\n", sec_start, sec_count);
if (!ntfs_device_gekko_io_writesectors(dev, sec_start, sec_count, buffer)) {
ntfs_log_perror("buffered write failure @ sector %d\n", sec_start);
ntfs_free(buffer);
errno = EIO;
return -1;
}
// Free the buffer
ntfs_free(buffer);
}
// Mark the device as dirty (if we actually wrote anything)
NDevSetDirty(dev);
return count;
}
static bool ntfs_device_gekko_io_readsectors(struct ntfs_device *dev, sec_t sector, sec_t numSectors, void* buffer)
{
// Get the device driver descriptor
gekko_fd *fd = DEV_FD(dev);
if (!fd) {
errno = EBADF;
return false;
}
// Read the sectors from disc (or cache, if enabled)
if (fd->cache)
return _NTFS_cache_readSectors(fd->cache, sector, numSectors, buffer);
else
return fd->interface->readSectors(sector, numSectors, buffer);
return false;
}
static bool ntfs_device_gekko_io_writesectors(struct ntfs_device *dev, sec_t sector, sec_t numSectors, const void* buffer)
{
// Get the device driver descriptor
gekko_fd *fd = DEV_FD(dev);
if (!fd) {
errno = EBADF;
return false;
}
// Write the sectors to disc (or cache, if enabled)
if (fd->cache)
return _NTFS_cache_writeSectors(fd->cache, sector, numSectors, buffer);
else
return fd->interface->writeSectors(sector, numSectors, buffer);
return false;
}
/**
*
*/
static int ntfs_device_gekko_io_sync(struct ntfs_device *dev)
{
gekko_fd *fd = DEV_FD(dev);
ntfs_log_trace("dev %p\n", dev);
// Check that the device can be written to
if (NDevReadOnly(dev)) {
errno = EROFS;
return -1;
}
// Mark the device as clean
NDevClearDirty(dev);
// Flush any sectors in the disc cache (if required)
if (fd->cache) {
if (!_NTFS_cache_flush(fd->cache)) {
errno = EIO;
return -1;
}
}
return 0;
}
/**
*
*/
static int ntfs_device_gekko_io_stat(struct ntfs_device *dev, struct stat *buf)
{
ntfs_log_trace("dev %p, buf %p\n", dev, buf);
// Get the device driver descriptor
gekko_fd *fd = DEV_FD(dev);
if (!fd) {
errno = EBADF;
return -1;
}
// Short circuit cases were we don't actually have to do anything
if (!buf)
return 0;
// Build the device mode
mode_t mode = (S_IFBLK) |
(S_IRUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IROTH) |
((!NDevReadOnly(dev)) ? (S_IWUSR | S_IWGRP | S_IWOTH) : 0);
// Zero out the stat buffer
memset(buf, 0, sizeof(struct stat));
// Build the device stats
buf->st_dev = fd->interface->ioType;
buf->st_ino = fd->ino;
buf->st_mode = mode;
buf->st_rdev = fd->interface->ioType;
buf->st_blksize = fd->sectorSize;
buf->st_blocks = fd->sectorCount;
return 0;
}
/**
*
*/
static int ntfs_device_gekko_io_ioctl(struct ntfs_device *dev, int request, void *argp)
{
ntfs_log_trace("dev %p, request %i, argp %p\n", dev, request, argp);
// Get the device driver descriptor
gekko_fd *fd = DEV_FD(dev);
if (!fd) {
errno = EBADF;
return -1;
}
// Figure out which i/o control was requested
switch (request) {
// Get block device size (sectors)
#if defined(BLKGETSIZE)
case BLKGETSIZE: {
*(u32*)argp = fd->sectorCount;
return 0;
}
#endif
// Get block device size (bytes)
#if defined(BLKGETSIZE64)
case BLKGETSIZE64: {
*(u64*)argp = (fd->sectorCount * fd->sectorSize);
return 0;
}
#endif
// Get hard drive geometry
#if defined(HDIO_GETGEO)
case HDIO_GETGEO: {
struct hd_geometry *geo = (struct hd_geometry*)argp;
geo->sectors = 0;
geo->heads = 0;
geo->cylinders = 0;
geo->start = fd->hiddenSectors;
return -1;
}
#endif
// Get block device sector size (bytes)
#if defined(BLKSSZGET)
case BLKSSZGET: {
*(int*)argp = fd->sectorSize;
return 0;
}
#endif
// Set block device block size (bytes)
#if defined(BLKBSZSET)
case BLKBSZSET: {
int sectorSize = *(int*)argp;
fd->sectorSize = sectorSize;
return 0;
}
#endif
// Unimplemented ioctrl
default: {
ntfs_log_perror("Unimplemented ioctrl %i\n", request);
errno = EOPNOTSUPP;
return -1;
}
}
return 0;
}
/**
* Device operations for working with gekko style devices and files.
*/
struct ntfs_device_operations ntfs_device_gekko_io_ops = {
.open = ntfs_device_gekko_io_open,
.close = ntfs_device_gekko_io_close,
.seek = ntfs_device_gekko_io_seek,
.read = ntfs_device_gekko_io_read,
.write = ntfs_device_gekko_io_write,
.pread = ntfs_device_gekko_io_pread,
.pwrite = ntfs_device_gekko_io_pwrite,
.sync = ntfs_device_gekko_io_sync,
.stat = ntfs_device_gekko_io_stat,
.ioctl = ntfs_device_gekko_io_ioctl,
};

56
source/gekko_io.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
/*
* gekko_io.h - Platform specifics for device io.
*
* Copyright (c) 2009 Rhys "Shareese" Koedijk
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
* Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _GEKKO_IO_H
#define _GEKKO_IO_H
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#include "types.h"
#include "cache2.h"
#include <gccore.h>
#include <ogc/disc_io.h>
/**
* gekko_fd - Gekko device driver descriptor
*/
typedef struct _gekko_fd {
const DISC_INTERFACE* interface; /* Device disc interface */
sec_t startSector; /* LBA of partition start */
sec_t hiddenSectors; /* LBA offset to true partition start (as described by boot sector) */
u16 sectorSize; /* Device sector size (in bytes) */
u64 sectorCount; /* Total number of sectors in partition */
u64 pos; /* Current position within the partition (in bytes) */
u64 len; /* Total length of partition (in bytes) */
ino_t ino; /* Device identifier */
NTFS_CACHE *cache; /* Cache */
u32 cachePageCount; /* The number of pages in the cache */
u32 cachePageSize; /* The number of sectors per cache page */
} gekko_fd;
/* Forward declarations */
struct ntfs_device_operations;
/* Gekko device driver i/o operations */
extern struct ntfs_device_operations ntfs_device_gekko_io_ops;
#endif /* _GEKKO_IO_H */

2063
source/index.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

167
source/index.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
/*
* index.h - Defines for NTFS index handling. Originated from the Linux-NTFS project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2004 Anton Altaparmakov
* Copyright (c) 2004-2005 Richard Russon
* Copyright (c) 2005 Yura Pakhuchiy
* Copyright (c) 2006-2008 Szabolcs Szakacsits
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _NTFS_INDEX_H
#define _NTFS_INDEX_H
/* Convenience macros to test the versions of gcc.
* Use them like this:
* #if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8)
* ... code requiring gcc 2.8 or later ...
* #endif
* Note - they won't work for gcc1 or glibc1, since the _MINOR macros
* were not defined then.
*/
#ifndef __GNUC_PREREQ
# if defined __GNUC__ && defined __GNUC_MINOR__
# define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) \
((__GNUC__ << 16) + __GNUC_MINOR__ >= ((maj) << 16) + (min))
# else
# define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) 0
# endif
#endif
/* allows us to warn about unused results of certain function calls */
#ifndef __attribute_warn_unused_result__
# if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,4)
# define __attribute_warn_unused_result__ \
__attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
# else
# define __attribute_warn_unused_result__ /* empty */
# endif
#endif
#include "attrib.h"
#include "types.h"
#include "layout.h"
#include "inode.h"
#include "mft.h"
#define VCN_INDEX_ROOT_PARENT ((VCN)-2)
#define MAX_PARENT_VCN 32
typedef int (*COLLATE)(ntfs_volume *vol, const void *data1, int len1,
const void *data2, int len2);
/**
* struct ntfs_index_context -
* @ni: inode containing the @entry described by this context
* @name: name of the index described by this context
* @name_len: length of the index name
* @entry: index entry (points into @ir or @ia)
* @data: index entry data (points into @entry)
* @data_len: length in bytes of @data
* @is_in_root: TRUE if @entry is in @ir or FALSE if it is in @ia
* @ir: index root if @is_in_root or NULL otherwise
* @actx: attribute search context if in root or NULL otherwise
* @ia: index block if @is_in_root is FALSE or NULL otherwise
* @ia_na: opened INDEX_ALLOCATION attribute
* @parent_pos: parent entries' positions in the index block
* @parent_vcn: entry's parent node or VCN_INDEX_ROOT_PARENT
* @new_vcn: new VCN if we need to create a new index block
* @median: move to the parent if splitting index blocks
* @ib_dirty: TRUE if index block was changed
* @block_size: index block size
* @vcn_size_bits: VCN size bits for this index block
*
* @ni is the inode this context belongs to.
*
* @entry is the index entry described by this context. @data and @data_len
* are the index entry data and its length in bytes, respectively. @data
* simply points into @entry. This is probably what the user is interested in.
*
* If @is_in_root is TRUE, @entry is in the index root attribute @ir described
* by the attribute search context @actx and inode @ni. @ia and
* @ib_dirty are undefined in this case.
*
* If @is_in_root is FALSE, @entry is in the index allocation attribute and @ia
* point to the index allocation block and VCN where it's placed,
* respectively. @ir and @actx are NULL in this case. @ia_na is opened
* INDEX_ALLOCATION attribute. @ib_dirty is TRUE if index block was changed and
* FALSE otherwise.
*
* To obtain a context call ntfs_index_ctx_get().
*
* When finished with the @entry and its @data, call ntfs_index_ctx_put() to
* free the context and other associated resources.
*
* If the index entry was modified, call ntfs_index_entry_mark_dirty() before
* the call to ntfs_index_ctx_put() to ensure that the changes are written
* to disk.
*/
typedef struct {
ntfs_inode *ni;
ntfschar *name;
u32 name_len;
INDEX_ENTRY *entry;
void *data;
u16 data_len;
COLLATE collate;
BOOL is_in_root;
INDEX_ROOT *ir;
ntfs_attr_search_ctx *actx;
INDEX_BLOCK *ib;
ntfs_attr *ia_na;
int parent_pos[MAX_PARENT_VCN]; /* parent entries' positions */
VCN parent_vcn[MAX_PARENT_VCN]; /* entry's parent nodes */
int pindex; /* maximum it's the number of the parent nodes */
BOOL ib_dirty;
u32 block_size;
u8 vcn_size_bits;
} ntfs_index_context;
extern ntfs_index_context *ntfs_index_ctx_get(ntfs_inode *ni,
ntfschar *name, u32 name_len);
extern void ntfs_index_ctx_put(ntfs_index_context *ictx);
extern void ntfs_index_ctx_reinit(ntfs_index_context *ictx);
extern int ntfs_index_lookup(const void *key, const int key_len,
ntfs_index_context *ictx) __attribute_warn_unused_result__;
extern INDEX_ENTRY *ntfs_index_next(INDEX_ENTRY *ie,
ntfs_index_context *ictx);
extern int ntfs_index_add_filename(ntfs_inode *ni, FILE_NAME_ATTR *fn,
MFT_REF mref);
extern int ntfs_index_remove(ntfs_inode *dir_ni, ntfs_inode *ni,
const void *key, const int keylen);
extern INDEX_ROOT *ntfs_index_root_get(ntfs_inode *ni, ATTR_RECORD *attr);
extern VCN ntfs_ie_get_vcn(INDEX_ENTRY *ie);
extern void ntfs_index_entry_mark_dirty(ntfs_index_context *ictx);
extern char *ntfs_ie_filename_get(INDEX_ENTRY *ie);
extern void ntfs_ie_filename_dump(INDEX_ENTRY *ie);
extern void ntfs_ih_filename_dump(INDEX_HEADER *ih);
/* the following was added by JPA for use in security.c */
extern int ntfs_ie_add(ntfs_index_context *icx, INDEX_ENTRY *ie);
extern int ntfs_index_rm(ntfs_index_context *icx);
#endif /* _NTFS_INDEX_H */

1566
source/inode.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

225
source/inode.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
/*
* inode.h - Defines for NTFS inode handling. Originated from the Linux-NTFS project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Anton Altaparmakov
* Copyright (c) 2004-2007 Yura Pakhuchiy
* Copyright (c) 2004-2005 Richard Russon
* Copyright (c) 2006-2008 Szabolcs Szakacsits
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _NTFS_INODE_H
#define _NTFS_INODE_H
/* Forward declaration */
typedef struct _ntfs_inode ntfs_inode;
#include "types.h"
#include "layout.h"
#include "support.h"
#include "volume.h"
#include "ntfstime.h"
/**
* enum ntfs_inode_state_bits -
*
* Defined bits for the state field in the ntfs_inode structure.
* (f) = files only, (d) = directories only
*/
typedef enum {
NI_Dirty, /* 1: Mft record needs to be written to disk. */
/* The NI_AttrList* tests only make sense for base inodes. */
NI_AttrList, /* 1: Mft record contains an attribute list. */
NI_AttrListDirty, /* 1: Attribute list needs to be written to the
mft record and then to disk. */
NI_FileNameDirty, /* 1: FILE_NAME attributes need to be updated
in the index. */
NI_v3_Extensions, /* 1: JPA v3.x extensions present. */
NI_TimesSet, /* 1: Use times which were set */
NI_KnownSize, /* 1: Set if sizes are meaningful */
} ntfs_inode_state_bits;
#define test_nino_flag(ni, flag) test_bit(NI_##flag, (ni)->state)
#define set_nino_flag(ni, flag) set_bit(NI_##flag, (ni)->state)
#define clear_nino_flag(ni, flag) clear_bit(NI_##flag, (ni)->state)
#define test_and_set_nino_flag(ni, flag) \
test_and_set_bit(NI_##flag, (ni)->state)
#define test_and_clear_nino_flag(ni, flag) \
test_and_clear_bit(NI_##flag, (ni)->state)
#define NInoDirty(ni) test_nino_flag(ni, Dirty)
#define NInoSetDirty(ni) set_nino_flag(ni, Dirty)
#define NInoClearDirty(ni) clear_nino_flag(ni, Dirty)
#define NInoTestAndSetDirty(ni) test_and_set_nino_flag(ni, Dirty)
#define NInoTestAndClearDirty(ni) test_and_clear_nino_flag(ni, Dirty)
#define NInoAttrList(ni) test_nino_flag(ni, AttrList)
#define NInoSetAttrList(ni) set_nino_flag(ni, AttrList)
#define NInoClearAttrList(ni) clear_nino_flag(ni, AttrList)
#define test_nino_al_flag(ni, flag) test_nino_flag(ni, AttrList##flag)
#define set_nino_al_flag(ni, flag) set_nino_flag(ni, AttrList##flag)
#define clear_nino_al_flag(ni, flag) clear_nino_flag(ni, AttrList##flag)
#define test_and_set_nino_al_flag(ni, flag) \
test_and_set_nino_flag(ni, AttrList##flag)
#define test_and_clear_nino_al_flag(ni, flag) \
test_and_clear_nino_flag(ni, AttrList##flag)
#define NInoAttrListDirty(ni) test_nino_al_flag(ni, Dirty)
#define NInoAttrListSetDirty(ni) set_nino_al_flag(ni, Dirty)
#define NInoAttrListClearDirty(ni) clear_nino_al_flag(ni, Dirty)
#define NInoAttrListTestAndSetDirty(ni) test_and_set_nino_al_flag(ni, Dirty)
#define NInoAttrListTestAndClearDirty(ni) test_and_clear_nino_al_flag(ni, Dirty)
#define NInoFileNameDirty(ni) test_nino_flag(ni, FileNameDirty)
#define NInoFileNameSetDirty(ni) set_nino_flag(ni, FileNameDirty)
#define NInoFileNameClearDirty(ni) clear_nino_flag(ni, FileNameDirty)
#define NInoFileNameTestAndSetDirty(ni) \
test_and_set_nino_flag(ni, FileNameDirty)
#define NInoFileNameTestAndClearDirty(ni) \
test_and_clear_nino_flag(ni, FileNameDirty)
/**
* struct _ntfs_inode - The NTFS in-memory inode structure.
*
* It is just used as an extension to the fields already provided in the VFS
* inode.
*/
struct _ntfs_inode {
u64 mft_no; /* Inode / mft record number. */
MFT_RECORD *mrec; /* The actual mft record of the inode. */
ntfs_volume *vol; /* Pointer to the ntfs volume of this inode. */
unsigned long state; /* NTFS specific flags describing this inode.
See ntfs_inode_state_bits above. */
FILE_ATTR_FLAGS flags; /* Flags describing the file.
(Copy from STANDARD_INFORMATION) */
/*
* Attribute list support (for use by the attribute lookup functions).
* Setup during ntfs_open_inode() for all inodes with attribute lists.
* Only valid if NI_AttrList is set in state.
*/
u32 attr_list_size; /* Length of attribute list value in bytes. */
u8 *attr_list; /* Attribute list value itself. */
/* Below fields are always valid. */
s32 nr_extents; /* For a base mft record, the number of
attached extent inodes (0 if none), for
extent records this is -1. */
union { /* This union is only used if nr_extents != 0. */
ntfs_inode **extent_nis;/* For nr_extents > 0, array of the
ntfs inodes of the extent mft
records belonging to this base
inode which have been loaded. */
ntfs_inode *base_ni; /* For nr_extents == -1, the ntfs
inode of the base mft record. */
};
/* Below fields are valid only for base inode. */
/*
* These two fields are used to sync filename index and guaranteed to be
* correct, however value in index itself maybe wrong (windows itself
* do not update them properly).
* For directories, they hold the index size, provided the
* flag KnownSize is set.
*/
s64 data_size; /* Data size of unnamed DATA attribute
(or INDEX_ROOT for directories) */
s64 allocated_size; /* Allocated size stored in the filename
index. (NOTE: Equal to allocated size of
the unnamed data attribute for normal or
encrypted files and to compressed size
of the unnamed data attribute for sparse or
compressed files.) */
/*
* These four fields are copy of relevant fields from
* STANDARD_INFORMATION attribute and used to sync it and FILE_NAME
* attribute in the index.
*/
ntfs_time creation_time;
ntfs_time last_data_change_time;
ntfs_time last_mft_change_time;
ntfs_time last_access_time;
/* NTFS 3.x extensions added by JPA */
/* only if NI_v3_Extensions is set in state */
le32 owner_id;
le32 security_id;
le64 quota_charged;
le64 usn;
};
typedef enum {
NTFS_UPDATE_ATIME = 1 << 0,
NTFS_UPDATE_MTIME = 1 << 1,
NTFS_UPDATE_CTIME = 1 << 2,
} ntfs_time_update_flags;
#define NTFS_UPDATE_MCTIME (NTFS_UPDATE_MTIME | NTFS_UPDATE_CTIME)
#define NTFS_UPDATE_AMCTIME (NTFS_UPDATE_ATIME | NTFS_UPDATE_MCTIME)
extern ntfs_inode *ntfs_inode_base(ntfs_inode *ni);
extern ntfs_inode *ntfs_inode_allocate(ntfs_volume *vol);
extern ntfs_inode *ntfs_inode_open(ntfs_volume *vol, const MFT_REF mref);
extern int ntfs_inode_close(ntfs_inode *ni);
extern int ntfs_inode_close_in_dir(ntfs_inode *ni, ntfs_inode *dir_ni);
#if CACHE_NIDATA_SIZE
struct CACHED_GENERIC;
extern int ntfs_inode_real_close(ntfs_inode *ni);
extern void ntfs_inode_invalidate(ntfs_volume *vol, const MFT_REF mref);
extern void ntfs_inode_nidata_free(const struct CACHED_GENERIC *cached);
extern int ntfs_inode_nidata_hash(const struct CACHED_GENERIC *item);
#endif
extern ntfs_inode *ntfs_extent_inode_open(ntfs_inode *base_ni,
const MFT_REF mref);
extern int ntfs_inode_attach_all_extents(ntfs_inode *ni);
extern void ntfs_inode_mark_dirty(ntfs_inode *ni);
extern void ntfs_inode_update_times(ntfs_inode *ni, ntfs_time_update_flags mask);
extern int ntfs_inode_sync(ntfs_inode *ni);
extern int ntfs_inode_add_attrlist(ntfs_inode *ni);
extern int ntfs_inode_free_space(ntfs_inode *ni, int size);
extern int ntfs_inode_badclus_bad(u64 mft_no, ATTR_RECORD *a);
extern int ntfs_inode_get_times(ntfs_inode *ni, char *value, size_t size);
extern int ntfs_inode_set_times(ntfs_inode *ni, const char *value,
size_t size, int flags);
/* debugging */
#define debug_double_inode(num, type)
#define debug_cached_inode(ni)
#endif /* defined _NTFS_INODE_H */

2661
source/layout.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

771
source/lcnalloc.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,771 @@
/**
* lcnalloc.c - Cluster (de)allocation code. Originated from the Linux-NTFS project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2002-2004 Anton Altaparmakov
* Copyright (c) 2004 Yura Pakhuchiy
* Copyright (c) 2004-2008 Szabolcs Szakacsits
* Copyright (c) 2008-2009 Jean-Pierre Andre
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDIO_H
#include <stdio.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_ERRNO_H
#include <errno.h>
#endif
#include "types.h"
#include "attrib.h"
#include "bitmap.h"
#include "debug.h"
#include "runlist.h"
#include "volume.h"
#include "lcnalloc.h"
#include "logging.h"
#include "misc.h"
/*
* Plenty possibilities for big optimizations all over in the cluster
* allocation, however at the moment the dominant bottleneck (~ 90%) is
* the update of the mapping pairs which converges to the cubic Faulhaber's
* formula as the function of the number of extents (fragments, runs).
*/
#define NTFS_LCNALLOC_BSIZE 4096
#define NTFS_LCNALLOC_SKIP NTFS_LCNALLOC_BSIZE
enum {
ZONE_MFT = 1,
ZONE_DATA1 = 2,
ZONE_DATA2 = 4
} ;
static void ntfs_cluster_set_zone_pos(LCN start, LCN end, LCN *pos, LCN tc)
{
ntfs_log_trace("pos: %lld tc: %lld\n", (long long)*pos, (long long)tc);
if (tc >= end)
*pos = start;
else if (tc >= start)
*pos = tc;
}
static void ntfs_cluster_update_zone_pos(ntfs_volume *vol, u8 zone, LCN tc)
{
ntfs_log_trace("tc = %lld, zone = %d\n", (long long)tc, zone);
if (zone == ZONE_MFT)
ntfs_cluster_set_zone_pos(vol->mft_lcn, vol->mft_zone_end,
&vol->mft_zone_pos, tc);
else if (zone == ZONE_DATA1)
ntfs_cluster_set_zone_pos(vol->mft_zone_end, vol->nr_clusters,
&vol->data1_zone_pos, tc);
else /* zone == ZONE_DATA2 */
ntfs_cluster_set_zone_pos(0, vol->mft_zone_start,
&vol->data2_zone_pos, tc);
}
/*
* Unmark full zones when a cluster has been freed in a full zone
*
* Next allocation will reuse the freed cluster
*/
static void update_full_status(ntfs_volume *vol, LCN lcn)
{
if (lcn >= vol->mft_zone_end) {
if (vol->full_zones & ZONE_DATA1) {
ntfs_cluster_update_zone_pos(vol, ZONE_DATA1, lcn);
vol->full_zones &= ~ZONE_DATA1;
}
} else
if (lcn < vol->mft_zone_start) {
if (vol->full_zones & ZONE_DATA2) {
ntfs_cluster_update_zone_pos(vol, ZONE_DATA2, lcn);
vol->full_zones &= ~ZONE_DATA2;
}
} else {
if (vol->full_zones & ZONE_MFT) {
ntfs_cluster_update_zone_pos(vol, ZONE_MFT, lcn);
vol->full_zones &= ~ZONE_MFT;
}
}
}
static s64 max_empty_bit_range(unsigned char *buf, int size)
{
int i, j, run = 0;
int max_range = 0;
s64 start_pos = -1;
ntfs_log_trace("Entering\n");
i = 0;
while (i < size) {
switch (*buf) {
case 0 :
do {
buf++;
run += 8;
i++;
} while ((i < size) && !*buf);
break;
case 255 :
if (run > max_range) {
max_range = run;
start_pos = (s64)i * 8 - run;
}
run = 0;
do {
buf++;
i++;
} while ((i < size) && (*buf == 255));
break;
default :
for (j = 0; j < 8; j++) {
int bit = *buf & (1 << j);
if (bit) {
if (run > max_range) {
max_range = run;
start_pos = (s64)i * 8 + (j - run);
}
run = 0;
} else
run++;
}
i++;
buf++;
}
}
if (run > max_range)
start_pos = (s64)i * 8 - run;
return start_pos;
}
static int bitmap_writeback(ntfs_volume *vol, s64 pos, s64 size, void *b,
u8 *writeback)
{
s64 written;
ntfs_log_trace("Entering\n");
if (!*writeback)
return 0;
*writeback = 0;
written = ntfs_attr_pwrite(vol->lcnbmp_na, pos, size, b);
if (written != size) {
if (!written)
errno = EIO;
ntfs_log_perror("Bitmap write error (%lld, %lld)",
(long long)pos, (long long)size);
return -1;
}
return 0;
}
/**
* ntfs_cluster_alloc - allocate clusters on an ntfs volume
* @vol: mounted ntfs volume on which to allocate the clusters
* @start_vcn: vcn to use for the first allocated cluster
* @count: number of clusters to allocate
* @start_lcn: starting lcn at which to allocate the clusters (or -1 if none)
* @zone: zone from which to allocate the clusters
*
* Allocate @count clusters preferably starting at cluster @start_lcn or at the
* current allocator position if @start_lcn is -1, on the mounted ntfs volume
* @vol. @zone is either DATA_ZONE for allocation of normal clusters and
* MFT_ZONE for allocation of clusters for the master file table, i.e. the
* $MFT/$DATA attribute.
*
* On success return a runlist describing the allocated cluster(s).
*
* On error return NULL with errno set to the error code.
*
* Notes on the allocation algorithm
* =================================
*
* There are two data zones. First is the area between the end of the mft zone
* and the end of the volume, and second is the area between the start of the
* volume and the start of the mft zone. On unmodified/standard NTFS 1.x
* volumes, the second data zone doesn't exist due to the mft zone being
* expanded to cover the start of the volume in order to reserve space for the
* mft bitmap attribute.
*
* The complexity stems from the need of implementing the mft vs data zoned
* approach and from the fact that we have access to the lcn bitmap via up to
* NTFS_LCNALLOC_BSIZE bytes at a time, so we need to cope with crossing over
* boundaries of two buffers. Further, the fact that the allocator allows for
* caller supplied hints as to the location of where allocation should begin
* and the fact that the allocator keeps track of where in the data zones the
* next natural allocation should occur, contribute to the complexity of the
* function. But it should all be worthwhile, because this allocator:
* 1) implements MFT zone reservation
* 2) causes reduction in fragmentation.
* The code is not optimized for speed.
*/
runlist *ntfs_cluster_alloc(ntfs_volume *vol, VCN start_vcn, s64 count,
LCN start_lcn, const NTFS_CLUSTER_ALLOCATION_ZONES zone)
{
LCN zone_start, zone_end; /* current search range */
LCN last_read_pos, lcn;
LCN bmp_pos; /* current bit position inside the bitmap */
LCN prev_lcn = 0, prev_run_len = 0;
s64 clusters, br;
runlist *rl = NULL, *trl;
u8 *buf, *byte, bit, writeback;
u8 pass = 1; /* 1: inside zone; 2: start of zone */
u8 search_zone; /* 4: data2 (start) 1: mft (middle) 2: data1 (end) */
u8 done_zones = 0;
u8 has_guess, used_zone_pos;
int err = 0, rlpos, rlsize, buf_size;
ntfs_log_enter("Entering with count = 0x%llx, start_lcn = 0x%llx, "
"zone = %s_ZONE.\n", (long long)count, (long long)
start_lcn, zone == MFT_ZONE ? "MFT" : "DATA");
if (!vol || count < 0 || start_lcn < -1 || !vol->lcnbmp_na ||
(s8)zone < FIRST_ZONE || zone > LAST_ZONE) {
errno = EINVAL;
ntfs_log_perror("%s: vcn: %lld, count: %lld, lcn: %lld",
__FUNCTION__, (long long)start_vcn,
(long long)count, (long long)start_lcn);
goto out;
}
/* Return empty runlist if @count == 0 */
if (!count) {
rl = ntfs_malloc(0x1000);
if (rl) {
rl[0].vcn = start_vcn;
rl[0].lcn = LCN_RL_NOT_MAPPED;
rl[0].length = 0;
}
goto out;
}
buf = ntfs_malloc(NTFS_LCNALLOC_BSIZE);
if (!buf)
goto out;
/*
* If no @start_lcn was requested, use the current zone
* position otherwise use the requested @start_lcn.
*/
has_guess = 1;
zone_start = start_lcn;
if (zone_start < 0) {
if (zone == DATA_ZONE)
zone_start = vol->data1_zone_pos;
else
zone_start = vol->mft_zone_pos;
has_guess = 0;
}
used_zone_pos = has_guess ? 0 : 1;
if (!zone_start || zone_start == vol->mft_zone_start ||
zone_start == vol->mft_zone_end)
pass = 2;
if (zone_start < vol->mft_zone_start) {
zone_end = vol->mft_zone_start;
search_zone = ZONE_DATA2;
} else if (zone_start < vol->mft_zone_end) {
zone_end = vol->mft_zone_end;
search_zone = ZONE_MFT;
} else {
zone_end = vol->nr_clusters;
search_zone = ZONE_DATA1;
}
bmp_pos = zone_start;
/* Loop until all clusters are allocated. */
clusters = count;
rlpos = rlsize = 0;
while (1) {
/* check whether we have exhausted the current zone */
if (search_zone & vol->full_zones)
goto zone_pass_done;
last_read_pos = bmp_pos >> 3;
br = ntfs_attr_pread(vol->lcnbmp_na, last_read_pos,
NTFS_LCNALLOC_BSIZE, buf);
if (br <= 0) {
if (!br)
goto zone_pass_done;
err = errno;
ntfs_log_perror("Reading $BITMAP failed");
goto err_ret;
}
/*
* We might have read less than NTFS_LCNALLOC_BSIZE bytes
* if we are close to the end of the attribute.
*/
buf_size = (int)br << 3;
lcn = bmp_pos & 7;
bmp_pos &= ~7;
writeback = 0;
while (lcn < buf_size) {
byte = buf + (lcn >> 3);
bit = 1 << (lcn & 7);
if (has_guess) {
if (*byte & bit) {
has_guess = 0;
break;
}
} else {
lcn = max_empty_bit_range(buf, br);
if (lcn < 0)
break;
has_guess = 1;
continue;
}
/* First free bit is at lcn + bmp_pos. */
/* Reallocate memory if necessary. */
if ((rlpos + 2) * (int)sizeof(runlist) >= rlsize) {
rlsize += 4096;
trl = realloc(rl, rlsize);
if (!trl) {
err = ENOMEM;
ntfs_log_perror("realloc() failed");
goto wb_err_ret;
}
rl = trl;
}
/* Allocate the bitmap bit. */
*byte |= bit;
writeback = 1;
if (vol->free_clusters <= 0)
ntfs_log_error("Non-positive free clusters "
"(%lld)!\n",
(long long)vol->free_clusters);
else
vol->free_clusters--;
/*
* Coalesce with previous run if adjacent LCNs.
* Otherwise, append a new run.
*/
if (prev_lcn == lcn + bmp_pos - prev_run_len && rlpos) {
ntfs_log_debug("Cluster coalesce: prev_lcn: "
"%lld lcn: %lld bmp_pos: %lld "
"prev_run_len: %lld\n",
(long long)prev_lcn,
(long long)lcn, (long long)bmp_pos,
(long long)prev_run_len);
rl[rlpos - 1].length = ++prev_run_len;
} else {
if (rlpos)
rl[rlpos].vcn = rl[rlpos - 1].vcn +
prev_run_len;
else {
rl[rlpos].vcn = start_vcn;
ntfs_log_debug("Start_vcn: %lld\n",
(long long)start_vcn);
}
rl[rlpos].lcn = prev_lcn = lcn + bmp_pos;
rl[rlpos].length = prev_run_len = 1;
rlpos++;
}
ntfs_log_debug("RUN: %-16lld %-16lld %-16lld\n",
(long long)rl[rlpos - 1].vcn,
(long long)rl[rlpos - 1].lcn,
(long long)rl[rlpos - 1].length);
/* Done? */
if (!--clusters) {
if (used_zone_pos)
ntfs_cluster_update_zone_pos(vol,
search_zone, lcn + bmp_pos + 1 +
NTFS_LCNALLOC_SKIP);
goto done_ret;
}
lcn++;
}
if (bitmap_writeback(vol, last_read_pos, br, buf, &writeback)) {
err = errno;
goto err_ret;
}
if (!used_zone_pos) {
used_zone_pos = 1;
if (search_zone == ZONE_MFT)
zone_start = vol->mft_zone_pos;
else if (search_zone == ZONE_DATA1)
zone_start = vol->data1_zone_pos;
else
zone_start = vol->data2_zone_pos;
if (!zone_start || zone_start == vol->mft_zone_start ||
zone_start == vol->mft_zone_end)
pass = 2;
bmp_pos = zone_start;
} else
bmp_pos += buf_size;
if (bmp_pos < zone_end)
continue;
zone_pass_done:
ntfs_log_trace("Finished current zone pass(%i).\n", pass);
if (pass == 1) {
pass = 2;
zone_end = zone_start;
if (search_zone == ZONE_MFT)
zone_start = vol->mft_zone_start;
else if (search_zone == ZONE_DATA1)
zone_start = vol->mft_zone_end;
else
zone_start = 0;
/* Sanity check. */
if (zone_end < zone_start)
zone_end = zone_start;
bmp_pos = zone_start;
continue;
}
/* pass == 2 */
done_zones_check:
done_zones |= search_zone;
vol->full_zones |= search_zone;
if (done_zones < (ZONE_MFT + ZONE_DATA1 + ZONE_DATA2)) {
ntfs_log_trace("Switching zone.\n");
pass = 1;
if (rlpos) {
LCN tc = rl[rlpos - 1].lcn +
rl[rlpos - 1].length + NTFS_LCNALLOC_SKIP;
if (used_zone_pos)
ntfs_cluster_update_zone_pos(vol,
search_zone, tc);
}
switch (search_zone) {
case ZONE_MFT:
ntfs_log_trace("Zone switch: mft -> data1\n");
switch_to_data1_zone: search_zone = ZONE_DATA1;
zone_start = vol->data1_zone_pos;
zone_end = vol->nr_clusters;
if (zone_start == vol->mft_zone_end)
pass = 2;
break;
case ZONE_DATA1:
ntfs_log_trace("Zone switch: data1 -> data2\n");
search_zone = ZONE_DATA2;
zone_start = vol->data2_zone_pos;
zone_end = vol->mft_zone_start;
if (!zone_start)
pass = 2;
break;
case ZONE_DATA2:
if (!(done_zones & ZONE_DATA1)) {
ntfs_log_trace("data2 -> data1\n");
goto switch_to_data1_zone;
}
ntfs_log_trace("Zone switch: data2 -> mft\n");
search_zone = ZONE_MFT;
zone_start = vol->mft_zone_pos;
zone_end = vol->mft_zone_end;
if (zone_start == vol->mft_zone_start)
pass = 2;
break;
}
bmp_pos = zone_start;
if (zone_start == zone_end) {
ntfs_log_trace("Empty zone, skipped.\n");
goto done_zones_check;
}
continue;
}
ntfs_log_trace("All zones are finished, no space on device.\n");
err = ENOSPC;
goto err_ret;
}
done_ret:
ntfs_log_debug("At done_ret.\n");
/* Add runlist terminator element. */
rl[rlpos].vcn = rl[rlpos - 1].vcn + rl[rlpos - 1].length;
rl[rlpos].lcn = LCN_RL_NOT_MAPPED;
rl[rlpos].length = 0;
if (bitmap_writeback(vol, last_read_pos, br, buf, &writeback)) {
err = errno;
goto err_ret;
}
done_err_ret:
free(buf);
if (err) {
errno = err;
ntfs_log_perror("Failed to allocate clusters");
rl = NULL;
}
out:
ntfs_log_leave("\n");
return rl;
wb_err_ret:
ntfs_log_trace("At wb_err_ret.\n");
if (bitmap_writeback(vol, last_read_pos, br, buf, &writeback))
err = errno;
err_ret:
ntfs_log_trace("At err_ret.\n");
if (rl) {
/* Add runlist terminator element. */
rl[rlpos].vcn = rl[rlpos - 1].vcn + rl[rlpos - 1].length;
rl[rlpos].lcn = LCN_RL_NOT_MAPPED;
rl[rlpos].length = 0;
ntfs_debug_runlist_dump(rl);
ntfs_cluster_free_from_rl(vol, rl);
free(rl);
rl = NULL;
}
goto done_err_ret;
}
/**
* ntfs_cluster_free_from_rl - free clusters from runlist
* @vol: mounted ntfs volume on which to free the clusters
* @rl: runlist from which deallocate clusters
*
* On success return 0 and on error return -1 with errno set to the error code.
*/
int ntfs_cluster_free_from_rl(ntfs_volume *vol, runlist *rl)
{
s64 nr_freed = 0;
int ret = -1;
ntfs_log_trace("Entering.\n");
for (; rl->length; rl++) {
ntfs_log_trace("Dealloc lcn 0x%llx, len 0x%llx.\n",
(long long)rl->lcn, (long long)rl->length);
if (rl->lcn >= 0) {
update_full_status(vol,rl->lcn);
if (ntfs_bitmap_clear_run(vol->lcnbmp_na, rl->lcn,
rl->length)) {
ntfs_log_perror("Cluster deallocation failed "
"(%lld, %lld)",
(long long)rl->lcn,
(long long)rl->length);
goto out;
}
nr_freed += rl->length ;
}
}
ret = 0;
out:
vol->free_clusters += nr_freed;
if (vol->free_clusters > vol->nr_clusters)
ntfs_log_error("Too many free clusters (%lld > %lld)!",
(long long)vol->free_clusters,
(long long)vol->nr_clusters);
return ret;
}
/*
* Basic cluster run free
* Returns 0 if successful
*/
int ntfs_cluster_free_basic(ntfs_volume *vol, s64 lcn, s64 count)
{
s64 nr_freed = 0;
int ret = -1;
ntfs_log_trace("Entering.\n");
ntfs_log_trace("Dealloc lcn 0x%llx, len 0x%llx.\n",
(long long)lcn, (long long)count);
if (lcn >= 0) {
update_full_status(vol,lcn);
if (ntfs_bitmap_clear_run(vol->lcnbmp_na, lcn,
count)) {
ntfs_log_perror("Cluster deallocation failed "
"(%lld, %lld)",
(long long)lcn,
(long long)count);
goto out;
}
nr_freed += count;
}
ret = 0;
out:
vol->free_clusters += nr_freed;
if (vol->free_clusters > vol->nr_clusters)
ntfs_log_error("Too many free clusters (%lld > %lld)!",
(long long)vol->free_clusters,
(long long)vol->nr_clusters);
return ret;
}
/**
* ntfs_cluster_free - free clusters on an ntfs volume
* @vol: mounted ntfs volume on which to free the clusters
* @na: attribute whose runlist describes the clusters to free
* @start_vcn: vcn in @rl at which to start freeing clusters
* @count: number of clusters to free or -1 for all clusters
*
* Free @count clusters starting at the cluster @start_vcn in the runlist
* described by the attribute @na from the mounted ntfs volume @vol.
*
* If @count is -1, all clusters from @start_vcn to the end of the runlist
* are deallocated.
*
* On success return the number of deallocated clusters (not counting sparse
* clusters) and on error return -1 with errno set to the error code.
*/
int ntfs_cluster_free(ntfs_volume *vol, ntfs_attr *na, VCN start_vcn, s64 count)
{
runlist *rl;
s64 delta, to_free, nr_freed = 0;
int ret = -1;
if (!vol || !vol->lcnbmp_na || !na || start_vcn < 0 ||
(count < 0 && count != -1)) {
ntfs_log_trace("Invalid arguments!\n");
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
ntfs_log_enter("Entering for inode 0x%llx, attr 0x%x, count 0x%llx, "
"vcn 0x%llx.\n", (unsigned long long)na->ni->mft_no,
na->type, (long long)count, (long long)start_vcn);
rl = ntfs_attr_find_vcn(na, start_vcn);
if (!rl) {
if (errno == ENOENT)
ret = 0;
goto leave;
}
if (rl->lcn < 0 && rl->lcn != LCN_HOLE) {
errno = EIO;
ntfs_log_perror("%s: Unexpected lcn (%lld)", __FUNCTION__,
(long long)rl->lcn);
goto leave;
}
/* Find the starting cluster inside the run that needs freeing. */
delta = start_vcn - rl->vcn;
/* The number of clusters in this run that need freeing. */
to_free = rl->length - delta;
if (count >= 0 && to_free > count)
to_free = count;
if (rl->lcn != LCN_HOLE) {
/* Do the actual freeing of the clusters in this run. */
update_full_status(vol,rl->lcn + delta);
if (ntfs_bitmap_clear_run(vol->lcnbmp_na, rl->lcn + delta,
to_free))
goto leave;
nr_freed = to_free;
}
/* Go to the next run and adjust the number of clusters left to free. */
++rl;
if (count >= 0)
count -= to_free;
/*
* Loop over the remaining runs, using @count as a capping value, and
* free them.
*/
for (; rl->length && count != 0; ++rl) {
// FIXME: Need to try ntfs_attr_map_runlist() for attribute
// list support! (AIA)
if (rl->lcn < 0 && rl->lcn != LCN_HOLE) {
// FIXME: Eeek! We need rollback! (AIA)
errno = EIO;
ntfs_log_perror("%s: Invalid lcn (%lli)",
__FUNCTION__, (long long)rl->lcn);
goto out;
}
/* The number of clusters in this run that need freeing. */
to_free = rl->length;
if (count >= 0 && to_free > count)
to_free = count;
if (rl->lcn != LCN_HOLE) {
update_full_status(vol,rl->lcn);
if (ntfs_bitmap_clear_run(vol->lcnbmp_na, rl->lcn,
to_free)) {
// FIXME: Eeek! We need rollback! (AIA)
ntfs_log_perror("%s: Clearing bitmap run failed",
__FUNCTION__);
goto out;
}
nr_freed += to_free;
}
if (count >= 0)
count -= to_free;
}
if (count != -1 && count != 0) {
// FIXME: Eeek! BUG()
errno = EIO;
ntfs_log_perror("%s: count still not zero (%lld)", __FUNCTION__,
(long long)count);
goto out;
}
ret = nr_freed;
out:
vol->free_clusters += nr_freed ;
if (vol->free_clusters > vol->nr_clusters)
ntfs_log_error("Too many free clusters (%lld > %lld)!",
(long long)vol->free_clusters,
(long long)vol->nr_clusters);
leave:
ntfs_log_leave("\n");
return ret;
}

51
source/lcnalloc.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
/*
* lcnalloc.h - Exports for cluster (de)allocation. Originated from the Linux-NTFS
* project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2002 Anton Altaparmakov
* Copyright (c) 2004 Yura Pakhuchiy
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _NTFS_LCNALLOC_H
#define _NTFS_LCNALLOC_H
#include "types.h"
#include "runlist.h"
#include "volume.h"
/**
* enum NTFS_CLUSTER_ALLOCATION_ZONES -
*/
typedef enum {
FIRST_ZONE = 0, /* For sanity checking. */
MFT_ZONE = 0, /* Allocate from $MFT zone. */
DATA_ZONE = 1, /* Allocate from $DATA zone. */
LAST_ZONE = 1, /* For sanity checking. */
} NTFS_CLUSTER_ALLOCATION_ZONES;
extern runlist *ntfs_cluster_alloc(ntfs_volume *vol, VCN start_vcn, s64 count,
LCN start_lcn, const NTFS_CLUSTER_ALLOCATION_ZONES zone);
extern int ntfs_cluster_free_from_rl(ntfs_volume *vol, runlist *rl);
extern int ntfs_cluster_free_basic(ntfs_volume *vol, s64 lcn, s64 count);
extern int ntfs_cluster_free(ntfs_volume *vol, ntfs_attr *na, VCN start_vcn,
s64 count);
#endif /* defined _NTFS_LCNALLOC_H */

737
source/logfile.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,737 @@
/**
* logfile.c - NTFS journal handling. Originated from the Linux-NTFS project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2002-2005 Anton Altaparmakov
* Copyright (c) 2005 Yura Pakhuchiy
* Copyright (c) 2005-2009 Szabolcs Szakacsits
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
#include <string.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_ERRNO_H
#include <errno.h>
#endif
#include "attrib.h"
#include "debug.h"
#include "logfile.h"
#include "volume.h"
#include "mst.h"
#include "logging.h"
#include "misc.h"
/**
* ntfs_check_restart_page_header - check the page header for consistency
* @rp: restart page header to check
* @pos: position in logfile at which the restart page header resides
*
* Check the restart page header @rp for consistency and return TRUE if it is
* consistent and FALSE otherwise.
*
* This function only needs NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE bytes in @rp, i.e. it does not
* require the full restart page.
*/
static BOOL ntfs_check_restart_page_header(RESTART_PAGE_HEADER *rp, s64 pos)
{
u32 logfile_system_page_size, logfile_log_page_size;
u16 ra_ofs, usa_count, usa_ofs, usa_end = 0;
BOOL have_usa = TRUE;
ntfs_log_trace("Entering.\n");
/*
* If the system or log page sizes are smaller than the ntfs block size
* or either is not a power of 2 we cannot handle this log file.
*/
logfile_system_page_size = le32_to_cpu(rp->system_page_size);
logfile_log_page_size = le32_to_cpu(rp->log_page_size);
if (logfile_system_page_size < NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE ||
logfile_log_page_size < NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE ||
logfile_system_page_size &
(logfile_system_page_size - 1) ||
logfile_log_page_size & (logfile_log_page_size - 1)) {
ntfs_log_error("$LogFile uses unsupported page size.\n");
return FALSE;
}
/*
* We must be either at !pos (1st restart page) or at pos = system page
* size (2nd restart page).
*/
if (pos && pos != logfile_system_page_size) {
ntfs_log_error("Found restart area in incorrect "
"position in $LogFile.\n");
return FALSE;
}
/* We only know how to handle version 1.1. */
if (sle16_to_cpu(rp->major_ver) != 1 ||
sle16_to_cpu(rp->minor_ver) != 1) {
ntfs_log_error("$LogFile version %i.%i is not "
"supported. (This driver supports version "
"1.1 only.)\n", (int)sle16_to_cpu(rp->major_ver),
(int)sle16_to_cpu(rp->minor_ver));
return FALSE;
}
/*
* If chkdsk has been run the restart page may not be protected by an
* update sequence array.
*/
if (ntfs_is_chkd_record(rp->magic) && !le16_to_cpu(rp->usa_count)) {
have_usa = FALSE;
goto skip_usa_checks;
}
/* Verify the size of the update sequence array. */
usa_count = 1 + (logfile_system_page_size >> NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE_BITS);
if (usa_count != le16_to_cpu(rp->usa_count)) {
ntfs_log_error("$LogFile restart page specifies "
"inconsistent update sequence array count.\n");
return FALSE;
}
/* Verify the position of the update sequence array. */
usa_ofs = le16_to_cpu(rp->usa_ofs);
usa_end = usa_ofs + usa_count * sizeof(u16);
if (usa_ofs < sizeof(RESTART_PAGE_HEADER) ||
usa_end > NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE - sizeof(u16)) {
ntfs_log_error("$LogFile restart page specifies "
"inconsistent update sequence array offset.\n");
return FALSE;
}
skip_usa_checks:
/*
* Verify the position of the restart area. It must be:
* - aligned to 8-byte boundary,
* - after the update sequence array, and
* - within the system page size.
*/
ra_ofs = le16_to_cpu(rp->restart_area_offset);
if (ra_ofs & 7 || (have_usa ? ra_ofs < usa_end :
ra_ofs < sizeof(RESTART_PAGE_HEADER)) ||
ra_ofs > logfile_system_page_size) {
ntfs_log_error("$LogFile restart page specifies "
"inconsistent restart area offset.\n");
return FALSE;
}
/*
* Only restart pages modified by chkdsk are allowed to have chkdsk_lsn
* set.
*/
if (!ntfs_is_chkd_record(rp->magic) && sle64_to_cpu(rp->chkdsk_lsn)) {
ntfs_log_error("$LogFile restart page is not modified "
"by chkdsk but a chkdsk LSN is specified.\n");
return FALSE;
}
ntfs_log_trace("Done.\n");
return TRUE;
}
/**
* ntfs_check_restart_area - check the restart area for consistency
* @rp: restart page whose restart area to check
*
* Check the restart area of the restart page @rp for consistency and return
* TRUE if it is consistent and FALSE otherwise.
*
* This function assumes that the restart page header has already been
* consistency checked.
*
* This function only needs NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE bytes in @rp, i.e. it does not
* require the full restart page.
*/
static BOOL ntfs_check_restart_area(RESTART_PAGE_HEADER *rp)
{
u64 file_size;
RESTART_AREA *ra;
u16 ra_ofs, ra_len, ca_ofs;
u8 fs_bits;
ntfs_log_trace("Entering.\n");
ra_ofs = le16_to_cpu(rp->restart_area_offset);
ra = (RESTART_AREA*)((u8*)rp + ra_ofs);
/*
* Everything before ra->file_size must be before the first word
* protected by an update sequence number. This ensures that it is
* safe to access ra->client_array_offset.
*/
if (ra_ofs + offsetof(RESTART_AREA, file_size) >
NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE - sizeof(u16)) {
ntfs_log_error("$LogFile restart area specifies "
"inconsistent file offset.\n");
return FALSE;
}
/*
* Now that we can access ra->client_array_offset, make sure everything
* up to the log client array is before the first word protected by an
* update sequence number. This ensures we can access all of the
* restart area elements safely. Also, the client array offset must be
* aligned to an 8-byte boundary.
*/
ca_ofs = le16_to_cpu(ra->client_array_offset);
if (((ca_ofs + 7) & ~7) != ca_ofs ||
ra_ofs + ca_ofs > (u16)(NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE -
sizeof(u16))) {
ntfs_log_error("$LogFile restart area specifies "
"inconsistent client array offset.\n");
return FALSE;
}
/*
* The restart area must end within the system page size both when
* calculated manually and as specified by ra->restart_area_length.
* Also, the calculated length must not exceed the specified length.
*/
ra_len = ca_ofs + le16_to_cpu(ra->log_clients) *
sizeof(LOG_CLIENT_RECORD);
if ((u32)(ra_ofs + ra_len) > le32_to_cpu(rp->system_page_size) ||
(u32)(ra_ofs + le16_to_cpu(ra->restart_area_length)) >
le32_to_cpu(rp->system_page_size) ||
ra_len > le16_to_cpu(ra->restart_area_length)) {
ntfs_log_error("$LogFile restart area is out of bounds "
"of the system page size specified by the "
"restart page header and/or the specified "
"restart area length is inconsistent.\n");
return FALSE;
}
/*
* The ra->client_free_list and ra->client_in_use_list must be either
* LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT or less than ra->log_clients or they are
* overflowing the client array.
*/
if ((ra->client_free_list != LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT &&
le16_to_cpu(ra->client_free_list) >=
le16_to_cpu(ra->log_clients)) ||
(ra->client_in_use_list != LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT &&
le16_to_cpu(ra->client_in_use_list) >=
le16_to_cpu(ra->log_clients))) {
ntfs_log_error("$LogFile restart area specifies "
"overflowing client free and/or in use lists.\n");
return FALSE;
}
/*
* Check ra->seq_number_bits against ra->file_size for consistency.
* We cannot just use ffs() because the file size is not a power of 2.
*/
file_size = (u64)sle64_to_cpu(ra->file_size);
fs_bits = 0;
while (file_size) {
file_size >>= 1;
fs_bits++;
}
if (le32_to_cpu(ra->seq_number_bits) != (u32)(67 - fs_bits)) {
ntfs_log_error("$LogFile restart area specifies "
"inconsistent sequence number bits.\n");
return FALSE;
}
/* The log record header length must be a multiple of 8. */
if (((le16_to_cpu(ra->log_record_header_length) + 7) & ~7) !=
le16_to_cpu(ra->log_record_header_length)) {
ntfs_log_error("$LogFile restart area specifies "
"inconsistent log record header length.\n");
return FALSE;
}
/* Ditto for the log page data offset. */
if (((le16_to_cpu(ra->log_page_data_offset) + 7) & ~7) !=
le16_to_cpu(ra->log_page_data_offset)) {
ntfs_log_error("$LogFile restart area specifies "
"inconsistent log page data offset.\n");
return FALSE;
}
ntfs_log_trace("Done.\n");
return TRUE;
}
/**
* ntfs_check_log_client_array - check the log client array for consistency
* @rp: restart page whose log client array to check
*
* Check the log client array of the restart page @rp for consistency and
* return TRUE if it is consistent and FALSE otherwise.
*
* This function assumes that the restart page header and the restart area have
* already been consistency checked.
*
* Unlike ntfs_check_restart_page_header() and ntfs_check_restart_area(), this
* function needs @rp->system_page_size bytes in @rp, i.e. it requires the full
* restart page and the page must be multi sector transfer deprotected.
*/
static BOOL ntfs_check_log_client_array(RESTART_PAGE_HEADER *rp)
{
RESTART_AREA *ra;
LOG_CLIENT_RECORD *ca, *cr;
u16 nr_clients, idx;
BOOL in_free_list, idx_is_first;
ntfs_log_trace("Entering.\n");
ra = (RESTART_AREA*)((u8*)rp + le16_to_cpu(rp->restart_area_offset));
ca = (LOG_CLIENT_RECORD*)((u8*)ra +
le16_to_cpu(ra->client_array_offset));
/*
* Check the ra->client_free_list first and then check the
* ra->client_in_use_list. Check each of the log client records in
* each of the lists and check that the array does not overflow the
* ra->log_clients value. Also keep track of the number of records
* visited as there cannot be more than ra->log_clients records and
* that way we detect eventual loops in within a list.
*/
nr_clients = le16_to_cpu(ra->log_clients);
idx = le16_to_cpu(ra->client_free_list);
in_free_list = TRUE;
check_list:
for (idx_is_first = TRUE; idx != LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT_CPU; nr_clients--,
idx = le16_to_cpu(cr->next_client)) {
if (!nr_clients || idx >= le16_to_cpu(ra->log_clients))
goto err_out;
/* Set @cr to the current log client record. */
cr = ca + idx;
/* The first log client record must not have a prev_client. */
if (idx_is_first) {
if (cr->prev_client != LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT)
goto err_out;
idx_is_first = FALSE;
}
}
/* Switch to and check the in use list if we just did the free list. */
if (in_free_list) {
in_free_list = FALSE;
idx = le16_to_cpu(ra->client_in_use_list);
goto check_list;
}
ntfs_log_trace("Done.\n");
return TRUE;
err_out:
ntfs_log_error("$LogFile log client array is corrupt.\n");
return FALSE;
}
/**
* ntfs_check_and_load_restart_page - check the restart page for consistency
* @log_na: opened ntfs attribute for journal $LogFile
* @rp: restart page to check
* @pos: position in @log_na at which the restart page resides
* @wrp: [OUT] copy of the multi sector transfer deprotected restart page
* @lsn: [OUT] set to the current logfile lsn on success
*
* Check the restart page @rp for consistency and return 0 if it is consistent
* and errno otherwise. The restart page may have been modified by chkdsk in
* which case its magic is CHKD instead of RSTR.
*
* This function only needs NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE bytes in @rp, i.e. it does not
* require the full restart page.
*
* If @wrp is not NULL, on success, *@wrp will point to a buffer containing a
* copy of the complete multi sector transfer deprotected page. On failure,
* *@wrp is undefined.
*
* Similarly, if @lsn is not NULL, on success *@lsn will be set to the current
* logfile lsn according to this restart page. On failure, *@lsn is undefined.
*
* The following error codes are defined:
* EINVAL - The restart page is inconsistent.
* ENOMEM - Not enough memory to load the restart page.
* EIO - Failed to reading from $LogFile.
*/
static int ntfs_check_and_load_restart_page(ntfs_attr *log_na,
RESTART_PAGE_HEADER *rp, s64 pos, RESTART_PAGE_HEADER **wrp,
LSN *lsn)
{
RESTART_AREA *ra;
RESTART_PAGE_HEADER *trp;
int err;
ntfs_log_trace("Entering.\n");
/* Check the restart page header for consistency. */
if (!ntfs_check_restart_page_header(rp, pos)) {
/* Error output already done inside the function. */
return EINVAL;
}
/* Check the restart area for consistency. */
if (!ntfs_check_restart_area(rp)) {
/* Error output already done inside the function. */
return EINVAL;
}
ra = (RESTART_AREA*)((u8*)rp + le16_to_cpu(rp->restart_area_offset));
/*
* Allocate a buffer to store the whole restart page so we can multi
* sector transfer deprotect it.
*/
trp = ntfs_malloc(le32_to_cpu(rp->system_page_size));
if (!trp)
return errno;
/*
* Read the whole of the restart page into the buffer. If it fits
* completely inside @rp, just copy it from there. Otherwise read it
* from disk.
*/
if (le32_to_cpu(rp->system_page_size) <= NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE)
memcpy(trp, rp, le32_to_cpu(rp->system_page_size));
else if (ntfs_attr_pread(log_na, pos,
le32_to_cpu(rp->system_page_size), trp) !=
le32_to_cpu(rp->system_page_size)) {
err = errno;
ntfs_log_error("Failed to read whole restart page into the "
"buffer.\n");
if (err != ENOMEM)
err = EIO;
goto err_out;
}
/*
* Perform the multi sector transfer deprotection on the buffer if the
* restart page is protected.
*/
if ((!ntfs_is_chkd_record(trp->magic) || le16_to_cpu(trp->usa_count))
&& ntfs_mst_post_read_fixup((NTFS_RECORD*)trp,
le32_to_cpu(rp->system_page_size))) {
/*
* A multi sector tranfer error was detected. We only need to
* abort if the restart page contents exceed the multi sector
* transfer fixup of the first sector.
*/
if (le16_to_cpu(rp->restart_area_offset) +
le16_to_cpu(ra->restart_area_length) >
NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE - (int)sizeof(u16)) {
ntfs_log_error("Multi sector transfer error "
"detected in $LogFile restart page.\n");
err = EINVAL;
goto err_out;
}
}
/*
* If the restart page is modified by chkdsk or there are no active
* logfile clients, the logfile is consistent. Otherwise, need to
* check the log client records for consistency, too.
*/
err = 0;
if (ntfs_is_rstr_record(rp->magic) &&
ra->client_in_use_list != LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT) {
if (!ntfs_check_log_client_array(trp)) {
err = EINVAL;
goto err_out;
}
}
if (lsn) {
if (ntfs_is_rstr_record(rp->magic))
*lsn = sle64_to_cpu(ra->current_lsn);
else /* if (ntfs_is_chkd_record(rp->magic)) */
*lsn = sle64_to_cpu(rp->chkdsk_lsn);
}
ntfs_log_trace("Done.\n");
if (wrp)
*wrp = trp;
else {
err_out:
free(trp);
}
return err;
}
/**
* ntfs_check_logfile - check in the journal if the volume is consistent
* @log_na: ntfs attribute of loaded journal $LogFile to check
* @rp: [OUT] on success this is a copy of the current restart page
*
* Check the $LogFile journal for consistency and return TRUE if it is
* consistent and FALSE if not. On success, the current restart page is
* returned in *@rp. Caller must call ntfs_free(*@rp) when finished with it.
*
* At present we only check the two restart pages and ignore the log record
* pages.
*
* Note that the MstProtected flag is not set on the $LogFile inode and hence
* when reading pages they are not deprotected. This is because we do not know
* if the $LogFile was created on a system with a different page size to ours
* yet and mst deprotection would fail if our page size is smaller.
*/
BOOL ntfs_check_logfile(ntfs_attr *log_na, RESTART_PAGE_HEADER **rp)
{
s64 size, pos;
LSN rstr1_lsn, rstr2_lsn;
ntfs_volume *vol = log_na->ni->vol;
u8 *kaddr = NULL;
RESTART_PAGE_HEADER *rstr1_ph = NULL;
RESTART_PAGE_HEADER *rstr2_ph = NULL;
int log_page_size, log_page_mask, err;
BOOL logfile_is_empty = TRUE;
u8 log_page_bits;
ntfs_log_trace("Entering.\n");
/* An empty $LogFile must have been clean before it got emptied. */
if (NVolLogFileEmpty(vol))
goto is_empty;
size = log_na->data_size;
/* Make sure the file doesn't exceed the maximum allowed size. */
if (size > (s64)MaxLogFileSize)
size = MaxLogFileSize;
log_page_size = DefaultLogPageSize;
log_page_mask = log_page_size - 1;
/*
* Use generic_ffs() instead of ffs() to enable the compiler to
* optimize log_page_size and log_page_bits into constants.
*/
log_page_bits = ffs(log_page_size) - 1;
size &= ~(log_page_size - 1);
/*
* Ensure the log file is big enough to store at least the two restart
* pages and the minimum number of log record pages.
*/
if (size < log_page_size * 2 || (size - log_page_size * 2) >>
log_page_bits < MinLogRecordPages) {
ntfs_log_error("$LogFile is too small.\n");
return FALSE;
}
/* Allocate memory for restart page. */
kaddr = ntfs_malloc(NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE);
if (!kaddr)
return FALSE;
/*
* Read through the file looking for a restart page. Since the restart
* page header is at the beginning of a page we only need to search at
* what could be the beginning of a page (for each page size) rather
* than scanning the whole file byte by byte. If all potential places
* contain empty and uninitialized records, the log file can be assumed
* to be empty.
*/
for (pos = 0; pos < size; pos <<= 1) {
/*
* Read first NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE bytes of potential restart page.
*/
if (ntfs_attr_pread(log_na, pos, NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE, kaddr) !=
NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE) {
ntfs_log_error("Failed to read first NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE "
"bytes of potential restart page.\n");
goto err_out;
}
/*
* A non-empty block means the logfile is not empty while an
* empty block after a non-empty block has been encountered
* means we are done.
*/
if (!ntfs_is_empty_recordp((le32*)kaddr))
logfile_is_empty = FALSE;
else if (!logfile_is_empty)
break;
/*
* A log record page means there cannot be a restart page after
* this so no need to continue searching.
*/
if (ntfs_is_rcrd_recordp((le32*)kaddr))
break;
/* If not a (modified by chkdsk) restart page, continue. */
if (!ntfs_is_rstr_recordp((le32*)kaddr) &&
!ntfs_is_chkd_recordp((le32*)kaddr)) {
if (!pos)
pos = NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE >> 1;
continue;
}
/*
* Check the (modified by chkdsk) restart page for consistency
* and get a copy of the complete multi sector transfer
* deprotected restart page.
*/
err = ntfs_check_and_load_restart_page(log_na,
(RESTART_PAGE_HEADER*)kaddr, pos,
!rstr1_ph ? &rstr1_ph : &rstr2_ph,
!rstr1_ph ? &rstr1_lsn : &rstr2_lsn);
if (!err) {
/*
* If we have now found the first (modified by chkdsk)
* restart page, continue looking for the second one.
*/
if (!pos) {
pos = NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE >> 1;
continue;
}
/*
* We have now found the second (modified by chkdsk)
* restart page, so we can stop looking.
*/
break;
}
/*
* Error output already done inside the function. Note, we do
* not abort if the restart page was invalid as we might still
* find a valid one further in the file.
*/
if (err != EINVAL)
goto err_out;
/* Continue looking. */
if (!pos)
pos = NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE >> 1;
}
if (kaddr) {
free(kaddr);
kaddr = NULL;
}
if (logfile_is_empty) {
NVolSetLogFileEmpty(vol);
is_empty:
ntfs_log_trace("Done. ($LogFile is empty.)\n");
return TRUE;
}
if (!rstr1_ph) {
if (rstr2_ph)
ntfs_log_error("BUG: rstr2_ph isn't NULL!\n");
ntfs_log_error("Did not find any restart pages in "
"$LogFile and it was not empty.\n");
return FALSE;
}
/* If both restart pages were found, use the more recent one. */
if (rstr2_ph) {
/*
* If the second restart area is more recent, switch to it.
* Otherwise just throw it away.
*/
if (rstr2_lsn > rstr1_lsn) {
ntfs_log_debug("Using second restart page as it is more "
"recent.\n");
free(rstr1_ph);
rstr1_ph = rstr2_ph;
/* rstr1_lsn = rstr2_lsn; */
} else {
ntfs_log_debug("Using first restart page as it is more "
"recent.\n");
free(rstr2_ph);
}
rstr2_ph = NULL;
}
/* All consistency checks passed. */
if (rp)
*rp = rstr1_ph;
else
free(rstr1_ph);
ntfs_log_trace("Done.\n");
return TRUE;
err_out:
free(kaddr);
free(rstr1_ph);
free(rstr2_ph);
return FALSE;
}
/**
* ntfs_is_logfile_clean - check in the journal if the volume is clean
* @log_na: ntfs attribute of loaded journal $LogFile to check
* @rp: copy of the current restart page
*
* Analyze the $LogFile journal and return TRUE if it indicates the volume was
* shutdown cleanly and FALSE if not.
*
* At present we only look at the two restart pages and ignore the log record
* pages. This is a little bit crude in that there will be a very small number
* of cases where we think that a volume is dirty when in fact it is clean.
* This should only affect volumes that have not been shutdown cleanly but did
* not have any pending, non-check-pointed i/o, i.e. they were completely idle
* at least for the five seconds preceding the unclean shutdown.
*
* This function assumes that the $LogFile journal has already been consistency
* checked by a call to ntfs_check_logfile() and in particular if the $LogFile
* is empty this function requires that NVolLogFileEmpty() is true otherwise an
* empty volume will be reported as dirty.
*/
BOOL ntfs_is_logfile_clean(ntfs_attr *log_na, RESTART_PAGE_HEADER *rp)
{
RESTART_AREA *ra;
ntfs_log_trace("Entering.\n");
/* An empty $LogFile must have been clean before it got emptied. */
if (NVolLogFileEmpty(log_na->ni->vol)) {
ntfs_log_trace("$LogFile is empty\n");
return TRUE;
}
if (!rp) {
ntfs_log_error("Restart page header is NULL\n");
return FALSE;
}
if (!ntfs_is_rstr_record(rp->magic) &&
!ntfs_is_chkd_record(rp->magic)) {
ntfs_log_error("Restart page buffer is invalid\n");
return FALSE;
}
ra = (RESTART_AREA*)((u8*)rp + le16_to_cpu(rp->restart_area_offset));
/*
* If the $LogFile has active clients, i.e. it is open, and we do not
* have the RESTART_VOLUME_IS_CLEAN bit set in the restart area flags,
* we assume there was an unclean shutdown.
*/
if (ra->client_in_use_list != LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT &&
!(ra->flags & RESTART_VOLUME_IS_CLEAN)) {
ntfs_log_error("The disk contains an unclean file system (%d, "
"%d).\n", le16_to_cpu(ra->client_in_use_list),
le16_to_cpu(ra->flags));
return FALSE;
}
/* $LogFile indicates a clean shutdown. */
ntfs_log_trace("$LogFile indicates a clean shutdown\n");
return TRUE;
}
/**
* ntfs_empty_logfile - empty the contents of the $LogFile journal
* @na: ntfs attribute of journal $LogFile to empty
*
* Empty the contents of the $LogFile journal @na and return 0 on success and
* -1 on error.
*
* This function assumes that the $LogFile journal has already been consistency
* checked by a call to ntfs_check_logfile() and that ntfs_is_logfile_clean()
* has been used to ensure that the $LogFile is clean.
*/
int ntfs_empty_logfile(ntfs_attr *na)
{
s64 pos, count;
char buf[NTFS_BUF_SIZE];
ntfs_log_trace("Entering.\n");
if (NVolLogFileEmpty(na->ni->vol))
return 0;
if (!NAttrNonResident(na)) {
errno = EIO;
ntfs_log_perror("Resident $LogFile $DATA attribute");
return -1;
}
memset(buf, -1, NTFS_BUF_SIZE);
pos = 0;
while ((count = na->data_size - pos) > 0) {
if (count > NTFS_BUF_SIZE)
count = NTFS_BUF_SIZE;
count = ntfs_attr_pwrite(na, pos, count, buf);
if (count <= 0) {
ntfs_log_perror("Failed to reset $LogFile");
if (count != -1)
errno = EIO;
return -1;
}
pos += count;
}
NVolSetLogFileEmpty(na->ni->vol);
return 0;
}

394
source/logfile.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,394 @@
/*
* logfile.h - Exports for $LogFile handling. Originated from the Linux-NTFS project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2000-2005 Anton Altaparmakov
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _NTFS_LOGFILE_H
#define _NTFS_LOGFILE_H
#include "types.h"
#include "endians.h"
#include "layout.h"
/*
* Journal ($LogFile) organization:
*
* Two restart areas present in the first two pages (restart pages, one restart
* area in each page). When the volume is dismounted they should be identical,
* except for the update sequence array which usually has a different update
* sequence number.
*
* These are followed by log records organized in pages headed by a log record
* header going up to log file size. Not all pages contain log records when a
* volume is first formatted, but as the volume ages, all records will be used.
* When the log file fills up, the records at the beginning are purged (by
* modifying the oldest_lsn to a higher value presumably) and writing begins
* at the beginning of the file. Effectively, the log file is viewed as a
* circular entity.
*
* NOTE: Windows NT, 2000, and XP all use log file version 1.1 but they accept
* versions <= 1.x, including 0.-1. (Yes, that is a minus one in there!) We
* probably only want to support 1.1 as this seems to be the current version
* and we don't know how that differs from the older versions. The only
* exception is if the journal is clean as marked by the two restart pages
* then it doesn't matter whether we are on an earlier version. We can just
* reinitialize the logfile and start again with version 1.1.
*/
/* Some $LogFile related constants. */
#define MaxLogFileSize 0x100000000ULL
#define DefaultLogPageSize 4096
#define MinLogRecordPages 48
/**
* struct RESTART_PAGE_HEADER - Log file restart page header.
*
* Begins the restart area.
*/
typedef struct {
/*Ofs*/
/* 0 NTFS_RECORD; -- Unfolded here as gcc doesn't like unnamed structs. */
/* 0*/ NTFS_RECORD_TYPES magic;/* The magic is "RSTR". */
/* 4*/ le16 usa_ofs; /* See NTFS_RECORD definition in layout.h.
When creating, set this to be immediately
after this header structure (without any
alignment). */
/* 6*/ le16 usa_count; /* See NTFS_RECORD definition in layout.h. */
/* 8*/ leLSN chkdsk_lsn; /* The last log file sequence number found by
chkdsk. Only used when the magic is changed
to "CHKD". Otherwise this is zero. */
/* 16*/ le32 system_page_size; /* Byte size of system pages when the log file
was created, has to be >= 512 and a power of
2. Use this to calculate the required size
of the usa (usa_count) and add it to usa_ofs.
Then verify that the result is less than the
value of the restart_area_offset. */
/* 20*/ le32 log_page_size; /* Byte size of log file pages, has to be >=
512 and a power of 2. The default is 4096
and is used when the system page size is
between 4096 and 8192. Otherwise this is
set to the system page size instead. */
/* 24*/ le16 restart_area_offset;/* Byte offset from the start of this header to
the RESTART_AREA. Value has to be aligned
to 8-byte boundary. When creating, set this
to be after the usa. */
/* 26*/ sle16 minor_ver; /* Log file minor version. Only check if major
version is 1. */
/* 28*/ sle16 major_ver; /* Log file major version. We only support
version 1.1. */
/* sizeof() = 30 (0x1e) bytes */
} __attribute__((__packed__)) RESTART_PAGE_HEADER;
/*
* Constant for the log client indices meaning that there are no client records
* in this particular client array. Also inside the client records themselves,
* this means that there are no client records preceding or following this one.
*/
#define LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT const_cpu_to_le16(0xffff)
#define LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT_CPU 0xffff
/*
* These are the so far known RESTART_AREA_* flags (16-bit) which contain
* information about the log file in which they are present.
*/
enum {
RESTART_VOLUME_IS_CLEAN = const_cpu_to_le16(0x0002),
RESTART_SPACE_FILLER = 0xffff, /* gcc: Force enum bit width to 16. */
} __attribute__((__packed__));
typedef le16 RESTART_AREA_FLAGS;
/**
* struct RESTART_AREA - Log file restart area record.
*
* The offset of this record is found by adding the offset of the
* RESTART_PAGE_HEADER to the restart_area_offset value found in it.
* See notes at restart_area_offset above.
*/
typedef struct {
/*Ofs*/
/* 0*/ leLSN current_lsn; /* The current, i.e. last LSN inside the log
when the restart area was last written.
This happens often but what is the interval?
Is it just fixed time or is it every time a
check point is written or something else?
On create set to 0. */
/* 8*/ le16 log_clients; /* Number of log client records in the array of
log client records which follows this
restart area. Must be 1. */
/* 10*/ le16 client_free_list; /* The index of the first free log client record
in the array of log client records.
LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT means that there are no
free log client records in the array.
If != LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT, check that
log_clients > client_free_list. On Win2k
and presumably earlier, on a clean volume
this is != LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT, and it should
be 0, i.e. the first (and only) client
record is free and thus the logfile is
closed and hence clean. A dirty volume
would have left the logfile open and hence
this would be LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT. On WinXP
and presumably later, the logfile is always
open, even on clean shutdown so this should
always be LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT. */
/* 12*/ le16 client_in_use_list;/* The index of the first in-use log client
record in the array of log client records.
LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT means that there are no
in-use log client records in the array. If
!= LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT check that log_clients
> client_in_use_list. On Win2k and
presumably earlier, on a clean volume this
is LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT, i.e. there are no
client records in use and thus the logfile
is closed and hence clean. A dirty volume
would have left the logfile open and hence
this would be != LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT, and it
should be 0, i.e. the first (and only)
client record is in use. On WinXP and
presumably later, the logfile is always
open, even on clean shutdown so this should
always be 0. */
/* 14*/ RESTART_AREA_FLAGS flags;/* Flags modifying LFS behaviour. On Win2k
and presumably earlier this is always 0. On
WinXP and presumably later, if the logfile
was shutdown cleanly, the second bit,
RESTART_VOLUME_IS_CLEAN, is set. This bit
is cleared when the volume is mounted by
WinXP and set when the volume is dismounted,
thus if the logfile is dirty, this bit is
clear. Thus we don't need to check the
Windows version to determine if the logfile
is clean. Instead if the logfile is closed,
we know it must be clean. If it is open and
this bit is set, we also know it must be
clean. If on the other hand the logfile is
open and this bit is clear, we can be almost
certain that the logfile is dirty. */
/* 16*/ le32 seq_number_bits; /* How many bits to use for the sequence
number. This is calculated as 67 - the
number of bits required to store the logfile
size in bytes and this can be used in with
the specified file_size as a consistency
check. */
/* 20*/ le16 restart_area_length;/* Length of the restart area including the
client array. Following checks required if
version matches. Otherwise, skip them.
restart_area_offset + restart_area_length
has to be <= system_page_size. Also,
restart_area_length has to be >=
client_array_offset + (log_clients *
sizeof(log client record)). */
/* 22*/ le16 client_array_offset;/* Offset from the start of this record to
the first log client record if versions are
matched. When creating, set this to be
after this restart area structure, aligned
to 8-bytes boundary. If the versions do not
match, this is ignored and the offset is
assumed to be (sizeof(RESTART_AREA) + 7) &
~7, i.e. rounded up to first 8-byte
boundary. Either way, client_array_offset
has to be aligned to an 8-byte boundary.
Also, restart_area_offset +
client_array_offset has to be <= 510.
Finally, client_array_offset + (log_clients
* sizeof(log client record)) has to be <=
system_page_size. On Win2k and presumably
earlier, this is 0x30, i.e. immediately
following this record. On WinXP and
presumably later, this is 0x40, i.e. there
are 16 extra bytes between this record and
the client array. This probably means that
the RESTART_AREA record is actually bigger
in WinXP and later. */
/* 24*/ sle64 file_size; /* Usable byte size of the log file. If the
restart_area_offset + the offset of the
file_size are > 510 then corruption has
occurred. This is the very first check when
starting with the restart_area as if it
fails it means that some of the above values
will be corrupted by the multi sector
transfer protection. The file_size has to
be rounded down to be a multiple of the
log_page_size in the RESTART_PAGE_HEADER and
then it has to be at least big enough to
store the two restart pages and 48 (0x30)
log record pages. */
/* 32*/ le32 last_lsn_data_length;/* Length of data of last LSN, not including
the log record header. On create set to
0. */
/* 36*/ le16 log_record_header_length;/* Byte size of the log record header.
If the version matches then check that the
value of log_record_header_length is a
multiple of 8, i.e.
(log_record_header_length + 7) & ~7 ==
log_record_header_length. When creating set
it to sizeof(LOG_RECORD_HEADER), aligned to
8 bytes. */
/* 38*/ le16 log_page_data_offset;/* Offset to the start of data in a log record
page. Must be a multiple of 8. On create
set it to immediately after the update
sequence array of the log record page. */
/* 40*/ le32 restart_log_open_count;/* A counter that gets incremented every
time the logfile is restarted which happens
at mount time when the logfile is opened.
When creating set to a random value. Win2k
sets it to the low 32 bits of the current
system time in NTFS format (see time.h). */
/* 44*/ le32 reserved; /* Reserved/alignment to 8-byte boundary. */
/* sizeof() = 48 (0x30) bytes */
} __attribute__((__packed__)) RESTART_AREA;
/**
* struct LOG_CLIENT_RECORD - Log client record.
*
* The offset of this record is found by adding the offset of the
* RESTART_AREA to the client_array_offset value found in it.
*/
typedef struct {
/*Ofs*/
/* 0*/ leLSN oldest_lsn; /* Oldest LSN needed by this client. On create
set to 0. */
/* 8*/ leLSN client_restart_lsn;/* LSN at which this client needs to restart
the volume, i.e. the current position within
the log file. At present, if clean this
should = current_lsn in restart area but it
probably also = current_lsn when dirty most
of the time. At create set to 0. */
/* 16*/ le16 prev_client; /* The offset to the previous log client record
in the array of log client records.
LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT means there is no previous
client record, i.e. this is the first one.
This is always LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT. */
/* 18*/ le16 next_client; /* The offset to the next log client record in
the array of log client records.
LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT means there are no next
client records, i.e. this is the last one.
This is always LOGFILE_NO_CLIENT. */
/* 20*/ le16 seq_number; /* On Win2k and presumably earlier, this is set
to zero every time the logfile is restarted
and it is incremented when the logfile is
closed at dismount time. Thus it is 0 when
dirty and 1 when clean. On WinXP and
presumably later, this is always 0. */
/* 22*/ u8 reserved[6]; /* Reserved/alignment. */
/* 28*/ le32 client_name_length;/* Length of client name in bytes. Should
always be 8. */
/* 32*/ ntfschar client_name[64];/* Name of the client in Unicode. Should
always be "NTFS" with the remaining bytes
set to 0. */
/* sizeof() = 160 (0xa0) bytes */
} __attribute__((__packed__)) LOG_CLIENT_RECORD;
/**
* struct RECORD_PAGE_HEADER - Log page record page header.
*
* Each log page begins with this header and is followed by several LOG_RECORD
* structures, starting at offset 0x40 (the size of this structure and the
* following update sequence array and then aligned to 8 byte boundary, but is
* this specified anywhere?).
*/
typedef struct {
/* 0 NTFS_RECORD; -- Unfolded here as gcc doesn't like unnamed structs. */
NTFS_RECORD_TYPES magic;/* Usually the magic is "RCRD". */
u16 usa_ofs; /* See NTFS_RECORD definition in layout.h.
When creating, set this to be immediately
after this header structure (without any
alignment). */
u16 usa_count; /* See NTFS_RECORD definition in layout.h. */
union {
LSN last_lsn;
s64 file_offset;
} __attribute__((__packed__)) copy;
u32 flags;
u16 page_count;
u16 page_position;
union {
struct {
u16 next_record_offset;
u8 reserved[6];
LSN last_end_lsn;
} __attribute__((__packed__)) packed;
} __attribute__((__packed__)) header;
} __attribute__((__packed__)) RECORD_PAGE_HEADER;
/**
* enum LOG_RECORD_FLAGS - Possible 16-bit flags for log records.
*
* (Or is it log record pages?)
*/
typedef enum {
LOG_RECORD_MULTI_PAGE = const_cpu_to_le16(0x0001), /* ??? */
LOG_RECORD_SIZE_PLACE_HOLDER = 0xffff,
/* This has nothing to do with the log record. It is only so
gcc knows to make the flags 16-bit. */
} __attribute__((__packed__)) LOG_RECORD_FLAGS;
/**
* struct LOG_CLIENT_ID - The log client id structure identifying a log client.
*/
typedef struct {
u16 seq_number;
u16 client_index;
} __attribute__((__packed__)) LOG_CLIENT_ID;
/**
* struct LOG_RECORD - Log record header.
*
* Each log record seems to have a constant size of 0x70 bytes.
*/
typedef struct {
LSN this_lsn;
LSN client_previous_lsn;
LSN client_undo_next_lsn;
u32 client_data_length;
LOG_CLIENT_ID client_id;
u32 record_type;
u32 transaction_id;
u16 flags;
u16 reserved_or_alignment[3];
/* Now are at ofs 0x30 into struct. */
u16 redo_operation;
u16 undo_operation;
u16 redo_offset;
u16 redo_length;
u16 undo_offset;
u16 undo_length;
u16 target_attribute;
u16 lcns_to_follow; /* Number of lcn_list entries
following this entry. */
/* Now at ofs 0x40. */
u16 record_offset;
u16 attribute_offset;
u32 alignment_or_reserved;
VCN target_vcn;
/* Now at ofs 0x50. */
struct { /* Only present if lcns_to_follow
is not 0. */
LCN lcn;
} __attribute__((__packed__)) lcn_list[0];
} __attribute__((__packed__)) LOG_RECORD;
extern BOOL ntfs_check_logfile(ntfs_attr *log_na, RESTART_PAGE_HEADER **rp);
extern BOOL ntfs_is_logfile_clean(ntfs_attr *log_na, RESTART_PAGE_HEADER *rp);
extern int ntfs_empty_logfile(ntfs_attr *na);
#endif /* defined _NTFS_LOGFILE_H */

613
source/logging.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,613 @@
/**
* logging.c - Centralised logging. Originated from the Linux-NTFS project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2005 Richard Russon
* Copyright (c) 2005-2008 Szabolcs Szakacsits
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDIO_H
#include <stdio.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_ERRNO_H
#include <errno.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDARG_H
#include <stdarg.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
#include <string.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYSLOG_H
#include <syslog.h>
#endif
#include "logging.h"
#include "misc.h"
#ifndef PATH_SEP
#define PATH_SEP '/'
#endif
#ifdef DEBUG
static int tab;
#endif
/* Some gcc 3.x, 4.[01].X crash with internal compiler error. */
#if __GNUC__ <= 3 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ <= 1)
# define BROKEN_GCC_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTE
#else
# define BROKEN_GCC_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTE __attribute__((format(printf, 6, 0)))
#endif
/**
* struct ntfs_logging - Control info for the logging system
* @levels: Bitfield of logging levels
* @flags: Flags which affect the output style
* @handler: Function to perform the actual logging
*/
struct ntfs_logging {
u32 levels;
u32 flags;
ntfs_log_handler *handler BROKEN_GCC_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTE;
};
/**
* ntfs_log
* This struct controls all the logging within the library and tools.
*/
static struct ntfs_logging ntfs_log = {
#ifdef DEBUG
NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG | NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_TRACE | NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_ENTER |
NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_LEAVE |
#endif
NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_INFO | NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_QUIET | NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING |
NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR | NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_PERROR | NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL |
NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_PROGRESS,
NTFS_LOG_FLAG_ONLYNAME,
#ifdef DEBUG
ntfs_log_handler_outerr
#else
ntfs_log_handler_null
#endif
};
/**
* ntfs_log_get_levels - Get a list of the current logging levels
*
* Find out which logging levels are enabled.
*
* Returns: Log levels in a 32-bit field
*/
u32 ntfs_log_get_levels(void)
{
return ntfs_log.levels;
}
/**
* ntfs_log_set_levels - Enable extra logging levels
* @levels: 32-bit field of log levels to set
*
* Enable one or more logging levels.
* The logging levels are named: NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_*.
*
* Returns: Log levels that were enabled before the call
*/
u32 ntfs_log_set_levels(u32 levels)
{
u32 old;
old = ntfs_log.levels;
ntfs_log.levels |= levels;
return old;
}
/**
* ntfs_log_clear_levels - Disable some logging levels
* @levels: 32-bit field of log levels to clear
*
* Disable one or more logging levels.
* The logging levels are named: NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_*.
*
* Returns: Log levels that were enabled before the call
*/
u32 ntfs_log_clear_levels(u32 levels)
{
u32 old;
old = ntfs_log.levels;
ntfs_log.levels &= (~levels);
return old;
}
/**
* ntfs_log_get_flags - Get a list of logging style flags
*
* Find out which logging flags are enabled.
*
* Returns: Logging flags in a 32-bit field
*/
u32 ntfs_log_get_flags(void)
{
return ntfs_log.flags;
}
/**
* ntfs_log_set_flags - Enable extra logging style flags
* @flags: 32-bit field of logging flags to set
*
* Enable one or more logging flags.
* The log flags are named: NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_*.
*
* Returns: Logging flags that were enabled before the call
*/
u32 ntfs_log_set_flags(u32 flags)
{
u32 old;
old = ntfs_log.flags;
ntfs_log.flags |= flags;
return old;
}
/**
* ntfs_log_clear_flags - Disable some logging styles
* @flags: 32-bit field of logging flags to clear
*
* Disable one or more logging flags.
* The log flags are named: NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_*.
*
* Returns: Logging flags that were enabled before the call
*/
u32 ntfs_log_clear_flags(u32 flags)
{
u32 old;
old = ntfs_log.flags;
ntfs_log.flags &= (~flags);
return old;
}
/**
* ntfs_log_get_stream - Default output streams for logging levels
* @level: Log level
*
* By default, urgent messages are sent to "stderr".
* Other messages are sent to "stdout".
*
* Returns: "string" Prefix to be used
*/
static FILE * ntfs_log_get_stream(u32 level)
{
FILE *stream;
switch (level) {
case NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_INFO:
case NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_QUIET:
case NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_PROGRESS:
case NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_VERBOSE:
stream = stdout;
break;
case NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG:
case NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_TRACE:
case NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_ENTER:
case NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_LEAVE:
case NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING:
case NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR:
case NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL:
case NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_PERROR:
default:
stream = stderr;
break;
}
return stream;
}
/**
* ntfs_log_get_prefix - Default prefixes for logging levels
* @level: Log level to be prefixed
*
* Prefixing the logging output can make it easier to parse.
*
* Returns: "string" Prefix to be used
*/
static const char * ntfs_log_get_prefix(u32 level)
{
const char *prefix;
switch (level) {
case NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG:
prefix = "DEBUG: ";
break;
case NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_TRACE:
prefix = "TRACE: ";
break;
case NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_QUIET:
prefix = "QUIET: ";
break;
case NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_INFO:
prefix = "INFO: ";
break;
case NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_VERBOSE:
prefix = "VERBOSE: ";
break;
case NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_PROGRESS:
prefix = "PROGRESS: ";
break;
case NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING:
prefix = "WARNING: ";
break;
case NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR:
prefix = "ERROR: ";
break;
case NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_PERROR:
prefix = "ERROR: ";
break;
case NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL:
prefix = "CRITICAL: ";
break;
default:
prefix = "";
break;
}
return prefix;
}
/**
* ntfs_log_set_handler - Provide an alternate logging handler
* @handler: function to perform the logging
*
* This alternate handler will be called for all future logging requests.
* If no @handler is specified, logging will revert to the default handler.
*/
void ntfs_log_set_handler(ntfs_log_handler *handler)
{
if (handler) {
ntfs_log.handler = handler;
#ifdef HAVE_SYSLOG_H
if (handler == ntfs_log_handler_syslog)
openlog("ntfs-3g", LOG_PID, LOG_USER);
#endif
} else
ntfs_log.handler = ntfs_log_handler_null;
}
/**
* ntfs_log_redirect - Pass on the request to the real handler
* @function: Function in which the log line occurred
* @file: File in which the log line occurred
* @line: Line number on which the log line occurred
* @level: Level at which the line is logged
* @data: User specified data, possibly specific to a handler
* @format: printf-style formatting string
* @...: Arguments to be formatted
*
* This is just a redirector function. The arguments are simply passed to the
* main logging handler (as defined in the global logging struct @ntfs_log).
*
* Returns: -1 Error occurred
* 0 Message wasn't logged
* num Number of output characters
*/
int ntfs_log_redirect(const char *function, const char *file,
int line, u32 level, void *data, const char *format, ...)
{
int olderr = errno;
int ret;
va_list args;
if (!(ntfs_log.levels & level)) /* Don't log this message */
return 0;
va_start(args, format);
errno = olderr;
ret = ntfs_log.handler(function, file, line, level, data, format, args);
va_end(args);
errno = olderr;
return ret;
}
/**
* ntfs_log_handler_syslog - syslog logging handler
* @function: Function in which the log line occurred
* @file: File in which the log line occurred
* @line: Line number on which the log line occurred
* @level: Level at which the line is logged
* @data: User specified data, possibly specific to a handler
* @format: printf-style formatting string
* @args: Arguments to be formatted
*
* A simple syslog logging handler. Ignores colors.
*
* Returns: -1 Error occurred
* 0 Message wasn't logged
* num Number of output characters
*/
#ifdef HAVE_SYSLOG_H
#define LOG_LINE_LEN 512
int ntfs_log_handler_syslog(const char *function __attribute__((unused)),
const char *file __attribute__((unused)),
int line __attribute__((unused)), u32 level,
void *data __attribute__((unused)),
const char *format, va_list args)
{
char logbuf[LOG_LINE_LEN];
int ret, olderr = errno;
#ifndef DEBUG
if ((level & NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_PERROR) && errno == ENOSPC)
return 1;
#endif
ret = vsnprintf(logbuf, LOG_LINE_LEN, format, args);
if (ret < 0) {
vsyslog(LOG_NOTICE, format, args);
ret = 1;
goto out;
}
if ((LOG_LINE_LEN > ret + 3) && (level & NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_PERROR)) {
strncat(logbuf, ": ", LOG_LINE_LEN - ret - 1);
strncat(logbuf, strerror(olderr), LOG_LINE_LEN - (ret + 3));
ret = strlen(logbuf);
}
syslog(LOG_NOTICE, "%s", logbuf);
out:
errno = olderr;
return ret;
}
#endif
/**
* ntfs_log_handler_fprintf - Basic logging handler
* @function: Function in which the log line occurred
* @file: File in which the log line occurred
* @line: Line number on which the log line occurred
* @level: Level at which the line is logged
* @data: User specified data, possibly specific to a handler
* @format: printf-style formatting string
* @args: Arguments to be formatted
*
* A simple logging handler. This is where the log line is finally displayed.
* It is more likely that you will want to set the handler to either
* ntfs_log_handler_outerr or ntfs_log_handler_stderr.
*
* Note: For this handler, @data is a pointer to a FILE output stream.
* If @data is NULL, nothing will be displayed.
*
* Returns: -1 Error occurred
* 0 Message wasn't logged
* num Number of output characters
*/
int ntfs_log_handler_fprintf(const char *function, const char *file,
int line, u32 level, void *data, const char *format, va_list args)
{
#ifdef DEBUG
int i;
#endif
int ret = 0;
int olderr = errno;
FILE *stream;
if (!data) /* Interpret data as a FILE stream. */
return 0; /* If it's NULL, we can't do anything. */
stream = (FILE*)data;
#ifdef DEBUG
if (level == NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_LEAVE) {
if (tab)
tab--;
return 0;
}
for (i = 0; i < tab; i++)
ret += fprintf(stream, " ");
#endif
if ((ntfs_log.flags & NTFS_LOG_FLAG_ONLYNAME) &&
(strchr(file, PATH_SEP))) /* Abbreviate the filename */
file = strrchr(file, PATH_SEP) + 1;
if (ntfs_log.flags & NTFS_LOG_FLAG_PREFIX) /* Prefix the output */
ret += fprintf(stream, "%s", ntfs_log_get_prefix(level));
if (ntfs_log.flags & NTFS_LOG_FLAG_FILENAME) /* Source filename */
ret += fprintf(stream, "%s ", file);
if (ntfs_log.flags & NTFS_LOG_FLAG_LINE) /* Source line number */
ret += fprintf(stream, "(%d) ", line);
if ((ntfs_log.flags & NTFS_LOG_FLAG_FUNCTION) || /* Source function */
(level & NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_TRACE) || (level & NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_ENTER))
ret += fprintf(stream, "%s(): ", function);
ret += vfprintf(stream, format, args);
if (level & NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_PERROR)
ret += fprintf(stream, ": %s\n", strerror(olderr));
#ifdef DEBUG
if (level == NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_ENTER)
tab++;
#endif
fflush(stream);
errno = olderr;
return ret;
}
/**
* ntfs_log_handler_null - Null logging handler (no output)
* @function: Function in which the log line occurred
* @file: File in which the log line occurred
* @line: Line number on which the log line occurred
* @level: Level at which the line is logged
* @data: User specified data, possibly specific to a handler
* @format: printf-style formatting string
* @args: Arguments to be formatted
*
* This handler produces no output. It provides a way to temporarily disable
* logging, without having to change the levels and flags.
*
* Returns: 0 Message wasn't logged
*/
int ntfs_log_handler_null(const char *function __attribute__((unused)), const char *file __attribute__((unused)),
int line __attribute__((unused)), u32 level __attribute__((unused)), void *data __attribute__((unused)),
const char *format __attribute__((unused)), va_list args __attribute__((unused)))
{
return 0;
}
/**
* ntfs_log_handler_stdout - All logs go to stdout
* @function: Function in which the log line occurred
* @file: File in which the log line occurred
* @line: Line number on which the log line occurred
* @level: Level at which the line is logged
* @data: User specified data, possibly specific to a handler
* @format: printf-style formatting string
* @args: Arguments to be formatted
*
* Display a log message to stdout.
*
* Note: For this handler, @data is a pointer to a FILE output stream.
* If @data is NULL, then stdout will be used.
*
* Note: This function calls ntfs_log_handler_fprintf to do the main work.
*
* Returns: -1 Error occurred
* 0 Message wasn't logged
* num Number of output characters
*/
int ntfs_log_handler_stdout(const char *function, const char *file,
int line, u32 level, void *data, const char *format, va_list args)
{
if (!data)
data = stdout;
return ntfs_log_handler_fprintf(function, file, line, level, data, format, args);
}
/**
* ntfs_log_handler_outerr - Logs go to stdout/stderr depending on level
* @function: Function in which the log line occurred
* @file: File in which the log line occurred
* @line: Line number on which the log line occurred
* @level: Level at which the line is logged
* @data: User specified data, possibly specific to a handler
* @format: printf-style formatting string
* @args: Arguments to be formatted
*
* Display a log message. The output stream will be determined by the log
* level.
*
* Note: For this handler, @data is a pointer to a FILE output stream.
* If @data is NULL, the function ntfs_log_get_stream will be called
*
* Note: This function calls ntfs_log_handler_fprintf to do the main work.
*
* Returns: -1 Error occurred
* 0 Message wasn't logged
* num Number of output characters
*/
int ntfs_log_handler_outerr(const char *function, const char *file,
int line, u32 level, void *data, const char *format, va_list args)
{
if (!data)
data = ntfs_log_get_stream(level);
return ntfs_log_handler_fprintf(function, file, line, level, data, format, args);
}
/**
* ntfs_log_handler_stderr - All logs go to stderr
* @function: Function in which the log line occurred
* @file: File in which the log line occurred
* @line: Line number on which the log line occurred
* @level: Level at which the line is logged
* @data: User specified data, possibly specific to a handler
* @format: printf-style formatting string
* @args: Arguments to be formatted
*
* Display a log message to stderr.
*
* Note: For this handler, @data is a pointer to a FILE output stream.
* If @data is NULL, then stdout will be used.
*
* Note: This function calls ntfs_log_handler_fprintf to do the main work.
*
* Returns: -1 Error occurred
* 0 Message wasn't logged
* num Number of output characters
*/
int ntfs_log_handler_stderr(const char *function, const char *file,
int line, u32 level, void *data, const char *format, va_list args)
{
if (!data)
data = stderr;
return ntfs_log_handler_fprintf(function, file, line, level, data, format, args);
}
/**
* ntfs_log_parse_option - Act upon command line options
* @option: Option flag
*
* Delegate some of the work of parsing the command line. All the options begin
* with "--log-". Options cause log levels to be enabled in @ntfs_log (the
* global logging structure).
*
* Note: The "colour" option changes the logging handler.
*
* Returns: TRUE Option understood
* FALSE Invalid log option
*/
BOOL ntfs_log_parse_option(const char *option)
{
if (strcmp(option, "--log-debug") == 0) {
ntfs_log_set_levels(NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG);
return TRUE;
} else if (strcmp(option, "--log-verbose") == 0) {
ntfs_log_set_levels(NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_VERBOSE);
return TRUE;
} else if (strcmp(option, "--log-quiet") == 0) {
ntfs_log_clear_levels(NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_QUIET);
return TRUE;
} else if (strcmp(option, "--log-trace") == 0) {
ntfs_log_set_levels(NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_TRACE);
return TRUE;
}
ntfs_log_debug("Unknown logging option '%s'\n", option);
return FALSE;
}

118
source/logging.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
/*
* logging.h - Centralised logging. Originated from the Linux-NTFS project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2005 Richard Russon
* Copyright (c) 2007-2008 Szabolcs Szakacsits
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _LOGGING_H_
#define _LOGGING_H_
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDARG_H
#include <stdarg.h>
#endif
#include "types.h"
/* Function prototype for the logging handlers */
typedef int (ntfs_log_handler)(const char *function, const char *file, int line,
u32 level, void *data, const char *format, va_list args);
/* Set the logging handler from one of the functions, below. */
void ntfs_log_set_handler(ntfs_log_handler *handler
__attribute__((format(printf, 6, 0))));
/* Logging handlers */
ntfs_log_handler ntfs_log_handler_syslog __attribute__((format(printf, 6, 0)));
ntfs_log_handler ntfs_log_handler_fprintf __attribute__((format(printf, 6, 0)));
ntfs_log_handler ntfs_log_handler_null __attribute__((format(printf, 6, 0)));
ntfs_log_handler ntfs_log_handler_stdout __attribute__((format(printf, 6, 0)));
ntfs_log_handler ntfs_log_handler_outerr __attribute__((format(printf, 6, 0)));
ntfs_log_handler ntfs_log_handler_stderr __attribute__((format(printf, 6, 0)));
/* Enable/disable certain log levels */
u32 ntfs_log_set_levels(u32 levels);
u32 ntfs_log_clear_levels(u32 levels);
u32 ntfs_log_get_levels(void);
/* Enable/disable certain log flags */
u32 ntfs_log_set_flags(u32 flags);
u32 ntfs_log_clear_flags(u32 flags);
u32 ntfs_log_get_flags(void);
/* Turn command-line options into logging flags */
BOOL ntfs_log_parse_option(const char *option);
int ntfs_log_redirect(const char *function, const char *file, int line,
u32 level, void *data, const char *format, ...)
__attribute__((format(printf, 6, 7)));
/* Logging levels - Determine what gets logged */
#define NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG (1 << 0) /* x = 42 */
#define NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_TRACE (1 << 1) /* Entering function x() */
#define NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_QUIET (1 << 2) /* Quietable output */
#define NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_INFO (1 << 3) /* Volume needs defragmenting */
#define NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_VERBOSE (1 << 4) /* Forced to continue */
#define NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_PROGRESS (1 << 5) /* 54% complete */
#define NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING (1 << 6) /* You should backup before starting */
#define NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR (1 << 7) /* Operation failed, no damage done */
#define NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_PERROR (1 << 8) /* Message : standard error description */
#define NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL (1 << 9) /* Operation failed,damage may have occurred */
#define NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_ENTER (1 << 10) /* Enter a function */
#define NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_LEAVE (1 << 11) /* Leave a function */
/* Logging style flags - Manage the style of the output */
#define NTFS_LOG_FLAG_PREFIX (1 << 0) /* Prefix messages with "ERROR: ", etc */
#define NTFS_LOG_FLAG_FILENAME (1 << 1) /* Show the file origin of the message */
#define NTFS_LOG_FLAG_LINE (1 << 2) /* Show the line number of the message */
#define NTFS_LOG_FLAG_FUNCTION (1 << 3) /* Show the function name containing the message */
#define NTFS_LOG_FLAG_ONLYNAME (1 << 4) /* Only display the filename, not the pathname */
/* Macros to simplify logging. One for each level defined above.
* Note, ntfs_log_debug/trace have effect only if DEBUG is defined.
*/
#define ntfs_log_critical(FORMAT, ARGS...) ntfs_log_redirect(__FUNCTION__,__FILE__,__LINE__,NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL,NULL,FORMAT,##ARGS)
#define ntfs_log_error(FORMAT, ARGS...) ntfs_log_redirect(__FUNCTION__,__FILE__,__LINE__,NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR,NULL,FORMAT,##ARGS)
#define ntfs_log_info(FORMAT, ARGS...) ntfs_log_redirect(__FUNCTION__,__FILE__,__LINE__,NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_INFO,NULL,FORMAT,##ARGS)
#define ntfs_log_perror(FORMAT, ARGS...) ntfs_log_redirect(__FUNCTION__,__FILE__,__LINE__,NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_PERROR,NULL,FORMAT,##ARGS)
#define ntfs_log_progress(FORMAT, ARGS...) ntfs_log_redirect(__FUNCTION__,__FILE__,__LINE__,NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_PROGRESS,NULL,FORMAT,##ARGS)
#define ntfs_log_quiet(FORMAT, ARGS...) ntfs_log_redirect(__FUNCTION__,__FILE__,__LINE__,NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_QUIET,NULL,FORMAT,##ARGS)
#define ntfs_log_verbose(FORMAT, ARGS...) ntfs_log_redirect(__FUNCTION__,__FILE__,__LINE__,NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_VERBOSE,NULL,FORMAT,##ARGS)
#define ntfs_log_warning(FORMAT, ARGS...) ntfs_log_redirect(__FUNCTION__,__FILE__,__LINE__,NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING,NULL,FORMAT,##ARGS)
/* By default debug and trace messages are compiled into the program,
* but not displayed.
*/
#ifdef DEBUG
#define ntfs_log_debug(FORMAT, ARGS...) ntfs_log_redirect(__FUNCTION__,__FILE__,__LINE__,NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG,NULL,FORMAT,##ARGS)
#define ntfs_log_trace(FORMAT, ARGS...) ntfs_log_redirect(__FUNCTION__,__FILE__,__LINE__,NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_TRACE,NULL,FORMAT,##ARGS)
#define ntfs_log_enter(FORMAT, ARGS...) ntfs_log_redirect(__FUNCTION__,__FILE__,__LINE__,NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_ENTER,NULL,FORMAT,##ARGS)
#define ntfs_log_leave(FORMAT, ARGS...) ntfs_log_redirect(__FUNCTION__,__FILE__,__LINE__,NTFS_LOG_LEVEL_LEAVE,NULL,FORMAT,##ARGS)
#else
#define ntfs_log_debug(FORMAT, ARGS...)do {} while (0)
#define ntfs_log_trace(FORMAT, ARGS...)do {} while (0)
#define ntfs_log_enter(FORMAT, ARGS...)do {} while (0)
#define ntfs_log_leave(FORMAT, ARGS...)do {} while (0)
#endif /* DEBUG */
#endif /* _LOGGING_H_ */

43
source/mem_allocate.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
/**
* mem_allocate.h - Memory allocation and destruction calls.
*
* Copyright (c) 2009 Rhys "Shareese" Koedijk
* Copyright (c) 2006 Michael "Chishm" Chisholm
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
* Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _MEM_ALLOCATE_H
#define _MEM_ALLOCATE_H
#include <malloc.h>
static inline void* ntfs_alloc (size_t size) {
return malloc(size);
}
static inline void* ntfs_align (size_t size) {
#ifdef __wii__
return memalign(32, size);
#else
return malloc(size);
#endif
}
static inline void ntfs_free (void* mem) {
free(mem);
}
#endif /* _MEM_ALLOCATE_H */

1909
source/mft.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

132
source/mft.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
/*
* mft.h - Exports for MFT record handling. Originated from the Linux-NTFS project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2000-2002 Anton Altaparmakov
* Copyright (c) 2004-2005 Richard Russon
* Copyright (c) 2006-2008 Szabolcs Szakacsits
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _NTFS_MFT_H
#define _NTFS_MFT_H
#include "volume.h"
#include "inode.h"
#include "layout.h"
#include "logging.h"
extern int ntfs_mft_records_read(const ntfs_volume *vol, const MFT_REF mref,
const s64 count, MFT_RECORD *b);
/**
* ntfs_mft_record_read - read a record from the mft
* @vol: volume to read from
* @mref: mft record number to read
* @b: output data buffer
*
* Read the mft record specified by @mref from volume @vol into buffer @b.
* Return 0 on success or -1 on error, with errno set to the error code.
*
* The read mft record is mst deprotected and is hence ready to use. The caller
* should check the record with is_baad_record() in case mst deprotection
* failed.
*
* NOTE: @b has to be at least of size vol->mft_record_size.
*/
static __inline__ int ntfs_mft_record_read(const ntfs_volume *vol,
const MFT_REF mref, MFT_RECORD *b)
{
int ret;
ntfs_log_enter("Entering for inode %lld\n", (long long)MREF(mref));
ret = ntfs_mft_records_read(vol, mref, 1, b);
ntfs_log_leave("\n");
return ret;
}
extern int ntfs_mft_record_check(const ntfs_volume *vol, const MFT_REF mref,
MFT_RECORD *m);
extern int ntfs_file_record_read(const ntfs_volume *vol, const MFT_REF mref,
MFT_RECORD **mrec, ATTR_RECORD **attr);
extern int ntfs_mft_records_write(const ntfs_volume *vol, const MFT_REF mref,
const s64 count, MFT_RECORD *b);
/**
* ntfs_mft_record_write - write an mft record to disk
* @vol: volume to write to
* @mref: mft record number to write
* @b: data buffer containing the mft record to write
*
* Write the mft record specified by @mref from buffer @b to volume @vol.
* Return 0 on success or -1 on error, with errno set to the error code.
*
* Before the mft record is written, it is mst protected. After the write, it
* is deprotected again, thus resulting in an increase in the update sequence
* number inside the buffer @b.
*
* NOTE: @b has to be at least of size vol->mft_record_size.
*/
static __inline__ int ntfs_mft_record_write(const ntfs_volume *vol,
const MFT_REF mref, MFT_RECORD *b)
{
int ret;
ntfs_log_enter("Entering for inode %lld\n", (long long)MREF(mref));
ret = ntfs_mft_records_write(vol, mref, 1, b);
ntfs_log_leave("\n");
return ret;
}
/**
* ntfs_mft_record_get_data_size - return number of bytes used in mft record @b
* @m: mft record to get the data size of
*
* Takes the mft record @m and returns the number of bytes used in the record
* or 0 on error (i.e. @m is not a valid mft record). Zero is not a valid size
* for an mft record as it at least has to have the MFT_RECORD itself and a
* zero length attribute of type AT_END, thus making the minimum size 56 bytes.
*
* Aside: The size is independent of NTFS versions 1.x/3.x because the 8-byte
* alignment of the first attribute mask the difference in MFT_RECORD size
* between NTFS 1.x and 3.x. Also, you would expect every mft record to
* contain an update sequence array as well but that could in theory be
* non-existent (don't know if Windows' NTFS driver/chkdsk wouldn't view this
* as corruption in itself though).
*/
static __inline__ u32 ntfs_mft_record_get_data_size(const MFT_RECORD *m)
{
if (!m || !ntfs_is_mft_record(m->magic))
return 0;
/* Get the number of used bytes and return it. */
return le32_to_cpu(m->bytes_in_use);
}
extern int ntfs_mft_record_layout(const ntfs_volume *vol, const MFT_REF mref,
MFT_RECORD *mrec);
extern int ntfs_mft_record_format(const ntfs_volume *vol, const MFT_REF mref);
extern ntfs_inode *ntfs_mft_record_alloc(ntfs_volume *vol, ntfs_inode *base_ni);
extern int ntfs_mft_record_free(ntfs_volume *vol, ntfs_inode *ni);
extern int ntfs_mft_usn_dec(MFT_RECORD *mrec);
#endif /* defined _NTFS_MFT_H */

61
source/misc.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
/**
* misc.c : miscellaneous :
* - dealing with errors in memory allocation
*
* Copyright (c) 2008 Jean-Pierre Andre
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
#include <string.h>
#endif
#include "types.h"
#include "misc.h"
#include "logging.h"
/**
* ntfs_calloc
*
* Return a pointer to the allocated memory or NULL if the request fails.
*/
void *ntfs_calloc(size_t size)
{
void *p;
p = calloc(1, size);
if (!p)
ntfs_log_perror("Failed to calloc %lld bytes", (long long)size);
return p;
}
void *ntfs_malloc(size_t size)
{
void *p;
p = malloc(size);
if (!p)
ntfs_log_perror("Failed to malloc %lld bytes", (long long)size);
return p;
}

30
source/misc.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
/*
* misc.h : miscellaneous exports
* - memory allocation
*
* Copyright (c) 2008 Jean-Pierre Andre
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _NTFS_MISC_H_
#define _NTFS_MISC_H_
void *ntfs_calloc(size_t size);
void *ntfs_malloc(size_t size);
#endif /* _NTFS_MISC_H_ */

231
source/mst.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
/**
* mst.c - Multi sector fixup handling code. Originated from the Linux-NTFS project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2000-2004 Anton Altaparmakov
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Szabolcs Szakacsits
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_ERRNO_H
#include <errno.h>
#endif
#include "mst.h"
#include "logging.h"
/**
* ntfs_mst_post_read_fixup - deprotect multi sector transfer protected data
* @b: pointer to the data to deprotect
* @size: size in bytes of @b
*
* Perform the necessary post read multi sector transfer fixups and detect the
* presence of incomplete multi sector transfers. - In that case, overwrite the
* magic of the ntfs record header being processed with "BAAD" (in memory only!)
* and abort processing.
*
* Return 0 on success and -1 on error, with errno set to the error code. The
* following error codes are defined:
* EINVAL Invalid arguments or invalid NTFS record in buffer @b.
* EIO Multi sector transfer error was detected. Magic of the NTFS
* record in @b will have been set to "BAAD".
*/
int ntfs_mst_post_read_fixup(NTFS_RECORD *b, const u32 size)
{
u16 usa_ofs, usa_count, usn;
u16 *usa_pos, *data_pos;
ntfs_log_trace("Entering\n");
/* Setup the variables. */
usa_ofs = le16_to_cpu(b->usa_ofs);
/* Decrement usa_count to get number of fixups. */
usa_count = le16_to_cpu(b->usa_count) - 1;
/* Size and alignment checks. */
if (size & (NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE - 1) || usa_ofs & 1 ||
(u32)(usa_ofs + (usa_count * 2)) > size ||
(size >> NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE_BITS) != usa_count) {
errno = EINVAL;
ntfs_log_perror("%s: magic: 0x%08x size: %d usa_ofs: %d "
"usa_count: %d", __FUNCTION__, *(le32 *)b,
size, usa_ofs, usa_count);
return -1;
}
/* Position of usn in update sequence array. */
usa_pos = (u16*)b + usa_ofs/sizeof(u16);
/*
* The update sequence number which has to be equal to each of the
* u16 values before they are fixed up. Note no need to care for
* endianness since we are comparing and moving data for on disk
* structures which means the data is consistent. - If it is
* consistency the wrong endianness it doesn't make any difference.
*/
usn = *usa_pos;
/*
* Position in protected data of first u16 that needs fixing up.
*/
data_pos = (u16*)b + NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE/sizeof(u16) - 1;
/*
* Check for incomplete multi sector transfer(s).
*/
while (usa_count--) {
if (*data_pos != usn) {
/*
* Incomplete multi sector transfer detected! )-:
* Set the magic to "BAAD" and return failure.
* Note that magic_BAAD is already converted to le32.
*/
errno = EIO;
ntfs_log_perror("Incomplete multi-sector transfer: "
"magic: 0x%08x size: %d usa_ofs: %d usa_count:"
" %d data: %d usn: %d", *(le32 *)b, size,
usa_ofs, usa_count, *data_pos, usn);
b->magic = magic_BAAD;
return -1;
}
data_pos += NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE/sizeof(u16);
}
/* Re-setup the variables. */
usa_count = le16_to_cpu(b->usa_count) - 1;
data_pos = (u16*)b + NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE/sizeof(u16) - 1;
/* Fixup all sectors. */
while (usa_count--) {
/*
* Increment position in usa and restore original data from
* the usa into the data buffer.
*/
*data_pos = *(++usa_pos);
/* Increment position in data as well. */
data_pos += NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE/sizeof(u16);
}
return 0;
}
/**
* ntfs_mst_pre_write_fixup - apply multi sector transfer protection
* @b: pointer to the data to protect
* @size: size in bytes of @b
*
* Perform the necessary pre write multi sector transfer fixup on the data
* pointer to by @b of @size.
*
* Return 0 if fixups applied successfully or -1 if no fixups were performed
* due to errors. In that case errno i set to the error code (EINVAL).
*
* NOTE: We consider the absence / invalidity of an update sequence array to
* mean error. This means that you have to create a valid update sequence
* array header in the ntfs record before calling this function, otherwise it
* will fail (the header needs to contain the position of the update sequence
* array together with the number of elements in the array). You also need to
* initialise the update sequence number before calling this function
* otherwise a random word will be used (whatever was in the record at that
* position at that time).
*/
int ntfs_mst_pre_write_fixup(NTFS_RECORD *b, const u32 size)
{
u16 usa_ofs, usa_count, usn;
u16 *usa_pos, *data_pos;
ntfs_log_trace("Entering\n");
/* Sanity check + only fixup if it makes sense. */
if (!b || ntfs_is_baad_record(b->magic) ||
ntfs_is_hole_record(b->magic)) {
errno = EINVAL;
ntfs_log_perror("%s: bad argument", __FUNCTION__);
return -1;
}
/* Setup the variables. */
usa_ofs = le16_to_cpu(b->usa_ofs);
/* Decrement usa_count to get number of fixups. */
usa_count = le16_to_cpu(b->usa_count) - 1;
/* Size and alignment checks. */
if (size & (NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE - 1) || usa_ofs & 1 ||
(u32)(usa_ofs + (usa_count * 2)) > size ||
(size >> NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE_BITS) != usa_count) {
errno = EINVAL;
ntfs_log_perror("%s", __FUNCTION__);
return -1;
}
/* Position of usn in update sequence array. */
usa_pos = (u16*)((u8*)b + usa_ofs);
/*
* Cyclically increment the update sequence number
* (skipping 0 and -1, i.e. 0xffff).
*/
usn = le16_to_cpup(usa_pos) + 1;
if (usn == 0xffff || !usn)
usn = 1;
usn = cpu_to_le16(usn);
*usa_pos = usn;
/* Position in data of first u16 that needs fixing up. */
data_pos = (u16*)b + NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE/sizeof(u16) - 1;
/* Fixup all sectors. */
while (usa_count--) {
/*
* Increment the position in the usa and save the
* original data from the data buffer into the usa.
*/
*(++usa_pos) = *data_pos;
/* Apply fixup to data. */
*data_pos = usn;
/* Increment position in data as well. */
data_pos += NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE/sizeof(u16);
}
return 0;
}
/**
* ntfs_mst_post_write_fixup - deprotect multi sector transfer protected data
* @b: pointer to the data to deprotect
*
* Perform the necessary post write multi sector transfer fixup, not checking
* for any errors, because we assume we have just used
* ntfs_mst_pre_write_fixup(), thus the data will be fine or we would never
* have gotten here.
*/
void ntfs_mst_post_write_fixup(NTFS_RECORD *b)
{
u16 *usa_pos, *data_pos;
u16 usa_ofs = le16_to_cpu(b->usa_ofs);
u16 usa_count = le16_to_cpu(b->usa_count) - 1;
ntfs_log_trace("Entering\n");
/* Position of usn in update sequence array. */
usa_pos = (u16*)b + usa_ofs/sizeof(u16);
/* Position in protected data of first u16 that needs fixing up. */
data_pos = (u16*)b + NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE/sizeof(u16) - 1;
/* Fixup all sectors. */
while (usa_count--) {
/*
* Increment position in usa and restore original data from
* the usa into the data buffer.
*/
*data_pos = *(++usa_pos);
/* Increment position in data as well. */
data_pos += NTFS_BLOCK_SIZE/sizeof(u16);
}
}

34
source/mst.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
/*
* mst.h - Exports for multi sector transfer fixup functions.
* Originated from the Linux-NTFS project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2000-2002 Anton Altaparmakov
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _NTFS_MST_H
#define _NTFS_MST_H
#include "types.h"
#include "layout.h"
extern int ntfs_mst_post_read_fixup(NTFS_RECORD *b, const u32 size);
extern int ntfs_mst_pre_write_fixup(NTFS_RECORD *b, const u32 size);
extern void ntfs_mst_post_write_fixup(NTFS_RECORD *b);
#endif /* defined _NTFS_MST_H */

662
source/ntfs.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,662 @@
/**
* ntfs.c - Simple functionality for startup, mounting and unmounting of NTFS-based devices.
*
* Copyright (c) 2009 Rhys "Shareese" Koedijk
* Copyright (c) 2006 Michael "Chishm" Chisholm
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
* Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_ERRNO_H
#include <errno.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
#include <string.h>
#endif
#include "ntfs.h"
#include "ntfsinternal.h"
#include "ntfsfile.h"
#include "ntfsdir.h"
#include "gekko_io.h"
#include "cache.h"
// NTFS device driver devoptab
static const devoptab_t devops_ntfs = {
NULL, /* Device name */
sizeof (ntfs_file_state),
ntfs_open_r,
ntfs_close_r,
ntfs_write_r,
ntfs_read_r,
ntfs_seek_r,
ntfs_fstat_r,
ntfs_stat_r,
ntfs_link_r,
ntfs_unlink_r,
ntfs_chdir_r,
ntfs_rename_r,
ntfs_mkdir_r,
sizeof (ntfs_dir_state),
ntfs_diropen_r,
ntfs_dirreset_r,
ntfs_dirnext_r,
ntfs_dirclose_r,
ntfs_statvfs_r,
ntfs_ftruncate_r,
ntfs_fsync_r,
NULL /* Device data */
};
void ntfsInit (void)
{
static bool isInit = false;
// Initialise ntfs-3g (if not already done so)
if (!isInit) {
isInit = true;
// Set the log handler
#ifdef NTFS_ENABLE_LOG
ntfs_log_set_handler(ntfs_log_handler_stderr);
#else
ntfs_log_set_handler(ntfs_log_handler_null);
#endif
// Set our current local
ntfs_set_locale();
}
return;
}
int ntfsFindPartitions (const DISC_INTERFACE *interface, sec_t **partitions)
{
MASTER_BOOT_RECORD mbr;
PARTITION_RECORD *partition = NULL;
sec_t partition_starts[NTFS_MAX_PARTITIONS] = {0};
int partition_count = 0;
sec_t part_lba = 0;
int i;
union {
u8 buffer[512];
MASTER_BOOT_RECORD mbr;
EXTENDED_BOOT_RECORD ebr;
NTFS_BOOT_SECTOR boot;
} sector;
// Sanity check
if (!interface) {
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
if (!partitions)
return 0;
// Initialise ntfs-3g
ntfsInit();
// Start the device and check that it is inserted
if (!interface->startup()) {
errno = EIO;
return -1;
}
if (!interface->isInserted()) {
return 0;
}
// Read the first sector on the device
if (!interface->readSectors(0, 1, &sector.buffer)) {
errno = EIO;
return -1;
}
// If this is the devices master boot record
if (sector.mbr.signature == MBR_SIGNATURE) {
memcpy(&mbr, &sector, sizeof(MASTER_BOOT_RECORD));
ntfs_log_debug("Valid Master Boot Record found\n");
// Search the partition table for all NTFS partitions (max. 4 primary partitions)
for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
partition = &mbr.partitions[i];
part_lba = le32_to_cpu(mbr.partitions[i].lba_start);
ntfs_log_debug("Partition %i: %s, sector %d, type 0x%x\n", i + 1,
partition->status == PARTITION_STATUS_BOOTABLE ? "bootable (active)" : "non-bootable",
part_lba, partition->type);
// Figure out what type of partition this is
switch (partition->type) {
// Ignore empty partitions
case PARTITION_TYPE_EMPTY:
continue;
// NTFS partition
case PARTITION_TYPE_NTFS: {
ntfs_log_debug("Partition %i: Claims to be NTFS\n", i + 1);
// Read and validate the NTFS partition
if (interface->readSectors(part_lba, 1, &sector)) {
if (sector.boot.oem_id == NTFS_OEM_ID) {
ntfs_log_debug("Partition %i: Valid NTFS boot sector found\n", i + 1);
if (partition_count < NTFS_MAX_PARTITIONS) {
partition_starts[partition_count] = part_lba;
partition_count++;
}
} else {
ntfs_log_debug("Partition %i: Invalid NTFS boot sector, not actually NTFS\n", i + 1);
}
}
break;
}
// DOS 3.3+ or Windows 95 extended partition
case PARTITION_TYPE_DOS33_EXTENDED:
case PARTITION_TYPE_WIN95_EXTENDED: {
ntfs_log_debug("Partition %i: Claims to be Extended\n", i + 1);
// Walk the extended partition chain, finding all NTFS partitions within it
sec_t ebr_lba = part_lba;
sec_t next_erb_lba = 0;
do {
// Read and validate the extended boot record
if (interface->readSectors(ebr_lba + next_erb_lba, 1, &sector)) {
if (sector.ebr.signature == EBR_SIGNATURE) {
ntfs_log_debug("Logical Partition @ %d: type 0x%x\n", ebr_lba + next_erb_lba,
sector.ebr.partition.status == PARTITION_STATUS_BOOTABLE ? "bootable (active)" : "non-bootable",
sector.ebr.partition.type);
// Get the start sector of the current partition
// and the next extended boot record in the chain
part_lba = ebr_lba + next_erb_lba + le32_to_cpu(sector.ebr.partition.lba_start);
next_erb_lba = le32_to_cpu(sector.ebr.next_ebr.lba_start);
// Check if this partition has a valid NTFS boot record
if (interface->readSectors(part_lba, 1, &sector)) {
if (sector.boot.oem_id == NTFS_OEM_ID) {
ntfs_log_debug("Logical Partition @ %d: Valid NTFS boot sector found\n", part_lba);
if(sector.ebr.partition.type != PARTITION_TYPE_NTFS) {
ntfs_log_warning("Logical Partition @ %d: Is NTFS but type is 0x%x; 0x%x was expected\n", part_lba, sector.ebr.partition.type, PARTITION_TYPE_NTFS);
}
if (partition_count < NTFS_MAX_PARTITIONS) {
partition_starts[partition_count] = part_lba;
partition_count++;
}
}
}
} else {
next_erb_lba = 0;
}
}
} while (next_erb_lba);
break;
}
// Unknown or unsupported partition type
default: {
// Check if this partition has a valid NTFS boot record anyway,
// it might be misrepresented due to a lazy partition editor
if (interface->readSectors(part_lba, 1, &sector)) {
if (sector.boot.oem_id == NTFS_OEM_ID) {
ntfs_log_debug("Partition %i: Valid NTFS boot sector found\n", i + 1);
if(partition->type != PARTITION_TYPE_NTFS) {
ntfs_log_warning("Partition %i: Is NTFS but type is 0x%x; 0x%x was expected\n", i + 1, partition->type, PARTITION_TYPE_NTFS);
}
if (partition_count < NTFS_MAX_PARTITIONS) {
partition_starts[partition_count] = part_lba;
partition_count++;
}
}
}
break;
}
}
}
// Else it is assumed this device has no master boot record
} else {
ntfs_log_debug("No Master Boot Record was found!\n");
// As a last-ditched effort, search the first 64 sectors of the device for stray NTFS partitions
for (i = 0; i < 64; i++) {
if (interface->readSectors(i, 1, &sector)) {
if (sector.boot.oem_id == NTFS_OEM_ID) {
ntfs_log_debug("Valid NTFS boot sector found at sector %d!\n", i);
if (partition_count < NTFS_MAX_PARTITIONS) {
partition_starts[partition_count] = i;
partition_count++;
}
}
}
}
}
// Return the found partitions (if any)
if (partition_count > 0) {
*partitions = (sec_t*)ntfs_alloc(sizeof(sec_t) * partition_count);
if (*partitions) {
memcpy(*partitions, &partition_starts, sizeof(sec_t) * partition_count);
return partition_count;
}
}
return 0;
}
int ntfsMountAll (ntfs_md **mounts, u32 flags)
{
const INTERFACE_ID *discs = ntfsGetDiscInterfaces();
const INTERFACE_ID *disc = NULL;
ntfs_md mount_points[NTFS_MAX_MOUNTS];
sec_t *partitions = NULL;
int mount_count = 0;
int partition_count = 0;
char name[128];
int i, j, k;
// Initialise ntfs-3g
ntfsInit();
// Find and mount all NTFS partitions on all known devices
for (i = 0; discs[i].name != NULL && discs[i].interface != NULL; i++) {
disc = &discs[i];
partition_count = ntfsFindPartitions(disc->interface, &partitions);
if (partition_count > 0 && partitions) {
for (j = 0, k = 0; j < partition_count; j++) {
// Find the next unused mount name
do {
sprintf(name, "%s%i", NTFS_MOUNT_PREFIX, k++);
if (k >= NTFS_MAX_MOUNTS) {
ntfs_free(partitions);
errno = EADDRNOTAVAIL;
return -1;
}
} while (ntfsGetDevice(name, false));
// Mount the partition
if (mount_count < NTFS_MAX_MOUNTS) {
if (ntfsMount(name, disc->interface, partitions[j], CACHE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE, CACHE_DEFAULT_PAGE_COUNT, flags)) {
strcpy(mount_points[mount_count].name, name);
mount_points[mount_count].interface = disc->interface;
mount_points[mount_count].startSector = partitions[j];
mount_count++;
}
}
}
ntfs_free(partitions);
}
}
// Return the mounts (if any)
if (mount_count > 0 && mounts) {
*mounts = (ntfs_md*)ntfs_alloc(sizeof(ntfs_md) * mount_count);
if (*mounts) {
memcpy(*mounts, &mount_points, sizeof(ntfs_md) * mount_count);
return mount_count;
}
}
return 0;
}
int ntfsMountDevice (const DISC_INTERFACE *interface, ntfs_md **mounts, u32 flags)
{
const INTERFACE_ID *discs = ntfsGetDiscInterfaces();
const INTERFACE_ID *disc = NULL;
ntfs_md mount_points[NTFS_MAX_MOUNTS];
sec_t *partitions = NULL;
int mount_count = 0;
int partition_count = 0;
char name[128];
int i, j, k;
// Sanity check
if (!interface) {
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
// Initialise ntfs-3g
ntfsInit();
// Find the specified device then find and mount all NTFS partitions on it
for (i = 0; discs[i].name != NULL && discs[i].interface != NULL; i++) {
if (discs[i].interface == interface) {
disc = &discs[i];
partition_count = ntfsFindPartitions(disc->interface, &partitions);
if (partition_count > 0 && partitions) {
for (j = 0, k = 0; j < partition_count; j++) {
// Find the next unused mount name
do {
sprintf(name, "%s%i", NTFS_MOUNT_PREFIX, k++);
if (k >= NTFS_MAX_MOUNTS) {
ntfs_free(partitions);
errno = EADDRNOTAVAIL;
return -1;
}
} while (ntfsGetDevice(name, false));
// Mount the partition
if (mount_count < NTFS_MAX_MOUNTS) {
if (ntfsMount(name, disc->interface, partitions[j], CACHE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE, CACHE_DEFAULT_PAGE_COUNT, flags)) {
strcpy(mount_points[mount_count].name, name);
mount_points[mount_count].interface = disc->interface;
mount_points[mount_count].startSector = partitions[j];
mount_count++;
}
}
}
ntfs_free(partitions);
}
break;
}
}
// If we couldn't find the device then return with error status
if (!disc) {
errno = ENODEV;
return -1;
}
// Return the mounts (if any)
if (mount_count > 0 && mounts) {
*mounts = (ntfs_md*)ntfs_alloc(sizeof(ntfs_md) * mount_count);
if (*mounts) {
memcpy(*mounts, &mount_points, sizeof(ntfs_md) * mount_count);
return mount_count;
}
}
return 0;
}
bool ntfsMount (const char *name, const DISC_INTERFACE *interface, sec_t startSector, u32 cachePageCount, u32 cachePageSize, u32 flags)
{
ntfs_vd *vd = NULL;
gekko_fd *fd = NULL;
// Sanity check
if (!name || !interface) {
errno = EINVAL;
return false;
}
// Initialise ntfs-3g
ntfsInit();
// Check that the requested mount name is free
if (ntfsGetDevice(name, false)) {
errno = EADDRINUSE;
return false;
}
// Check that we can at least read from this device
if (!(interface->features & FEATURE_MEDIUM_CANREAD)) {
errno = EPERM;
return false;
}
// Allocate the volume descriptor
vd = (ntfs_vd*)ntfs_alloc(sizeof(ntfs_vd));
if (!vd) {
errno = ENOMEM;
return false;
}
// Setup the volume descriptor
vd->id = interface->ioType;
vd->flags = 0;
vd->uid = 0;
vd->gid = 0;
vd->fmask = 0;
vd->dmask = 0;
vd->atime = ((flags & NTFS_UPDATE_ACCESS_TIMES) ? ATIME_ENABLED : ATIME_DISABLED);
vd->showHiddenFiles = (flags & NTFS_SHOW_HIDDEN_FILES);
vd->showSystemFiles = (flags & NTFS_SHOW_SYSTEM_FILES);
// Allocate the device driver descriptor
fd = (gekko_fd*)ntfs_alloc(sizeof(gekko_fd));
if (!fd) {
ntfs_free(vd);
errno = ENOMEM;
return false;
}
// Setup the device driver descriptor
fd->interface = interface;
fd->startSector = startSector;
fd->sectorSize = 0;
fd->sectorCount = 0;
fd->cachePageCount = cachePageCount;
fd->cachePageSize = cachePageSize;
// Allocate the device driver
vd->dev = ntfs_device_alloc(name, 0, &ntfs_device_gekko_io_ops, fd);
if (!vd->dev) {
ntfs_free(fd);
ntfs_free(vd);
return false;
}
// Build the mount flags
if (flags & NTFS_READ_ONLY)
vd->flags |= MS_RDONLY;
else
{
if (!(interface->features & FEATURE_MEDIUM_CANWRITE))
vd->flags |= MS_RDONLY;
if ((interface->features & FEATURE_MEDIUM_CANREAD) && (interface->features & FEATURE_MEDIUM_CANWRITE))
vd->flags |= MS_EXCLUSIVE;
}
if (flags & NTFS_RECOVER)
vd->flags |= MS_RECOVER;
if (flags & NTFS_IGNORE_HIBERFILE)
vd->flags |= MS_IGNORE_HIBERFILE;
if (vd->flags & MS_RDONLY)
ntfs_log_debug("Mounting \"%s\" as read-only\n", name);
// Mount the device
vd->vol = ntfs_device_mount(vd->dev, vd->flags);
if (!vd->vol) {
switch(ntfs_volume_error(errno)) {
case NTFS_VOLUME_NOT_NTFS: errno = EINVALPART; break;
case NTFS_VOLUME_CORRUPT: errno = EINVALPART; break;
case NTFS_VOLUME_HIBERNATED: errno = EHIBERNATED; break;
case NTFS_VOLUME_UNCLEAN_UNMOUNT: errno = EDIRTY; break;
default: errno = EINVAL; break;
}
ntfs_device_free(vd->dev);
ntfs_free(vd);
return false;
}
if (flags & NTFS_IGNORE_CASE)
ntfs_set_ignore_case(vd->vol);
// Initialise the volume descriptor
if (ntfsInitVolume(vd)) {
ntfs_umount(vd->vol, true);
ntfs_free(vd);
return false;
}
// Add the device to the devoptab table
if (ntfsAddDevice(name, vd)) {
ntfsDeinitVolume(vd);
ntfs_umount(vd->vol, true);
ntfs_free(vd);
return false;
}
return true;
}
void ntfsUnmount (const char *name, bool force)
{
ntfs_vd *vd = NULL;
// Get the devices volume descriptor
vd = ntfsGetVolume(name);
if (!vd)
return;
// Remove the device from the devoptab table
ntfsRemoveDevice(name);
// Deinitialise the volume descriptor
ntfsDeinitVolume(vd);
// Unmount the volume
ntfs_umount(vd->vol, force);
// Free the volume descriptor
ntfs_free(vd);
return;
}
const char *ntfsGetVolumeName (const char *name)
{
ntfs_vd *vd = NULL;
// Sanity check
if (!name) {
errno = EINVAL;
return NULL;
}
// Get the devices volume descriptor
vd = ntfsGetVolume(name);
if (!vd) {
errno = ENODEV;
return NULL;
}
return vd->vol->vol_name;
}
bool ntfsSetVolumeName (const char *name, const char *volumeName)
{
ntfs_vd *vd = NULL;
ntfs_attr *na = NULL;
ntfschar *ulabel = NULL;
int ulabel_len;
// Sanity check
if (!name) {
errno = EINVAL;
return false;
}
// Get the devices volume descriptor
vd = ntfsGetVolume(name);
if (!vd) {
errno = ENODEV;
return false;
}
// Lock
ntfsLock(vd);
// Convert the new volume name to unicode
ulabel_len = ntfsLocalToUnicode(volumeName, &ulabel) * sizeof(ntfschar);
if (ulabel_len < 0) {
ntfsUnlock(vd);
errno = EINVAL;
return false;
}
// Check if the volume name attribute exists
na = ntfs_attr_open(vd->vol->vol_ni, AT_VOLUME_NAME, NULL, 0);
if (na) {
// It does, resize it to match the length of the new volume name
if (ntfs_attr_truncate(na, ulabel_len)) {
free(ulabel);
ntfsUnlock(vd);
return false;
}
// Write the new volume name
if (ntfs_attr_pwrite(na, 0, ulabel_len, ulabel) != ulabel_len) {
free(ulabel);
ntfsUnlock(vd);
return false;
}
} else {
// It doesn't, create it now
if (ntfs_attr_add(vd->vol->vol_ni, AT_VOLUME_NAME, NULL, 0, (u8*)ulabel, ulabel_len)) {
free(ulabel);
ntfsUnlock(vd);
return false;
}
}
// Reset the volumes name cache (as it has now been changed)
vd->name[0] = '\0';
// Close the volume name attribute
if (na)
ntfs_attr_close(na);
// Sync the volume node
if (ntfs_inode_sync(vd->vol->vol_ni)) {
free(ulabel);
ntfsUnlock(vd);
return false;
}
// Clean up
free(ulabel);
// Unlock
ntfsUnlock(vd);
return true;
}
const devoptab_t *ntfsGetDevOpTab (void)
{
return &devops_ntfs;
}

636
source/ntfsdir.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,636 @@
/**
* ntfs_dir.c - devoptab directory routines for NTFS-based devices.
*
* Copyright (c) 2010 Dimok
* Copyright (c) 2009 Rhys "Shareese" Koedijk
* Copyright (c) 2006 Michael "Chishm" Chisholm
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
* Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STATVFS_H
#include <sys/statvfs.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
#include <sys/stat.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_ERRNO_H
#include <errno.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
#include <string.h>
#endif
#include "ntfsinternal.h"
#include "ntfsdir.h"
#include "device.h"
#include <sys/dir.h>
#define STATE(x) ((ntfs_dir_state*)(x)->dirStruct)
void ntfsCloseDir (ntfs_dir_state *dir)
{
// Sanity check
if (!dir || !dir->vd)
return;
// Free the directory entries (if any)
while (dir->first) {
ntfs_dir_entry *next = dir->first->next;
ntfs_free(dir->first->name);
ntfs_free(dir->first);
dir->first = next;
}
// Close the directory (if open)
if (dir->ni)
ntfsCloseEntry(dir->vd, dir->ni);
// Reset the directory state
dir->ni = NULL;
dir->first = NULL;
dir->current = NULL;
return;
}
int ntfs_stat_r (struct _reent *r, const char *path, struct stat *st)
{
// Short circuit cases were we don't actually have to do anything
if (!st || !path)
return 0;
ntfs_log_trace("path %s, st %p\n", path, st);
ntfs_vd *vd = NULL;
ntfs_inode *ni = NULL;
// Get the volume descriptor for this path
vd = ntfsGetVolume(path);
if (!vd) {
r->_errno = ENODEV;
return -1;
}
if(strcmp(path, ".") == 0 || strcmp(path, "..") == 0)
{
memset(st, 0, sizeof(struct stat));
st->st_mode = S_IFDIR;
return 0;
}
// Lock
ntfsLock(vd);
// Find the entry
ni = ntfsOpenEntry(vd, path);
if (!ni) {
r->_errno = errno;
ntfsUnlock(vd);
return -1;
}
// Get the entry stats
int ret = ntfsStat(vd, ni, st);
if (ret)
r->_errno = errno;
// Close the entry
ntfsCloseEntry(vd, ni);
ntfsUnlock(vd);
return 0;
}
int ntfs_link_r (struct _reent *r, const char *existing, const char *newLink)
{
ntfs_log_trace("existing %s, newLink %s\n", existing, newLink);
ntfs_vd *vd = NULL;
ntfs_inode *ni = NULL;
// Get the volume descriptor for this path
vd = ntfsGetVolume(existing);
if (!vd) {
r->_errno = ENODEV;
return -1;
}
// Lock
ntfsLock(vd);
// Create a symbolic link between the two paths
ni = ntfsCreate(vd, existing, S_IFLNK, newLink);
if (!ni) {
ntfsUnlock(vd);
r->_errno = errno;
return -1;
}
// Close the symbolic link
ntfsCloseEntry(vd, ni);
// Unlock
ntfsUnlock(vd);
return 0;
}
int ntfs_unlink_r (struct _reent *r, const char *name)
{
ntfs_log_trace("name %s\n", name);
// Unlink the entry
int ret = ntfsUnlink(ntfsGetVolume(name), name);
if (ret)
r->_errno = errno;
return ret;
}
int ntfs_chdir_r (struct _reent *r, const char *name)
{
ntfs_log_trace("name %s\n", name);
ntfs_vd *vd = NULL;
ntfs_inode *ni = NULL;
// Get the volume descriptor for this path
vd = ntfsGetVolume(name);
if (!vd) {
r->_errno = ENODEV;
return -1;
}
// Lock
ntfsLock(vd);
// Find the directory
ni = ntfsOpenEntry(vd, name);
if (!ni) {
ntfsUnlock(vd);
r->_errno = ENOENT;
return -1;
}
// Ensure that this directory is indeed a directory
if (!(ni->mrec->flags && MFT_RECORD_IS_DIRECTORY)) {
ntfsCloseEntry(vd, ni);
ntfsUnlock(vd);
r->_errno = ENOTDIR;
return -1;
}
// Close the old current directory (if any)
if (vd->cwd_ni)
ntfsCloseEntry(vd, vd->cwd_ni);
// Set the new current directory
vd->cwd_ni = ni;
// Unlock
ntfsUnlock(vd);
return 0;
}
int ntfs_rename_r (struct _reent *r, const char *oldName, const char *newName)
{
ntfs_log_trace("oldName %s, newName %s\n", oldName, newName);
ntfs_vd *vd = NULL;
ntfs_inode *ni = NULL;
// Get the volume descriptor for this path
vd = ntfsGetVolume(oldName);
if (!vd) {
r->_errno = ENODEV;
return -1;
}
// Lock
ntfsLock(vd);
// You cannot rename between devices
if(vd != ntfsGetVolume(newName)) {
ntfsUnlock(vd);
r->_errno = EXDEV;
return -1;
}
// Check that there is no existing entry with the new name
ni = ntfsOpenEntry(vd, newName);
if (ni) {
ntfsCloseEntry(vd, ni);
ntfsUnlock(vd);
r->_errno = EEXIST;
return -1;
}
// Link the old entry with the new one
if (ntfsLink(vd, oldName, newName)) {
ntfsUnlock(vd);
return -1;
}
// Unlink the old entry
if (ntfsUnlink(vd, oldName)) {
if (ntfsUnlink(vd, newName)) {
ntfsUnlock(vd);
return -1;
}
ntfsUnlock(vd);
return -1;
}
// Unlock
ntfsUnlock(vd);
return 0;
}
int ntfs_mkdir_r (struct _reent *r, const char *path, int mode)
{
ntfs_log_trace("path %s, mode %i\n", path, mode);
ntfs_vd *vd = NULL;
ntfs_inode *ni = NULL;
// Get the volume descriptor for this path
vd = ntfsGetVolume(path);
if (!vd) {
r->_errno = ENODEV;
return -1;
}
// Lock
ntfsLock(vd);
// Create the directory
ni = ntfsCreate(vd, path, S_IFDIR, NULL);
if (!ni) {
ntfsUnlock(vd);
r->_errno = errno;
return -1;
}
// Close the directory
ntfsCloseEntry(vd, ni);
// Unlock
ntfsUnlock(vd);
return 0;
}
int ntfs_statvfs_r (struct _reent *r, const char *path, struct statvfs *buf)
{
ntfs_log_trace("path %s, buf %p\n", path, buf);
ntfs_vd *vd = NULL;
s64 size;
int delta_bits;
// Get the volume descriptor for this path
vd = ntfsGetVolume(path);
if (!vd) {
r->_errno = ENODEV;
return -1;
}
// Short circuit cases were we don't actually have to do anything
if (!buf)
return 0;
// Lock
ntfsLock(vd);
// Zero out the stat buffer
memset(buf, 0, sizeof(struct statvfs));
if(ntfs_volume_get_free_space(vd->vol) < 0)
{
ntfsUnlock(vd);
return -1;
}
// File system block size
buf->f_bsize = vd->vol->cluster_size;
// Fundamental file system block size
buf->f_frsize = vd->vol->cluster_size;
// Total number of blocks on file system in units of f_frsize
buf->f_blocks = vd->vol->nr_clusters;
// Free blocks available for all and for non-privileged processes
size = MAX(vd->vol->free_clusters, 0);
buf->f_bfree = buf->f_bavail = size;
// Free inodes on the free space
delta_bits = vd->vol->cluster_size_bits - vd->vol->mft_record_size_bits;
if (delta_bits >= 0)
size <<= delta_bits;
else
size >>= -delta_bits;
// Number of inodes at this point in time
buf->f_files = (vd->vol->mftbmp_na->allocated_size << 3) + size;
// Free inodes available for all and for non-privileged processes
size += vd->vol->free_mft_records;
buf->f_ffree = buf->f_favail = MAX(size, 0);
// File system id
buf->f_fsid = vd->id;
// Bit mask of f_flag values.
buf->f_flag = (NVolReadOnly(vd->vol) ? ST_RDONLY : 0);
// Maximum length of filenames
buf->f_namemax = NTFS_MAX_NAME_LEN;
// Unlock
ntfsUnlock(vd);
return 0;
}
/**
* PRIVATE: Callback for directory walking
*/
int ntfs_readdir_filler (DIR_ITER *dirState, const ntfschar *name, const int name_len, const int name_type,
const s64 pos, const MFT_REF mref, const unsigned dt_type)
{
ntfs_dir_state *dir = STATE(dirState);
ntfs_dir_entry *entry = NULL;
char *entry_name = NULL;
// Sanity check
if (!dir || !dir->vd) {
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
// Ignore DOS file names
if (name_type == FILE_NAME_DOS) {
return 0;
}
// Preliminary check that this entry can be enumerated (as described by the volume descriptor)
if (MREF(mref) == FILE_root || MREF(mref) >= FILE_first_user || dir->vd->showSystemFiles) {
// Convert the entry name to our current local
if (ntfsUnicodeToLocal(name, name_len, &entry_name, 0) < 0) {
return -1;
}
if(dir->first && dir->first->mref == FILE_root &&
MREF(mref) == FILE_root && strcmp(entry_name, "..") == 0)
{
return 0;
}
// If this is not the parent or self directory reference
if ((strcmp(entry_name, ".") != 0) && (strcmp(entry_name, "..") != 0)) {
// Open the entry
ntfs_inode *ni = ntfs_pathname_to_inode(dir->vd->vol, dir->ni, entry_name);
if (!ni)
return -1;
// Double check that this entry can be emuerated (as described by the volume descriptor)
if (((ni->flags & FILE_ATTR_HIDDEN) && !dir->vd->showHiddenFiles) ||
((ni->flags & FILE_ATTR_SYSTEM) && !dir->vd->showSystemFiles)) {
ntfs_inode_close(ni);
return 0;
}
// Close the entry
ntfs_inode_close(ni);
}
// Allocate a new directory entry
entry = (ntfs_dir_entry *) ntfs_alloc(sizeof(ntfs_dir_entry));
if (!entry)
return -1;
// Setup the entry
entry->name = entry_name;
entry->next = NULL;
entry->mref = MREF(mref);
// Link the entry to the directory
if (!dir->first) {
dir->first = entry;
} else {
ntfs_dir_entry *last = dir->first;
while (last->next) last = last->next;
last->next = entry;
}
}
return 0;
}
DIR_ITER *ntfs_diropen_r (struct _reent *r, DIR_ITER *dirState, const char *path)
{
ntfs_log_trace("dirState %p, path %s\n", dirState, path);
ntfs_dir_state* dir = STATE(dirState);
s64 position = 0;
// Get the volume descriptor for this path
dir->vd = ntfsGetVolume(path);
if (!dir->vd) {
r->_errno = ENODEV;
return NULL;
}
// Lock
ntfsLock(dir->vd);
// Find the directory
dir->ni = ntfsOpenEntry(dir->vd, path);
if (!dir->ni) {
ntfsUnlock(dir->vd);
r->_errno = ENOENT;
return NULL;
}
// Ensure that this directory is indeed a directory
if (!(dir->ni->mrec->flags && MFT_RECORD_IS_DIRECTORY)) {
ntfsCloseEntry(dir->vd, dir->ni);
ntfsUnlock(dir->vd);
r->_errno = ENOTDIR;
return NULL;
}
// Read the directory
dir->first = dir->current = NULL;
if (ntfs_readdir(dir->ni, &position, dirState, (ntfs_filldir_t)ntfs_readdir_filler)) {
ntfsCloseDir(dir);
ntfsUnlock(dir->vd);
r->_errno = errno;
return NULL;
}
// Move to the first entry in the directory
dir->current = dir->first;
// Update directory times
ntfsUpdateTimes(dir->vd, dir->ni, NTFS_UPDATE_ATIME);
// Insert the directory into the double-linked FILO list of open directories
if (dir->vd->firstOpenDir) {
dir->nextOpenDir = dir->vd->firstOpenDir;
dir->vd->firstOpenDir->prevOpenDir = dir;
} else {
dir->nextOpenDir = NULL;
}
dir->prevOpenDir = NULL;
dir->vd->cwd_ni = dir->ni;
dir->vd->firstOpenDir = dir;
dir->vd->openDirCount++;
// Unlock
ntfsUnlock(dir->vd);
return dirState;
}
int ntfs_dirreset_r (struct _reent *r, DIR_ITER *dirState)
{
ntfs_log_trace("dirState %p\n", dirState);
ntfs_dir_state* dir = STATE(dirState);
// Sanity check
if (!dir || !dir->vd || !dir->ni) {
r->_errno = EBADF;
return -1;
}
// Lock
ntfsLock(dir->vd);
// Move to the first entry in the directory
dir->current = dir->first;
// Update directory times
ntfsUpdateTimes(dir->vd, dir->ni, NTFS_UPDATE_ATIME);
// Unlock
ntfsUnlock(dir->vd);
return 0;
}
int ntfs_dirnext_r (struct _reent *r, DIR_ITER *dirState, char *filename, struct stat *filestat)
{
ntfs_log_trace("dirState %p, filename %p, filestat %p\n", dirState, filename, filestat);
ntfs_dir_state* dir = STATE(dirState);
ntfs_inode *ni = NULL;
// Sanity check
if (!dir || !dir->vd || !dir->ni) {
r->_errno = EBADF;
return -1;
}
// Lock
ntfsLock(dir->vd);
// Check that there is a entry waiting to be fetched
if (!dir->current) {
ntfsUnlock(dir->vd);
r->_errno = ENOENT;
return -1;
}
// Fetch the current entry
strcpy(filename, dir->current->name);
if(filestat != NULL)
{
if(strcmp(dir->current->name, ".") == 0 || strcmp(dir->current->name, "..") == 0)
{
memset(filestat, 0, sizeof(struct stat));
filestat->st_mode = S_IFDIR;
}
else
{
ni = ntfsOpenEntry(dir->vd, dir->current->name);
if (ni) {
ntfsStat(dir->vd, ni, filestat);
ntfsCloseEntry(dir->vd, ni);
}
}
}
// Move to the next entry in the directory
dir->current = dir->current->next;
// Update directory times
ntfsUpdateTimes(dir->vd, dir->ni, NTFS_UPDATE_ATIME);
// Unlock
ntfsUnlock(dir->vd);
return 0;
}
int ntfs_dirclose_r (struct _reent *r, DIR_ITER *dirState)
{
ntfs_log_trace("dirState %p\n", dirState);
ntfs_dir_state* dir = STATE(dirState);
// Sanity check
if (!dir || !dir->vd) {
r->_errno = EBADF;
return -1;
}
// Lock
ntfsLock(dir->vd);
// Close the directory
ntfsCloseDir(dir);
// Remove the directory from the double-linked FILO list of open directories
dir->vd->openDirCount--;
if (dir->nextOpenDir)
dir->nextOpenDir->prevOpenDir = dir->prevOpenDir;
if (dir->prevOpenDir)
dir->prevOpenDir->nextOpenDir = dir->nextOpenDir;
else
dir->vd->firstOpenDir = dir->nextOpenDir;
// Unlock
ntfsUnlock(dir->vd);
return 0;
}

68
source/ntfsdir.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
/**
* ntfs_dir.c - devoptab directory routines for NTFS-based devices.
*
* Copyright (c) 2009 Rhys "Shareese" Koedijk
* Copyright (c) 2006 Michael "Chishm" Chisholm
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
* Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _NTFSDIR_H
#define _NTFSDIR_H
#include "ntfsinternal.h"
#include <sys/reent.h>
/**
* ntfs_dir_entry - Directory entry
*/
typedef struct _ntfs_dir_entry {
char *name;
u64 mref;
struct _ntfs_dir_entry *next;
} ntfs_dir_entry;
/**
* ntfs_dir_state - Directory state
*/
typedef struct _ntfs_dir_state {
ntfs_vd *vd; /* Volume this directory belongs to */
ntfs_inode *ni; /* Directory descriptor */
ntfs_dir_entry *first; /* The first entry in the directory */
ntfs_dir_entry *current; /* The current entry in the directory */
struct _ntfs_dir_state *prevOpenDir; /* The previous entry in a double-linked FILO list of open directories */
struct _ntfs_dir_state *nextOpenDir; /* The next entry in a double-linked FILO list of open directories */
} ntfs_dir_state;
/* Directory state routines */
void ntfsCloseDir (ntfs_dir_state *file);
/* Gekko devoptab directory routines for NTFS-based devices */
extern int ntfs_stat_r (struct _reent *r, const char *path, struct stat *st);
extern int ntfs_link_r (struct _reent *r, const char *existing, const char *newLink);
extern int ntfs_unlink_r (struct _reent *r, const char *name);
extern int ntfs_chdir_r (struct _reent *r, const char *name);
extern int ntfs_rename_r (struct _reent *r, const char *oldName, const char *newName);
extern int ntfs_mkdir_r (struct _reent *r, const char *path, int mode);
extern int ntfs_statvfs_r (struct _reent *r, const char *path, struct statvfs *buf);
/* Gekko devoptab directory walking routines for NTFS-based devices */
extern DIR_ITER *ntfs_diropen_r (struct _reent *r, DIR_ITER *dirState, const char *path);
extern int ntfs_dirreset_r (struct _reent *r, DIR_ITER *dirState);
extern int ntfs_dirnext_r (struct _reent *r, DIR_ITER *dirState, char *filename, struct stat *filestat);
extern int ntfs_dirclose_r (struct _reent *r, DIR_ITER *dirState);
#endif /* _NTFSDIR_H */

526
source/ntfsfile.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,526 @@
/**
* ntfsfile.c - devoptab file routines for NTFS-based devices.
*
* Copyright (c) 2010 Dimok
* Copyright (c) 2009 Rhys "Shareese" Koedijk
* Copyright (c) 2006 Michael "Chishm" Chisholm
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
* Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
#include <sys/stat.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
#include <fcntl.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_ERRNO_H
#include <errno.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
#include <string.h>
#endif
#include "ntfsinternal.h"
#include "ntfsfile.h"
#define STATE(x) ((ntfs_file_state*)x)
void ntfsCloseFile (ntfs_file_state *file)
{
// Sanity check
if (!file || !file->vd)
return;
// Special case fix ups for compressed and/or encrypted files
if (file->compressed)
ntfs_attr_pclose(file->data_na);
#ifdef HAVE_SETXATTR
if (file->encrypted)
ntfs_efs_fixup_attribute(NULL, file->data_na);
#endif
// Close the file data attribute (if open)
if (file->data_na)
ntfs_attr_close(file->data_na);
// Sync the file (and its attributes) to disc
if(file->write)
{
ntfsUpdateTimes(file->vd, file->ni, NTFS_UPDATE_ATIME | NTFS_UPDATE_CTIME);
ntfsSync(file->vd, file->ni);
}
if (file->read)
ntfsUpdateTimes(file->vd, file->ni, NTFS_UPDATE_ATIME);
// Close the file (if open)
if (file->ni)
ntfsCloseEntry(file->vd, file->ni);
// Reset the file state
file->ni = NULL;
file->data_na = NULL;
file->flags = 0;
file->read = false;
file->write = false;
file->append = false;
file->pos = 0;
file->len = 0;
return;
}
int ntfs_open_r (struct _reent *r, void *fileStruct, const char *path, int flags, int mode)
{
ntfs_log_trace("fileStruct %p, path %s, flags %i, mode %i\n", fileStruct, path, flags, mode);
ntfs_file_state* file = STATE(fileStruct);
// Get the volume descriptor for this path
file->vd = ntfsGetVolume(path);
if (!file->vd) {
r->_errno = ENODEV;
return -1;
}
// Lock
ntfsLock(file->vd);
// Determine which mode the file is opened for
file->flags = flags;
if ((flags & 0x03) == O_RDONLY) {
file->read = true;
file->write = false;
file->append = false;
} else if ((flags & 0x03) == O_WRONLY) {
file->read = false;
file->write = true;
file->append = (flags & O_APPEND);
} else if ((flags & 0x03) == O_RDWR) {
file->read = true;
file->write = true;
file->append = (flags & O_APPEND);
} else {
r->_errno = EACCES;
ntfsUnlock(file->vd);
return -1;
}
// Try and find the file and (if found) ensure that it is not a directory
file->ni = ntfsOpenEntry(file->vd, path);
if (file->ni && (file->ni->mrec->flags & MFT_RECORD_IS_DIRECTORY)) {
ntfsCloseEntry(file->vd, file->ni);
ntfsUnlock(file->vd);
r->_errno = EISDIR;
return -1;
}
// Are we creating this file?
if ((flags & O_CREAT) && !file->ni) {
// Create the file
file->ni = ntfsCreate(file->vd, path, S_IFREG, NULL);
if (!file->ni) {
ntfsUnlock(file->vd);
return -1;
}
}
// Sanity check, the file should be open by now
if (!file->ni) {
ntfsUnlock(file->vd);
r->_errno = ENOENT;
return -1;
}
// Open the files data attribute
file->data_na = ntfs_attr_open(file->ni, AT_DATA, AT_UNNAMED, 0);
if(!file->data_na) {
ntfsCloseEntry(file->vd, file->ni);
ntfsUnlock(file->vd);
return -1;
}
// Determine if this files data is compressed and/or encrypted
file->compressed = NAttrCompressed(file->data_na) || (file->ni->flags & FILE_ATTR_COMPRESSED);
file->encrypted = NAttrEncrypted(file->data_na) || (file->ni->flags & FILE_ATTR_ENCRYPTED);
// We cannot read/write encrypted files
if (file->encrypted) {
ntfs_attr_close(file->data_na);
ntfsCloseEntry(file->vd, file->ni);
ntfsUnlock(file->vd);
r->_errno = EACCES;
return -1;
}
// Make sure we aren't trying to write to a read-only file
if ((file->ni->flags & FILE_ATTR_READONLY) && file->write) {
ntfs_attr_close(file->data_na);
ntfsCloseEntry(file->vd, file->ni);
ntfsUnlock(file->vd);
r->_errno = EROFS;
return -1;
}
// Truncate the file if requested
if ((flags & O_TRUNC) && file->write) {
if (ntfs_attr_truncate(file->data_na, 0)) {
ntfs_attr_close(file->data_na);
ntfsCloseEntry(file->vd, file->ni);
ntfsUnlock(file->vd);
r->_errno = errno;
return -1;
}
}
// Set the files current position and length
file->pos = 0;
file->len = file->data_na->data_size;
ntfs_log_trace("file->len %d\n", file->len);
// Update file times
ntfsUpdateTimes(file->vd, file->ni, NTFS_UPDATE_ATIME);
// Insert the file into the double-linked FILO list of open files
if (file->vd->firstOpenFile) {
file->nextOpenFile = file->vd->firstOpenFile;
file->vd->firstOpenFile->prevOpenFile = file;
} else {
file->nextOpenFile = NULL;
}
file->prevOpenFile = NULL;
file->vd->firstOpenFile = file;
file->vd->openFileCount++;
// Unlock
ntfsUnlock(file->vd);
return (int)fileStruct;
}
int ntfs_close_r (struct _reent *r, int fd)
{
ntfs_log_trace("fd %p\n", fd);
ntfs_file_state* file = STATE(fd);
// Sanity check
if (!file || !file->vd) {
r->_errno = EBADF;
return -1;
}
// Lock
ntfsLock(file->vd);
// Close the file
ntfsCloseFile(file);
// Remove the file from the double-linked FILO list of open files
file->vd->openFileCount--;
if (file->nextOpenFile)
file->nextOpenFile->prevOpenFile = file->prevOpenFile;
if (file->prevOpenFile)
file->prevOpenFile->nextOpenFile = file->nextOpenFile;
else
file->vd->firstOpenFile = file->nextOpenFile;
// Unlock
ntfsUnlock(file->vd);
return 0;
}
ssize_t ntfs_write_r (struct _reent *r, int fd, const char *ptr, size_t len)
{
ntfs_log_trace("fd %p, ptr %p, len %Li\n", fd, ptr, len);
ntfs_file_state* file = STATE(fd);
ssize_t written = 0;
off_t old_pos = 0;
// Sanity check
if (!file || !file->vd || !file->ni || !file->data_na) {
r->_errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
// Short circuit cases where we don't actually have to do anything
if (!ptr || len <= 0) {
return 0;
}
// Lock
ntfsLock(file->vd);
// Check that we are allowed to write to this file
if (!file->write) {
ntfsUnlock(file->vd);
r->_errno = EACCES;
return -1;
}
// If we are in append mode, backup the current position and move to the end of the file
if (file->append) {
old_pos = file->pos;
file->pos = file->len;
}
// Write to the files data atrribute
while (len) {
ssize_t ret = ntfs_attr_pwrite(file->data_na, file->pos, len, ptr);
if (ret <= 0) {
ntfsUnlock(file->vd);
r->_errno = errno;
return -1;
}
len -= ret;
file->pos += ret;
written += ret;
}
// If we are in append mode, restore the current position to were it was prior to this write
if (file->append) {
file->pos = old_pos;
}
// Mark the file for archiving (if we actually wrote something)
if (written)
file->ni->flags |= FILE_ATTR_ARCHIVE;
// Update the files data length
file->len = file->data_na->data_size;
// Unlock
ntfsUnlock(file->vd);
return written;
}
ssize_t ntfs_read_r (struct _reent *r, int fd, char *ptr, size_t len)
{
ntfs_log_trace("fd %p, ptr %p, len %Li\n", fd, ptr, len);
ntfs_file_state* file = STATE(fd);
ssize_t read = 0;
// Sanity check
if (!file || !file->vd || !file->ni || !file->data_na) {
r->_errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
// Short circuit cases where we don't actually have to do anything
if (!ptr || len <= 0) {
return 0;
}
// Lock
ntfsLock(file->vd);
// Check that we are allowed to read from this file
if (!file->read) {
ntfsUnlock(file->vd);
r->_errno = EACCES;
return -1;
}
// Don't read past the end of file
if (file->pos + len > file->len) {
r->_errno = EOVERFLOW;
len = file->len - file->pos;
ntfs_log_trace("EOVERFLOW");
}
ntfs_log_trace("file->pos:%d, len:%d, file->len:%d \n", (u32)file->pos, (u32)len, (u32)file->len);
// Read from the files data attribute
while (len) {
ssize_t ret = ntfs_attr_pread(file->data_na, file->pos, len, ptr);
if (ret <= 0 || ret > len) {
ntfsUnlock(file->vd);
r->_errno = errno;
return -1;
}
ptr += ret;
len -= ret;
file->pos += ret;
read += ret;
}
//ntfs_log_trace("file->pos: %d \n", (u32)file->pos);
// Update file times (if we actually read something)
// Unlock
ntfsUnlock(file->vd);
return read;
}
off_t ntfs_seek_r (struct _reent *r, int fd, off_t pos, int dir)
{
ntfs_log_trace("fd %p, pos %Li, dir %i\n", fd, pos, dir);
ntfs_file_state* file = STATE(fd);
off_t position = 0;
// Sanity check
if (!file || !file->vd || !file->ni || !file->data_na) {
r->_errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
// Lock
ntfsLock(file->vd);
// Set the files current position
switch(dir) {
case SEEK_SET: position = file->pos = MIN(MAX(pos, 0), file->len); break;
case SEEK_CUR: position = file->pos = MIN(MAX(file->pos + pos, 0), file->len); break;
case SEEK_END: position = file->pos = MIN(MAX(file->len + pos, 0), file->len); break;
}
// Unlock
ntfsUnlock(file->vd);
return position;
}
int ntfs_fstat_r (struct _reent *r, int fd, struct stat *st)
{
ntfs_log_trace("fd %p\n", fd);
ntfs_file_state* file = STATE(fd);
int ret = 0;
// Sanity check
if (!file || !file->vd || !file->ni || !file->data_na) {
r->_errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
// Short circuit cases were we don't actually have to do anything
if (!st)
return 0;
// Get the file stats
ret = ntfsStat(file->vd, file->ni, st);
if (ret)
r->_errno = errno;
return ret;
}
int ntfs_ftruncate_r (struct _reent *r, int fd, off_t len)
{
ntfs_log_trace("fd %p, len %Li\n", fd, len);
ntfs_file_state* file = STATE(fd);
// Sanity check
if (!file || !file->vd || !file->ni || !file->data_na) {
r->_errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
// Lock
ntfsLock(file->vd);
// Check that we are allowed to write to this file
if (!file->write) {
ntfsUnlock(file->vd);
r->_errno = EACCES;
return -1;
}
// For compressed files, only deleting and expanding contents are implemented
if (file->compressed &&
len > 0 &&
len < file->data_na->initialized_size) {
ntfsUnlock(file->vd);
r->_errno = EOPNOTSUPP;
return -1;
}
// Resize the files data attribute, either by expanding or truncating
if (file->compressed && len > file->data_na->initialized_size) {
char zero = 0;
if (ntfs_attr_pwrite(file->data_na, len - 1, 1, &zero) <= 0) {
ntfsUnlock(file->vd);
r->_errno = errno;
return -1;
}
} else {
if (ntfs_attr_truncate(file->data_na, len)) {
ntfsUnlock(file->vd);
r->_errno = errno;
return -1;
}
}
// Mark the file for archiving (if we actually changed something)
if (file->len != file->data_na->data_size)
file->ni->flags |= FILE_ATTR_ARCHIVE;
// Update file times (if we actually changed something)
if (file->len != file->data_na->data_size)
ntfsUpdateTimes(file->vd, file->ni, NTFS_UPDATE_AMCTIME);
// Update the files data length
file->len = file->data_na->data_size;
// Sync the file (and its attributes) to disc
ntfsSync(file->vd, file->ni);
// Unlock
ntfsUnlock(file->vd);
return 0;
}
int ntfs_fsync_r (struct _reent *r, int fd)
{
ntfs_log_trace("fd %p\n", fd);
ntfs_file_state* file = STATE(fd);
int ret = 0;
// Sanity check
if (!file || !file->vd || !file->ni || !file->data_na) {
r->_errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
// Lock
ntfsLock(file->vd);
// Sync the file (and its attributes) to disc
ret = ntfsSync(file->vd, file->ni);
if (ret)
r->_errno = errno;
// Unlock
ntfsUnlock(file->vd);
return ret;
}

65
source/ntfsfile.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
/**
* ntfsfile.c - devoptab file routines for NTFS-based devices.
*
* Copyright (c) 2009 Rhys "Shareese" Koedijk
* Copyright (c) 2006 Michael "Chishm" Chisholm
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
* Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _NTFSFILE_H
#define _NTFSFILE_H
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#include "ntfsinternal.h"
#include <sys/reent.h>
/**
* ntfs_file_state - File state
*/
typedef struct _ntfs_file_state {
ntfs_vd *vd; /* Volume this file belongs to */
ntfs_inode *ni; /* File descriptor */
ntfs_attr *data_na; /* File data descriptor */
int flags; /* Opening flags */
bool read; /* True if allowed to read from file */
bool write; /* True if allowed to write to file */
bool append; /* True if allowed to append to file */
bool compressed; /* True if file data is compressed */
bool encrypted; /* True if file data is encryted */
off_t pos; /* Current position within the file (in bytes) */
u64 len; /* Total length of the file (in bytes) */
struct _ntfs_file_state *prevOpenFile; /* The previous entry in a double-linked FILO list of open files */
struct _ntfs_file_state *nextOpenFile; /* The next entry in a double-linked FILO list of open files */
} ntfs_file_state;
/* File state routines */
void ntfsCloseFile (ntfs_file_state *file);
/* Gekko devoptab file routines for NTFS-based devices */
extern int ntfs_open_r (struct _reent *r, void *fileStruct, const char *path, int flags, int mode);
extern int ntfs_close_r (struct _reent *r, int fd);
extern ssize_t ntfs_write_r (struct _reent *r, int fd, const char *ptr, size_t len);
extern ssize_t ntfs_read_r (struct _reent *r, int fd, char *ptr, size_t len);
extern off_t ntfs_seek_r (struct _reent *r, int fd, off_t pos, int dir);
extern int ntfs_fstat_r (struct _reent *r, int fd, struct stat *st);
extern int ntfs_ftruncate_r (struct _reent *r, int fd, off_t len);
extern int ntfs_fsync_r (struct _reent *r, int fd);
#endif /* _NTFSFILE_H */

868
source/ntfsinternal.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,868 @@
/**
* ntfsinternal.h - Internal support routines for NTFS-based devices.
*
* Copyright (c) 2010 Dimok
* Copyright (c) 2009 Rhys "Shareese" Koedijk
* Copyright (c) 2006 Michael "Chishm" Chisholm
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
* Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_ERRNO_H
#include <errno.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
#include <string.h>
#endif
#include "ntfsinternal.h"
#include "ntfsdir.h"
#include "ntfsfile.h"
#if defined(__wii__)
#include <sdcard/wiisd_io.h>
#include <sdcard/gcsd.h>
#include <ogc/usbstorage.h>
const INTERFACE_ID ntfs_disc_interfaces[] = {
{ "sd", &__io_wiisd },
{ "usb", &__io_usbstorage },
{ "carda", &__io_gcsda },
{ "cardb", &__io_gcsdb },
{ NULL, NULL }
};
#elif defined(__gamecube__)
#include <sdcard/gcsd.h>
const INTERFACE_ID ntfs_disc_interfaces[] = {
{ "carda", &__io_gcsda },
{ "cardb", &__io_gcsdb },
{ NULL, NULL }
};
#endif
int ntfsAddDevice (const char *name, void *deviceData)
{
const devoptab_t *devoptab_ntfs = ntfsGetDevOpTab();
devoptab_t *dev = NULL;
char *devname = NULL;
int i;
// Sanity check
if (!name || !deviceData || !devoptab_ntfs) {
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
// Allocate a devoptab for this device
dev = (devoptab_t *) ntfs_alloc(sizeof(devoptab_t) + strlen(name) + 1);
if (!dev) {
errno = ENOMEM;
return false;
}
// Use the space allocated at the end of the devoptab for storing the device name
devname = (char*)(dev + 1);
strcpy(devname, name);
// Setup the devoptab
memcpy(dev, devoptab_ntfs, sizeof(devoptab_t));
dev->name = devname;
dev->deviceData = deviceData;
// Add the device to the devoptab table (if there is a free slot)
for (i = 0; i < STD_MAX; i++) {
if (devoptab_list[i] == devoptab_list[0] && i != 0) {
devoptab_list[i] = dev;
return 0;
}
}
// If we reach here then there are no free slots in the devoptab table for this device
errno = EADDRNOTAVAIL;
return -1;
}
void ntfsRemoveDevice (const char *path)
{
const devoptab_t *devoptab = NULL;
char name[128] = {0};
int i;
// Get the device name from the path
strncpy(name, path, 127);
strtok(name, ":/");
// Find and remove the specified device from the devoptab table
// NOTE: We do this manually due to a 'bug' in RemoveDevice
// which ignores names with suffixes and causes names
// like "ntfs" and "ntfs1" to be seen as equals
for (i = 0; i < STD_MAX; i++) {
devoptab = devoptab_list[i];
if (devoptab && devoptab->name) {
if (strcmp(name, devoptab->name) == 0) {
devoptab_list[i] = devoptab_list[0];
ntfs_free((devoptab_t*)devoptab);
break;
}
}
}
return;
}
const devoptab_t *ntfsGetDevice (const char *path, bool useDefaultDevice)
{
const devoptab_t *devoptab = NULL;
char name[128] = {0};
int i;
// Get the device name from the path
strncpy(name, path, 127);
strtok(name, ":/");
// Search the devoptab table for the specified device name
// NOTE: We do this manually due to a 'bug' in GetDeviceOpTab
// which ignores names with suffixes and causes names
// like "ntfs" and "ntfs1" to be seen as equals
for (i = 0; i < STD_MAX; i++) {
devoptab = devoptab_list[i];
if (devoptab && devoptab->name) {
if (strcmp(name, devoptab->name) == 0) {
return devoptab;
}
}
}
// If we reach here then we couldn't find the device name,
// chances are that this path has no device name in it.
// Call GetDeviceOpTab to get our default device (chdir).
if (useDefaultDevice)
return GetDeviceOpTab("");
return NULL;
}
const INTERFACE_ID *ntfsGetDiscInterfaces (void)
{
// Get all know disc interfaces on the host system
return ntfs_disc_interfaces;
}
ntfs_vd *ntfsGetVolume (const char *path)
{
// Get the volume descriptor from the paths associated devoptab (if found)
const devoptab_t *devoptab_ntfs = ntfsGetDevOpTab();
const devoptab_t *devoptab = ntfsGetDevice(path, true);
if (devoptab && devoptab_ntfs && (devoptab->open_r == devoptab_ntfs->open_r))
return (ntfs_vd*)devoptab->deviceData;
return NULL;
}
int ntfsInitVolume (ntfs_vd *vd)
{
// Sanity check
if (!vd) {
errno = ENODEV;
return -1;
}
// Initialise the volume lock
LWP_MutexInit(&vd->lock, false);
// Reset the volumes name cache
vd->name[0] = '\0';
// Reset the volumes current directory
vd->cwd_ni = NULL;
// Reset open directory and file stats
vd->openDirCount = 0;
vd->openFileCount = 0;
vd->firstOpenDir = NULL;
vd->firstOpenFile = NULL;
return 0;
}
void ntfsDeinitVolume (ntfs_vd *vd)
{
// Sanity check
if (!vd) {
errno = ENODEV;
return;
}
// Lock
ntfsLock(vd);
// Close any directories which are still open (lazy programmers!)
ntfs_dir_state *nextDir = vd->firstOpenDir;
while (nextDir) {
ntfs_log_warning("Cleaning up orphaned directory @ %p\n", nextDir);
ntfsCloseDir(nextDir);
nextDir = nextDir->nextOpenDir;
}
// Close any files which are still open (lazy programmers!)
ntfs_file_state *nextFile = vd->firstOpenFile;
while (nextFile) {
ntfs_log_warning("Cleaning up orphaned file @ %p\n", nextFile);
ntfsCloseFile(nextFile);
nextFile = nextFile->nextOpenFile;
}
// Reset open directory and file stats
vd->openDirCount = 0;
vd->openFileCount = 0;
vd->firstOpenDir = NULL;
vd->firstOpenFile = NULL;
// Close the volumes current directory (if any)
//if (vd->cwd_ni) {
//ntfsCloseEntry(vd, vd->cwd_ni);
//vd->cwd_ni = NULL;
//}
// Force the underlying device to sync
vd->dev->d_ops->sync(vd->dev);
// Unlock
ntfsUnlock(vd);
// Deinitialise the volume lock
LWP_MutexDestroy(vd->lock);
return;
}
ntfs_inode *ntfsOpenEntry (ntfs_vd *vd, const char *path)
{
return ntfsParseEntry(vd, path, 1);
}
ntfs_inode *ntfsParseEntry (ntfs_vd *vd, const char *path, int reparseLevel)
{
ntfs_inode *ni = NULL;
char *target = NULL;
int attr_size;
// Sanity check
if (!vd) {
errno = ENODEV;
return NULL;
}
// Get the actual path of the entry
path = ntfsRealPath(path);
if (!path) {
errno = EINVAL;
return NULL;
} else if (path[0] == '\0') {
path = ".";
}
// Find the entry, taking into account our current directory (if any)
if (path[0] != PATH_SEP)
ni = ntfs_pathname_to_inode(vd->vol, vd->cwd_ni, path++);
else
ni = ntfs_pathname_to_inode(vd->vol, NULL, path);
// If the entry was found and it has reparse data then parse its true path;
// this resolves the true location of symbolic links and directory junctions
if (ni && (ni->flags & FILE_ATTR_REPARSE_POINT)) {
if (ntfs_possible_symlink(ni)) {
// Sanity check, give up if we are parsing to deep
if (reparseLevel > NTFS_MAX_SYMLINK_DEPTH) {
ntfsCloseEntry(vd, ni);
errno = ELOOP;
return NULL;
}
// Get the target path of this entry
target = ntfs_make_symlink(ni, path, &attr_size);
if (!target) {
ntfsCloseEntry(vd, ni);
return NULL;
}
// Close the entry (we are no longer interested in it)
ntfsCloseEntry(vd, ni);
// Parse the entries target
ni = ntfsParseEntry(vd, target, reparseLevel++);
// Clean up
// use free because the value was not allocated with ntfs_alloc
free(target);
}
}
return ni;
}
void ntfsCloseEntry (ntfs_vd *vd, ntfs_inode *ni)
{
// Sanity check
if (!vd) {
errno = ENODEV;
return;
}
// Lock
ntfsLock(vd);
// Sync the entry (if it is dirty)
if (NInoDirty(ni))
ntfsSync(vd, ni);
// Close the entry
ntfs_inode_close(ni);
// Unlock
ntfsUnlock(vd);
return;
}
ntfs_inode *ntfsCreate (ntfs_vd *vd, const char *path, mode_t type, const char *target)
{
ntfs_inode *dir_ni = NULL, *ni = NULL;
char *dir = NULL;
char *name = NULL;
ntfschar *uname = NULL, *utarget = NULL;
int uname_len, utarget_len;
// Sanity check
if (!vd) {
errno = ENODEV;
return NULL;
}
// You cannot link between devices
if(target) {
if(vd != ntfsGetVolume(target)) {
errno = EXDEV;
return NULL;
}
}
// Get the actual paths of the entry
path = ntfsRealPath(path);
target = ntfsRealPath(target);
if (!path) {
errno = EINVAL;
return NULL;
}
// Lock
ntfsLock(vd);
// Get the unicode name for the entry and find its parent directory
// TODO: This looks horrible, clean it up
dir = strdup(path);
if (!dir) {
errno = EINVAL;
goto cleanup;
}
name = strrchr(dir, '/');
if (name)
name++;
else
name = dir;
uname_len = ntfsLocalToUnicode(name, &uname);
if (uname_len < 0) {
errno = EINVAL;
goto cleanup;
}
name = strrchr(dir, '/');
if(name)
{
name++;
name[0] = 0;
}
// Open the entries parent directory
dir_ni = ntfsOpenEntry(vd, dir);
if (!dir_ni) {
goto cleanup;
}
// Create the entry
switch (type) {
// Symbolic link
case S_IFLNK:
if (!target) {
errno = EINVAL;
goto cleanup;
}
utarget_len = ntfsLocalToUnicode(target, &utarget);
if (utarget_len < 0) {
errno = EINVAL;
goto cleanup;
}
ni = ntfs_create_symlink(dir_ni, 0, uname, uname_len, utarget, utarget_len);
break;
// Directory or file
case S_IFDIR:
case S_IFREG:
ni = ntfs_create(dir_ni, 0, uname, uname_len, type);
break;
}
// If the entry was created
if (ni) {
// Mark the entry for archiving
ni->flags |= FILE_ATTR_ARCHIVE;
// Mark the entry as dirty
NInoSetDirty(ni);
// Sync the entry to disc
ntfsSync(vd, ni);
// Update parent directories times
ntfsUpdateTimes(vd, dir_ni, NTFS_UPDATE_MCTIME);
}
cleanup:
if(dir_ni)
ntfsCloseEntry(vd, dir_ni);
// use free because the value was not allocated with ntfs_alloc
if(utarget)
free(utarget);
if(uname)
free(uname);
if(dir)
ntfs_free(dir);
// Unlock
ntfsUnlock(vd);
return ni;
}
int ntfsLink (ntfs_vd *vd, const char *old_path, const char *new_path)
{
ntfs_inode *dir_ni = NULL, *ni = NULL;
char *dir = NULL;
char *name = NULL;
ntfschar *uname = NULL;
int uname_len;
int res = 0;
// Sanity check
if (!vd) {
errno = ENODEV;
return -1;
}
// You cannot link between devices
if(vd != ntfsGetVolume(new_path)) {
errno = EXDEV;
return -1;
}
// Get the actual paths of the entry
old_path = ntfsRealPath(old_path);
new_path = ntfsRealPath(new_path);
if (!old_path || !new_path) {
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
// Lock
ntfsLock(vd);
// Get the unicode name for the entry and find its parent directory
// TODO: This looks horrible, clean it up
dir = strdup(new_path);
if (!dir) {
errno = EINVAL;
goto cleanup;
}
name = strrchr(dir, '/');
if (name)
name++;
else
name = dir;
uname_len = ntfsLocalToUnicode(name, &uname);
if (uname_len < 0) {
errno = EINVAL;
goto cleanup;
}
*name = 0;
// Find the entry
ni = ntfsOpenEntry(vd, old_path);
if (!ni) {
errno = ENOENT;
res = -1;
goto cleanup;
}
// Open the entries new parent directory
dir_ni = ntfsOpenEntry(vd, dir);
if (!dir_ni) {
errno = ENOENT;
res = -1;
goto cleanup;
}
// Link the entry to its new parent
if (ntfs_link(ni, dir_ni, uname, uname_len)) {
res = -1;
goto cleanup;
}
// Update entry times
ntfsUpdateTimes(vd, dir_ni, NTFS_UPDATE_MCTIME);
// Sync the entry to disc
ntfsSync(vd, ni);
cleanup:
if(dir_ni)
ntfsCloseEntry(vd, dir_ni);
if(ni)
ntfsCloseEntry(vd, ni);
// use free because the value was not allocated with ntfs_alloc
if(uname)
free(uname);
if(dir)
ntfs_free(dir);
// Unlock
ntfsUnlock(vd);
return res;
}
int ntfsUnlink (ntfs_vd *vd, const char *path)
{
ntfs_inode *dir_ni = NULL, *ni = NULL;
char *dir = NULL;
char *name = NULL;
ntfschar *uname = NULL;
int uname_len;
int res = 0;
// Sanity check
if (!vd) {
errno = ENODEV;
return -1;
}
// Get the actual path of the entry
path = ntfsRealPath(path);
if (!path) {
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
// Lock
ntfsLock(vd);
// Get the unicode name for the entry and find its parent directory
// TODO: This looks horrible
dir = strdup(path);
if (!dir) {
errno = EINVAL;
goto cleanup;
}
name = strrchr(dir, '/');
if (name)
name++;
else
name = dir;
uname_len = ntfsLocalToUnicode(name, &uname);
if (uname_len < 0) {
errno = EINVAL;
goto cleanup;
}
name = strrchr(dir, '/');
if(name)
{
name++;
name[0] = 0;
}
// Find the entry
ni = ntfsOpenEntry(vd, path);
if (!ni) {
errno = ENOENT;
res = -1;
goto cleanup;
}
// Open the entries parent directory
dir_ni = ntfsOpenEntry(vd, dir);
if (!dir_ni) {
errno = ENOENT;
res = -1;
goto cleanup;
}
// Unlink the entry from its parent
if (ntfs_delete(vd->vol, path, ni, dir_ni, uname, uname_len)) {
res = -1;
}
// Force the underlying device to sync
vd->dev->d_ops->sync(vd->dev);
// ntfs_delete() ALWAYS closes ni and dir_ni; so no need for us to anymore
dir_ni = ni = NULL;
cleanup:
if(dir_ni)
ntfsCloseEntry(vd, dir_ni);
if(ni)
ntfsCloseEntry(vd, ni);
// use free because the value was not allocated with ntfs_alloc
if(uname)
free(uname);
if(dir)
ntfs_free(dir);
// Unlock
ntfsUnlock(vd);
return 0;
}
int ntfsSync (ntfs_vd *vd, ntfs_inode *ni)
{
int res = 0;
// Sanity check
if (!vd) {
errno = ENODEV;
return -1;
}
// Sanity check
if (!ni) {
errno = ENOENT;
return -1;
}
// Lock
ntfsLock(vd);
// Sync the entry
res = ntfs_inode_sync(ni);
// Force the underlying device to sync
vd->dev->d_ops->sync(vd->dev);
// Unlock
ntfsUnlock(vd);
return res;
}
int ntfsStat (ntfs_vd *vd, ntfs_inode *ni, struct stat *st)
{
ntfs_attr *na = NULL;
int res = 0;
// Sanity check
if (!vd) {
errno = ENODEV;
return -1;
}
// Sanity check
if (!ni) {
errno = ENOENT;
return -1;
}
// Short circuit cases were we don't actually have to do anything
if (!st)
return 0;
// Lock
ntfsLock(vd);
// Zero out the stat buffer
memset(st, 0, sizeof(struct stat));
// Is this entry a directory
if (ni->mrec->flags & MFT_RECORD_IS_DIRECTORY) {
st->st_mode = S_IFDIR | (0777 & ~vd->dmask);
st->st_nlink = 1;
// Open the directories index allocation table attribute
na = ntfs_attr_open(ni, AT_INDEX_ALLOCATION, NTFS_INDEX_I30, 4);
if (na) {
st->st_size = na->data_size;
st->st_blocks = na->allocated_size >> 9;
ntfs_attr_close(na);
}
// Else it must be a file
} else {
st->st_mode = S_IFREG | (0777 & ~vd->fmask);
st->st_size = ni->data_size;
st->st_blocks = (ni->allocated_size + 511) >> 9;
st->st_nlink = le16_to_cpu(ni->mrec->link_count);
}
// Fill in the generic entry stats
st->st_dev = vd->id;
st->st_uid = vd->uid;
st->st_gid = vd->gid;
st->st_ino = ni->mft_no;
st->st_atime = ni->last_access_time;
st->st_ctime = ni->last_mft_change_time;
st->st_mtime = ni->last_data_change_time;
// Update entry times
ntfsUpdateTimes(vd, ni, NTFS_UPDATE_ATIME);
// Unlock
ntfsUnlock(vd);
return res;
}
void ntfsUpdateTimes (ntfs_vd *vd, ntfs_inode *ni, ntfs_time_update_flags mask)
{
// Run the access time update strategy against the device driver settings first
if (vd && vd->atime == ATIME_DISABLED)
mask &= ~NTFS_UPDATE_ATIME;
// Update entry times
if (ni && mask)
ntfs_inode_update_times(ni, mask);
return;
}
const char *ntfsRealPath (const char *path)
{
// Sanity check
if (!path)
return NULL;
// Move the path pointer to the start of the actual path
if (strchr(path, ':') != NULL) {
path = strchr(path, ':') + 1;
}
if (strchr(path, ':') != NULL) {
return NULL;
}
return path;
}
int ntfsUnicodeToLocal (const ntfschar *ins, const int ins_len, char **outs, int outs_len)
{
int len = 0;
int i;
// Sanity check
if (!ins || !ins_len || !outs)
return 0;
char * ucstombs_out = NULL;
// Convert the unicode string to our current local
len = ntfs_ucstombs(ins, ins_len, &ucstombs_out, outs_len);
if(ucstombs_out)
{
//use proper allocation
*outs = (char *) ntfs_alloc(strlen(ucstombs_out) + 1);
if(!*outs)
{
errno = ENOMEM;
return -1;
}
strcpy(*outs, ucstombs_out);
free(ucstombs_out);
ucstombs_out = NULL;
}
if (len == -1 && errno == EILSEQ)
{
// The string could not be converted to the current local,
// do it manually by replacing non-ASCII characters with underscores
if (!*outs || outs_len >= ins_len)
{
if (!*outs)
{
*outs = (char *) ntfs_alloc(ins_len + 1);
if (!*outs) {
errno = ENOMEM;
return -1;
}
}
for (i = 0; i < ins_len; i++) {
ntfschar uc = le16_to_cpu(ins[i]);
if (uc > 0xff)
uc = (ntfschar)'_';
*outs[i] = (char)uc;
}
*outs[ins_len] = (ntfschar)'\0';
len = ins_len;
}
}
return len;
}
int ntfsLocalToUnicode (const char *ins, ntfschar **outs)
{
// Sanity check
if (!ins || !outs)
return 0;
// Convert the local string to unicode
return ntfs_mbstoucs(ins, outs);
}

178
source/ntfsinternal.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
/**
* ntfsinternal.h - Internal support routines for NTFS-based devices.
*
* Copyright (c) 2009 Rhys "Shareese" Koedijk
* Copyright (c) 2006 Michael "Chishm" Chisholm
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
* Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _NTFSINTERNAL_H
#define _NTFSINTERNAL_H
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#include "types.h"
#include "compat.h"
#include "logging.h"
#include "layout.h"
#include "device.h"
#include "volume.h"
#include "dir.h"
#include "inode.h"
#include "attrib.h"
#include "reparse.h"
#include "security.h"
#include "efs.h"
#include "unistr.h"
#include <gccore.h>
#include <ogc/disc_io.h>
#include <sys/iosupport.h>
#define NTFS_MOUNT_PREFIX "ntfs" /* Device name prefix to use when auto-mounting */
#define NTFS_MAX_PARTITIONS 32 /* Maximum number of partitions that can be found */
#define NTFS_MAX_MOUNTS 10 /* Maximum number of mounts available at one time */
#define NTFS_MAX_SYMLINK_DEPTH 10 /* Maximum search depth when resolving symbolic links */
#define NTFS_OEM_ID cpu_to_le64(0x202020205346544eULL) /* "NTFS " */
#define MBR_SIGNATURE cpu_to_le16(0xAA55)
#define EBR_SIGNATURE cpu_to_le16(0xAA55)
#define PARTITION_STATUS_NONBOOTABLE 0x00 /* Non-bootable */
#define PARTITION_STATUS_BOOTABLE 0x80 /* Bootable (active) */
#define PARTITION_TYPE_EMPTY 0x00 /* Empty */
#define PARTITION_TYPE_DOS33_EXTENDED 0x05 /* DOS 3.3+ extended partition */
#define PARTITION_TYPE_NTFS 0x07 /* Windows NT NTFS */
#define PARTITION_TYPE_WIN95_EXTENDED 0x0F /* Windows 95 extended partition */
/* Forward declarations */
struct _ntfs_file_state;
struct _ntfs_dir_state;
/**
* PRIMARY_PARTITION - Block device partition record
*/
typedef struct _PARTITION_RECORD {
u8 status; /* Partition status; see above */
u8 chs_start[3]; /* Cylinder-head-sector address to first block of partition */
u8 type; /* Partition type; see above */
u8 chs_end[3]; /* Cylinder-head-sector address to last block of partition */
u32 lba_start; /* Local block address to first sector of partition */
u32 block_count; /* Number of blocks in partition */
} __attribute__((__packed__)) PARTITION_RECORD;
/**
* MASTER_BOOT_RECORD - Block device master boot record
*/
typedef struct _MASTER_BOOT_RECORD {
u8 code_area[446]; /* Code area; normally empty */
PARTITION_RECORD partitions[4]; /* 4 primary partitions */
u16 signature; /* MBR signature; 0xAA55 */
} __attribute__((__packed__)) MASTER_BOOT_RECORD;
/**
* EXTENDED_PARTITION - Block device extended boot record
*/
typedef struct _EXTENDED_BOOT_RECORD {
u8 code_area[446]; /* Code area; normally empty */
PARTITION_RECORD partition; /* Primary partition */
PARTITION_RECORD next_ebr; /* Next extended boot record in the chain */
u8 reserved[32]; /* Normally empty */
u16 signature; /* EBR signature; 0xAA55 */
} __attribute__((__packed__)) EXTENDED_BOOT_RECORD;
/**
* INTERFACE_ID - Disc interface identifier
*/
typedef struct _INTERFACE_ID {
const char *name; /* Interface name */
const DISC_INTERFACE *interface; /* Disc interface */
} INTERFACE_ID;
/**
* ntfs_atime_t - File access time update strategies
*/
typedef enum {
ATIME_ENABLED, /* Update access times */
ATIME_DISABLED /* Don't update access times */
} ntfs_atime_t;
/**
* ntfs_vd - NTFS volume descriptor
*/
typedef struct _ntfs_vd {
struct ntfs_device *dev; /* NTFS device handle */
ntfs_volume *vol; /* NTFS volume handle */
mutex_t lock; /* Volume lock mutex */
s64 id; /* Filesystem id */
u32 flags; /* Mount flags */
char name[128]; /* Volume name (cached) */
u16 uid; /* User id for entry creation */
u16 gid; /* Group id for entry creation */
u16 fmask; /* Unix style permission mask for file creation */
u16 dmask; /* Unix style permission mask for directory creation */
ntfs_atime_t atime; /* Entry access time update strategy */
bool showHiddenFiles; /* If true, show hidden files when enumerating directories */
bool showSystemFiles; /* If true, show system files when enumerating directories */
ntfs_inode *cwd_ni; /* Current directory */
struct _ntfs_dir_state *firstOpenDir; /* The start of a FILO linked list of currently opened directories */
struct _ntfs_file_state *firstOpenFile; /* The start of a FILO linked list of currently opened files */
u16 openDirCount; /* The total number of directories currently open in this volume */
u16 openFileCount; /* The total number of files currently open in this volume */
} ntfs_vd;
/* Lock volume */
static inline void ntfsLock (ntfs_vd *vd)
{
LWP_MutexLock(vd->lock);
}
/* Unlock volume */
static inline void ntfsUnlock (ntfs_vd *vd)
{
LWP_MutexUnlock(vd->lock);
}
/* Gekko device related routines */
int ntfsAddDevice (const char *name, void *deviceData);
void ntfsRemoveDevice (const char *path);
const devoptab_t *ntfsGetDevice (const char *path, bool useDefaultDevice);
const devoptab_t *ntfsGetDevOpTab (void);
const INTERFACE_ID* ntfsGetDiscInterfaces (void);
/* Miscellaneous helper/support routines */
int ntfsInitVolume (ntfs_vd *vd);
void ntfsDeinitVolume (ntfs_vd *vd);
ntfs_vd *ntfsGetVolume (const char *path);
ntfs_inode *ntfsOpenEntry (ntfs_vd *vd, const char *path);
ntfs_inode *ntfsParseEntry (ntfs_vd *vd, const char *path, int reparseLevel);
void ntfsCloseEntry (ntfs_vd *vd, ntfs_inode *ni);
ntfs_inode *ntfsCreate (ntfs_vd *vd, const char *path, mode_t type, const char *target);
int ntfsLink (ntfs_vd *vd, const char *old_path, const char *new_path);
int ntfsUnlink (ntfs_vd *vd, const char *path);
int ntfsSync (ntfs_vd *vd, ntfs_inode *ni);
int ntfsStat (ntfs_vd *vd, ntfs_inode *ni, struct stat *st);
void ntfsUpdateTimes (ntfs_vd *vd, ntfs_inode *ni, ntfs_time_update_flags mask);
const char *ntfsRealPath (const char *path);
int ntfsUnicodeToLocal (const ntfschar *ins, const int ins_len, char **outs, int outs_len);
int ntfsLocalToUnicode (const char *ins, ntfschar **outs);
#endif /* _NTFSINTERNAL_H */

121
source/ntfstime.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
/*
* ntfstime.h - NTFS time related functions. Originated from the Linux-NTFS project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2005 Anton Altaparmakov
* Copyright (c) 2005 Yura Pakhuchiy
* Copyright (c) 2010 Jean-Pierre Andre
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _NTFS_NTFSTIME_H
#define _NTFS_NTFSTIME_H
#ifdef HAVE_TIME_H
#include <time.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
#include <sys/stat.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY
#include <sys/time.h>
#endif
#include "types.h"
/*
* There are four times more conversions of internal representation
* to ntfs representation than any other conversion, so the most
* efficient internal representation is ntfs representation
* (with low endianness)
*/
typedef sle64 ntfs_time;
#define NTFS_TIME_OFFSET ((s64)(369 * 365 + 89) * 24 * 3600 * 10000000)
/**
* ntfs2timespec - Convert an NTFS time to Unix time
* @ntfs_time: An NTFS time in 100ns units since 1601
*
* NTFS stores times as the number of 100ns intervals since January 1st 1601 at
* 00:00 UTC. This system will not suffer from Y2K problems until ~57000AD.
*
* Return: A Unix time (number of seconds since 1970, and nanoseconds)
*/
static __inline__ struct timespec ntfs2timespec(ntfs_time ntfstime)
{
struct timespec spec;
s64 cputime;
cputime = sle64_to_cpu(ntfstime);
spec.tv_sec = (cputime - (NTFS_TIME_OFFSET)) / 10000000;
spec.tv_nsec = (cputime - (NTFS_TIME_OFFSET)
- (s64)spec.tv_sec*10000000)*100;
/* force zero nsec for overflowing dates */
if ((spec.tv_nsec < 0) || (spec.tv_nsec > 999999999))
spec.tv_nsec = 0;
return (spec);
}
/**
* timespec2ntfs - Convert Linux time to NTFS time
* @utc_time: Linux time to convert to NTFS
*
* Convert the Linux time @utc_time to its corresponding NTFS time.
*
* Linux stores time in a long at present and measures it as the number of
* 1-second intervals since 1st January 1970, 00:00:00 UTC
* with a separated non-negative nanosecond value
*
* NTFS uses Microsoft's standard time format which is stored in a sle64 and is
* measured as the number of 100 nano-second intervals since 1st January 1601,
* 00:00:00 UTC.
*
* Return: An NTFS time (100ns units since Jan 1601)
*/
static __inline__ ntfs_time timespec2ntfs(struct timespec spec)
{
s64 units;
units = (s64)spec.tv_sec * 10000000
+ NTFS_TIME_OFFSET + spec.tv_nsec/100;
return (cpu_to_le64(units));
}
/*
* Return the current time in ntfs format
*/
static __inline__ ntfs_time ntfs_current_time(void)
{
struct timespec now;
#if defined(HAVE_CLOCK_GETTIME) || defined(HAVE_SYS_CLOCK_GETTIME)
clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME, &now);
#elif defined(HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY)
struct timeval microseconds;
gettimeofday(&microseconds, (struct timezone*)NULL);
now.tv_sec = microseconds.tv_sec;
now.tv_nsec = microseconds.tv_usec*1000;
#else
now.tv_sec = time((time_t*)NULL);
now.tv_nsec = 0;
#endif
return (timespec2ntfs(now));
}
#endif /* _NTFS_NTFSTIME_H */

637
source/object_id.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,637 @@
/**
* object_id.c - Processing of object ids
*
* This module is part of ntfs-3g library
*
* Copyright (c) 2009 Jean-Pierre Andre
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_ERRNO_H
#include <errno.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
#include <string.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
#include <sys/stat.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SETXATTR
#include <sys/xattr.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_SYSMACROS_H
#include <sys/sysmacros.h>
#endif
#include "types.h"
#include "debug.h"
#include "attrib.h"
#include "inode.h"
#include "dir.h"
#include "volume.h"
#include "mft.h"
#include "index.h"
#include "lcnalloc.h"
#include "object_id.h"
#include "logging.h"
#include "misc.h"
/*
* Endianness considerations
*
* According to RFC 4122, GUIDs should be printed with the most
* significant byte first, and the six fields be compared individually
* for ordering. RFC 4122 does not define the internal representation.
*
* Here we always copy disk images with no endianness change,
* and, for indexing, GUIDs are compared as if they were a sequence
* of four unsigned 32 bit integers.
*
* --------------------- begin from RFC 4122 ----------------------
* Consider each field of the UUID to be an unsigned integer as shown
* in the table in section Section 4.1.2. Then, to compare a pair of
* UUIDs, arithmetically compare the corresponding fields from each
* UUID in order of significance and according to their data type.
* Two UUIDs are equal if and only if all the corresponding fields
* are equal.
*
* UUIDs, as defined in this document, can also be ordered
* lexicographically. For a pair of UUIDs, the first one follows the
* second if the most significant field in which the UUIDs differ is
* greater for the first UUID. The second precedes the first if the
* most significant field in which the UUIDs differ is greater for
* the second UUID.
*
* The fields are encoded as 16 octets, with the sizes and order of the
* fields defined above, and with each field encoded with the Most
* Significant Byte first (known as network byte order). Note that the
* field names, particularly for multiplexed fields, follow historical
* practice.
*
* 0 1 2 3
* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
* +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
* | time_low |
* +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
* | time_mid | time_hi_and_version |
* +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
* |clk_seq_hi_res | clk_seq_low | node (0-1) |
* +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
* | node (2-5) |
* +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
*
* ---------------------- end from RFC 4122 -----------------------
*/
typedef struct {
GUID object_id;
} OBJECT_ID_INDEX_KEY;
typedef struct {
le64 file_id;
GUID birth_volume_id;
GUID birth_object_id;
GUID domain_id;
} OBJECT_ID_INDEX_DATA; // known as OBJ_ID_INDEX_DATA
struct OBJECT_ID_INDEX { /* index entry in $Extend/$ObjId */
INDEX_ENTRY_HEADER header;
OBJECT_ID_INDEX_KEY key;
OBJECT_ID_INDEX_DATA data;
} ;
static ntfschar objid_index_name[] = { const_cpu_to_le16('$'),
const_cpu_to_le16('O') };
#ifdef HAVE_SETXATTR /* extended attributes interface required */
/*
* Set the index for a new object id
*
* Returns 0 if success
* -1 if failure, explained by errno
*/
static int set_object_id_index(ntfs_inode *ni, ntfs_index_context *xo,
const OBJECT_ID_ATTR *object_id)
{
struct OBJECT_ID_INDEX indx;
u64 file_id_cpu;
le64 file_id;
le16 seqn;
seqn = ni->mrec->sequence_number;
file_id_cpu = MK_MREF(ni->mft_no,le16_to_cpu(seqn));
file_id = cpu_to_le64(file_id_cpu);
indx.header.data_offset = const_cpu_to_le16(
sizeof(INDEX_ENTRY_HEADER)
+ sizeof(OBJECT_ID_INDEX_KEY));
indx.header.data_length = const_cpu_to_le16(
sizeof(OBJECT_ID_INDEX_DATA));
indx.header.reservedV = const_cpu_to_le32(0);
indx.header.length = const_cpu_to_le16(
sizeof(struct OBJECT_ID_INDEX));
indx.header.key_length = const_cpu_to_le16(
sizeof(OBJECT_ID_INDEX_KEY));
indx.header.flags = const_cpu_to_le16(0);
indx.header.reserved = const_cpu_to_le16(0);
memcpy(&indx.key.object_id,object_id,sizeof(GUID));
indx.data.file_id = file_id;
memcpy(&indx.data.birth_volume_id,
&object_id->birth_volume_id,sizeof(GUID));
memcpy(&indx.data.birth_object_id,
&object_id->birth_object_id,sizeof(GUID));
memcpy(&indx.data.domain_id,
&object_id->domain_id,sizeof(GUID));
ntfs_index_ctx_reinit(xo);
return (ntfs_ie_add(xo,(INDEX_ENTRY*)&indx));
}
#endif /* HAVE_SETXATTR */
/*
* Open the $Extend/$ObjId file and its index
*
* Return the index context if opened
* or NULL if an error occurred (errno tells why)
*
* The index has to be freed and inode closed when not needed any more.
*/
static ntfs_index_context *open_object_id_index(ntfs_volume *vol)
{
u64 inum;
ntfs_inode *ni;
ntfs_inode *dir_ni;
ntfs_index_context *xo;
/* do not use path_name_to inode - could reopen root */
dir_ni = ntfs_inode_open(vol, FILE_Extend);
ni = (ntfs_inode*)NULL;
if (dir_ni) {
inum = ntfs_inode_lookup_by_mbsname(dir_ni,"$ObjId");
if (inum != (u64)-1)
ni = ntfs_inode_open(vol, inum);
ntfs_inode_close(dir_ni);
}
if (ni) {
xo = ntfs_index_ctx_get(ni, objid_index_name, 2);
if (!xo) {
ntfs_inode_close(ni);
}
} else
xo = (ntfs_index_context*)NULL;
return (xo);
}
#ifdef HAVE_SETXATTR /* extended attributes interface required */
/*
* Merge object_id data stored in the index into
* a full object_id struct.
*
* returns 0 if merging successful
* -1 if no data could be merged. This is generally not an error
*/
static int merge_index_data(ntfs_inode *ni,
const OBJECT_ID_ATTR *objectid_attr,
OBJECT_ID_ATTR *full_objectid)
{
OBJECT_ID_INDEX_KEY key;
struct OBJECT_ID_INDEX *entry;
ntfs_index_context *xo;
ntfs_inode *xoni;
int res;
res = -1;
xo = open_object_id_index(ni->vol);
if (xo) {
memcpy(&key.object_id,objectid_attr,sizeof(GUID));
if (!ntfs_index_lookup(&key,
sizeof(OBJECT_ID_INDEX_KEY), xo)) {
entry = (struct OBJECT_ID_INDEX*)xo->entry;
/* make sure inode numbers match */
if (entry
&& (MREF(le64_to_cpu(entry->data.file_id))
== ni->mft_no)) {
memcpy(&full_objectid->birth_volume_id,
&entry->data.birth_volume_id,
sizeof(GUID));
memcpy(&full_objectid->birth_object_id,
&entry->data.birth_object_id,
sizeof(GUID));
memcpy(&full_objectid->domain_id,
&entry->data.domain_id,
sizeof(GUID));
res = 0;
}
}
xoni = xo->ni;
ntfs_index_ctx_put(xo);
ntfs_inode_close(xoni);
}
return (res);
}
#endif /* HAVE_SETXATTR */
/*
* Remove an object id index entry if attribute present
*
* Returns the size of existing object id
* (the existing object_d is returned)
* -1 if failure, explained by errno
*/
static int remove_object_id_index(ntfs_attr *na, ntfs_index_context *xo,
OBJECT_ID_ATTR *old_attr)
{
OBJECT_ID_INDEX_KEY key;
struct OBJECT_ID_INDEX *entry;
s64 size;
int ret;
ret = na->data_size;
if (ret) {
/* read the existing object id attribute */
size = ntfs_attr_pread(na, 0, sizeof(GUID), old_attr);
if (size >= (s64)sizeof(GUID)) {
memcpy(&key.object_id,
&old_attr->object_id,sizeof(GUID));
size = sizeof(GUID);
if (!ntfs_index_lookup(&key,
sizeof(OBJECT_ID_INDEX_KEY), xo)) {
entry = (struct OBJECT_ID_INDEX*)xo->entry;
memcpy(&old_attr->birth_volume_id,
&entry->data.birth_volume_id,
sizeof(GUID));
memcpy(&old_attr->birth_object_id,
&entry->data.birth_object_id,
sizeof(GUID));
memcpy(&old_attr->domain_id,
&entry->data.domain_id,
sizeof(GUID));
size = sizeof(OBJECT_ID_ATTR);
if (ntfs_index_rm(xo))
ret = -1;
}
} else {
ret = -1;
errno = ENODATA;
}
}
return (ret);
}
#ifdef HAVE_SETXATTR /* extended attributes interface required */
/*
* Update the object id and index
*
* The object_id attribute should have been created and the
* non-duplication of the GUID should have been checked before.
*
* Returns 0 if success
* -1 if failure, explained by errno
* If could not remove the existing index, nothing is done,
* If could not write the new data, no index entry is inserted
* If failed to insert the index, data is removed
*/
static int update_object_id(ntfs_inode *ni, ntfs_index_context *xo,
const OBJECT_ID_ATTR *value, size_t size)
{
OBJECT_ID_ATTR old_attr;
ntfs_attr *na;
int oldsize;
int written;
int res;
res = 0;
na = ntfs_attr_open(ni, AT_OBJECT_ID, AT_UNNAMED, 0);
if (na) {
/* remove the existing index entry */
oldsize = remove_object_id_index(na,xo,&old_attr);
if (oldsize < 0)
res = -1;
else {
/* resize attribute */
res = ntfs_attr_truncate(na, (s64)sizeof(GUID));
/* write the object_id in attribute */
if (!res && value) {
written = (int)ntfs_attr_pwrite(na,
(s64)0, (s64)sizeof(GUID),
&value->object_id);
if (written != (s64)sizeof(GUID)) {
ntfs_log_error("Failed to update "
"object id\n");
errno = EIO;
res = -1;
}
}
/* write index part if provided */
if (!res
&& ((size < sizeof(OBJECT_ID_ATTR))
|| set_object_id_index(ni,xo,value))) {
/*
* If cannot index, try to remove the object
* id and log the error. There will be an
* inconsistency if removal fails.
*/
ntfs_attr_rm(na);
ntfs_log_error("Failed to index object id."
" Possible corruption.\n");
}
}
ntfs_attr_close(na);
NInoSetDirty(ni);
} else
res = -1;
return (res);
}
/*
* Add a (dummy) object id to an inode if it does not exist
*
* returns 0 if attribute was inserted (or already present)
* -1 if adding failed (explained by errno)
*/
static int add_object_id(ntfs_inode *ni, int flags)
{
int res;
u8 dummy;
res = -1; /* default return */
if (!ntfs_attr_exist(ni,AT_OBJECT_ID, AT_UNNAMED,0)) {
if (!(flags & XATTR_REPLACE)) {
/*
* no object id attribute : add one,
* apparently, this does not feed the new value in
* Note : NTFS version must be >= 3
*/
if (ni->vol->major_ver >= 3) {
res = ntfs_attr_add(ni, AT_OBJECT_ID,
AT_UNNAMED, 0, &dummy, (s64)0);
NInoSetDirty(ni);
} else
errno = EOPNOTSUPP;
} else
errno = ENODATA;
} else {
if (flags & XATTR_CREATE)
errno = EEXIST;
else
res = 0;
}
return (res);
}
#endif /* HAVE_SETXATTR */
/*
* Delete an object_id index entry
*
* Returns 0 if success
* -1 if failure, explained by errno
*/
int ntfs_delete_object_id_index(ntfs_inode *ni)
{
ntfs_index_context *xo;
ntfs_inode *xoni;
ntfs_attr *na;
OBJECT_ID_ATTR old_attr;
int res;
res = 0;
na = ntfs_attr_open(ni, AT_OBJECT_ID, AT_UNNAMED, 0);
if (na) {
/*
* read the existing object id
* and un-index it
*/
xo = open_object_id_index(ni->vol);
if (xo) {
if (remove_object_id_index(na,xo,&old_attr) < 0)
res = -1;
xoni = xo->ni;
ntfs_index_entry_mark_dirty(xo);
NInoSetDirty(xoni);
ntfs_index_ctx_put(xo);
ntfs_inode_close(xoni);
}
ntfs_attr_close(na);
}
return (res);
}
#ifdef HAVE_SETXATTR /* extended attributes interface required */
/*
* Get the ntfs object id into an extended attribute
*
* If present, the object_id from the attribute and the GUIDs
* from the index are returned (formatted as OBJECT_ID_ATTR)
*
* Returns the global size (can be 0, 16 or 64)
* and the buffer is updated if it is long enough
*/
int ntfs_get_ntfs_object_id(ntfs_inode *ni, char *value, size_t size)
{
OBJECT_ID_ATTR full_objectid;
OBJECT_ID_ATTR *objectid_attr;
s64 attr_size;
int full_size;
full_size = 0; /* default to no data and some error to be defined */
if (ni) {
objectid_attr = (OBJECT_ID_ATTR*)ntfs_attr_readall(ni,
AT_OBJECT_ID,(ntfschar*)NULL, 0, &attr_size);
if (objectid_attr) {
/* restrict to only GUID present in attr */
if (attr_size == sizeof(GUID)) {
memcpy(&full_objectid.object_id,
objectid_attr,sizeof(GUID));
full_size = sizeof(GUID);
/* get data from index, if any */
if (!merge_index_data(ni, objectid_attr,
&full_objectid)) {
full_size = sizeof(OBJECT_ID_ATTR);
}
if (full_size <= (s64)size) {
if (value)
memcpy(value,&full_objectid,
full_size);
else
errno = EINVAL;
}
} else {
/* unexpected size, better return unsupported */
errno = EOPNOTSUPP;
full_size = 0;
}
free(objectid_attr);
} else
errno = ENODATA;
}
return (full_size ? (int)full_size : -errno);
}
/*
* Set the object id from an extended attribute
*
* If the size is 64, the attribute and index are set.
* else if the size is not less than 16 only the attribute is set.
* The object id index is set accordingly.
*
* Returns 0, or -1 if there is a problem
*/
int ntfs_set_ntfs_object_id(ntfs_inode *ni,
const char *value, size_t size, int flags)
{
OBJECT_ID_INDEX_KEY key;
ntfs_inode *xoni;
ntfs_index_context *xo;
int res;
res = 0;
if (ni && value && (size >= sizeof(GUID))) {
xo = open_object_id_index(ni->vol);
if (xo) {
/* make sure the GUID was not used somewhere */
memcpy(&key.object_id, value, sizeof(GUID));
if (ntfs_index_lookup(&key,
sizeof(OBJECT_ID_INDEX_KEY), xo)) {
ntfs_index_ctx_reinit(xo);
res = add_object_id(ni, flags);
if (!res) {
/* update value and index */
res = update_object_id(ni,xo,
(const OBJECT_ID_ATTR*)value,
size);
}
} else {
/* GUID is present elsewhere */
res = -1;
errno = EEXIST;
}
xoni = xo->ni;
ntfs_index_entry_mark_dirty(xo);
NInoSetDirty(xoni);
ntfs_index_ctx_put(xo);
ntfs_inode_close(xoni);
} else {
res = -1;
}
} else {
errno = EINVAL;
res = -1;
}
return (res ? -1 : 0);
}
/*
* Remove the object id
*
* Returns 0, or -1 if there is a problem
*/
int ntfs_remove_ntfs_object_id(ntfs_inode *ni)
{
int res;
int olderrno;
ntfs_attr *na;
ntfs_inode *xoni;
ntfs_index_context *xo;
int oldsize;
OBJECT_ID_ATTR old_attr;
res = 0;
if (ni) {
/*
* open and delete the object id
*/
na = ntfs_attr_open(ni, AT_OBJECT_ID,
AT_UNNAMED,0);
if (na) {
/* first remove index (old object id needed) */
xo = open_object_id_index(ni->vol);
if (xo) {
oldsize = remove_object_id_index(na,xo,
&old_attr);
if (oldsize < 0) {
res = -1;
} else {
/* now remove attribute */
res = ntfs_attr_rm(na);
if (res
&& (oldsize > (int)sizeof(GUID))) {
/*
* If we could not remove the
* attribute, try to restore the
* index and log the error. There
* will be an inconsistency if
* the reindexing fails.
*/
set_object_id_index(ni, xo,
&old_attr);
ntfs_log_error(
"Failed to remove object id."
" Possible corruption.\n");
}
}
xoni = xo->ni;
ntfs_index_entry_mark_dirty(xo);
NInoSetDirty(xoni);
ntfs_index_ctx_put(xo);
ntfs_inode_close(xoni);
}
olderrno = errno;
ntfs_attr_close(na);
/* avoid errno pollution */
if (errno == ENOENT)
errno = olderrno;
} else {
errno = ENODATA;
res = -1;
}
NInoSetDirty(ni);
} else {
errno = EINVAL;
res = -1;
}
return (res ? -1 : 0);
}
#endif /* HAVE_SETXATTR */

35
source/object_id.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
/*
*
* Copyright (c) 2008 Jean-Pierre Andre
*
*/
/*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef OBJECT_ID_H
#define OBJECT_ID_H
int ntfs_get_ntfs_object_id(ntfs_inode *ni, char *value, size_t size);
int ntfs_set_ntfs_object_id(ntfs_inode *ni, const char *value,
size_t size, int flags);
int ntfs_remove_ntfs_object_id(ntfs_inode *ni);
int ntfs_delete_object_id_index(ntfs_inode *ni);
#endif /* OBJECT_ID_H */

82
source/param.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
/*
* param.h - Parameter values for ntfs-3g
*
* Copyright (c) 2009 Jean-Pierre Andre
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _NTFS_PARAM_H
#define _NTFS_PARAM_H
#define CACHE_INODE_SIZE 32 /* inode cache, zero or >= 3 and not too big */
#define CACHE_NIDATA_SIZE 64 /* idata cache, zero or >= 3 and not too big */
#define CACHE_LOOKUP_SIZE 64 /* lookup cache, zero or >= 3 and not too big */
#define CACHE_SECURID_SIZE 16 /* securid cache, zero or >= 3 and not too big */
#define CACHE_LEGACY_SIZE 8 /* legacy cache size, zero or >= 3 and not too big */
#define FORCE_FORMAT_v1x 0 /* Insert security data as in NTFS v1.x */
#define OWNERFROMACL 1 /* Get the owner from ACL (not Windows owner) */
/* default security sub-authorities */
enum {
DEFSECAUTH1 = -1153374643, /* 3141592653 */
DEFSECAUTH2 = 589793238,
DEFSECAUTH3 = 462843383,
DEFSECBASE = 10000
};
/*
* Parameters for compression
*/
/* default option for compression */
#define DEFAULT_COMPRESSION FALSE
/* (log2 of) number of clusters in a compression block for new files */
#define STANDARD_COMPRESSION_UNIT 4
/* maximum cluster size for allowing compression for new files */
#define MAX_COMPRESSION_CLUSTER_SIZE 4096
/*
* Permission checking modes for high level and low level
*
* The choices for high and low lowel are independent, they have
* no effect on the library
*
* Stick to the recommended values unless you understand the consequences
* on protection and performances. Use of cacheing is good for
* performances, but bad on security.
*
* Possible values for high level :
* 1 : no cache, kernel control (recommended)
* 4 : no cache, file system control
* 7 : no cache, kernel control for ACLs
*
* Possible values for low level :
* 2 : no cache, kernel control
* 3 : use kernel/fuse cache, kernel control
* 5 : no cache, file system control (recommended)
* 8 : no cache, kernel control for ACLs
*
* Use of options 7 and 8 requires a patch to fuse
* When Posix ACLs are selected in the configure options, a value
* of 6 is added in the mount report.
*/
#define HPERMSCONFIG 1
#define LPERMSCONFIG 5
#endif /* defined _NTFS_PARAM_H */

1222
source/reparse.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

39
source/reparse.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
/*
*
* Copyright (c) 2008 Jean-Pierre Andre
*
*/
/*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef REPARSE_H
#define REPARSE_H
char *ntfs_make_symlink(ntfs_inode *ni, const char *mnt_point,
int *pattr_size);
BOOL ntfs_possible_symlink(ntfs_inode *ni);
int ntfs_get_ntfs_reparse_data(ntfs_inode *ni, char *value, size_t size);
int ntfs_set_ntfs_reparse_data(ntfs_inode *ni, const char *value,
size_t size, int flags);
int ntfs_remove_ntfs_reparse_data(ntfs_inode *ni);
int ntfs_delete_reparse_index(ntfs_inode *ni);
#endif /* REPARSE_H */

2181
source/runlist.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

90
source/runlist.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
/*
* runlist.h - Exports for runlist handling. Originated from the Linux-NTFS project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2002 Anton Altaparmakov
* Copyright (c) 2002 Richard Russon
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _NTFS_RUNLIST_H
#define _NTFS_RUNLIST_H
#include "types.h"
/* Forward declarations */
typedef struct _runlist_element runlist_element;
typedef runlist_element runlist;
#include "attrib.h"
#include "volume.h"
/**
* struct _runlist_element - in memory vcn to lcn mapping array element.
* @vcn: starting vcn of the current array element
* @lcn: starting lcn of the current array element
* @length: length in clusters of the current array element
*
* The last vcn (in fact the last vcn + 1) is reached when length == 0.
*
* When lcn == -1 this means that the count vcns starting at vcn are not
* physically allocated (i.e. this is a hole / data is sparse).
*/
struct _runlist_element {/* In memory vcn to lcn mapping structure element. */
VCN vcn; /* vcn = Starting virtual cluster number. */
LCN lcn; /* lcn = Starting logical cluster number. */
s64 length; /* Run length in clusters. */
};
extern runlist_element *ntfs_rl_extend(ntfs_attr *na, runlist_element *rl,
int more_entries);
extern LCN ntfs_rl_vcn_to_lcn(const runlist_element *rl, const VCN vcn);
extern s64 ntfs_rl_pread(const ntfs_volume *vol, const runlist_element *rl,
const s64 pos, s64 count, void *b);
extern s64 ntfs_rl_pwrite(const ntfs_volume *vol, const runlist_element *rl,
s64 ofs, const s64 pos, s64 count, void *b);
extern runlist_element *ntfs_runlists_merge(runlist_element *drl,
runlist_element *srl);
extern runlist_element *ntfs_mapping_pairs_decompress(const ntfs_volume *vol,
const ATTR_RECORD *attr, runlist_element *old_rl);
extern int ntfs_get_nr_significant_bytes(const s64 n);
extern int ntfs_get_size_for_mapping_pairs(const ntfs_volume *vol,
const runlist_element *rl, const VCN start_vcn, int max_size);
extern int ntfs_write_significant_bytes(u8 *dst, const u8 *dst_max,
const s64 n);
extern int ntfs_mapping_pairs_build(const ntfs_volume *vol, u8 *dst,
const int dst_len, const runlist_element *rl,
const VCN start_vcn, runlist_element const **stop_rl);
extern int ntfs_rl_truncate(runlist **arl, const VCN start_vcn);
extern int ntfs_rl_sparse(runlist *rl);
extern s64 ntfs_rl_get_compressed_size(ntfs_volume *vol, runlist *rl);
#ifdef NTFS_TEST
int test_rl_main(int argc, char *argv[]);
#endif
#endif /* defined _NTFS_RUNLIST_H */

5184
source/security.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

357
source/security.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,357 @@
/*
* security.h - Exports for handling security/ACLs in NTFS.
* Originated from the Linux-NTFS project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2004 Anton Altaparmakov
* Copyright (c) 2005-2006 Szabolcs Szakacsits
* Copyright (c) 2007-2008 Jean-Pierre Andre
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _NTFS_SECURITY_H
#define _NTFS_SECURITY_H
#include "types.h"
#include "layout.h"
#include "inode.h"
#include "dir.h"
#ifndef POSIXACLS
#define POSIXACLS 0
#endif
typedef u16 be16;
typedef u32 be32;
#if __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN
#define const_cpu_to_be16(x) ((((x) & 255L) << 8) + (((x) >> 8) & 255L))
#define const_cpu_to_be32(x) ((((x) & 255L) << 24) + (((x) & 0xff00L) << 8) \
+ (((x) >> 8) & 0xff00L) + (((x) >> 24) & 255L))
#else
#define const_cpu_to_be16(x) (x)
#define const_cpu_to_be32(x) (x)
#endif
/*
* item in the mapping list
*/
struct MAPPING {
struct MAPPING *next;
int xid; /* linux id : uid or gid */
SID *sid; /* Windows id : usid or gsid */
int grcnt; /* group count (for users only) */
gid_t *groups; /* groups which the user is member of */
};
/*
* Entry in the permissions cache
* Note : this cache is not organized as a generic cache
*/
struct CACHED_PERMISSIONS {
uid_t uid;
gid_t gid;
le32 inh_fileid;
le32 inh_dirid;
#if POSIXACLS
struct POSIX_SECURITY *pxdesc;
unsigned int pxdescsize:16;
#endif
unsigned int mode:12;
unsigned int valid:1;
} ;
/*
* Entry in the permissions cache for directories with no security_id
*/
struct CACHED_PERMISSIONS_LEGACY {
struct CACHED_PERMISSIONS_LEGACY *next;
struct CACHED_PERMISSIONS_LEGACY *previous;
void *variable;
size_t varsize;
/* above fields must match "struct CACHED_GENERIC" */
u64 mft_no;
struct CACHED_PERMISSIONS perm;
} ;
/*
* Entry in the securid cache
*/
struct CACHED_SECURID {
struct CACHED_SECURID *next;
struct CACHED_SECURID *previous;
void *variable;
size_t varsize;
/* above fields must match "struct CACHED_GENERIC" */
uid_t uid;
gid_t gid;
unsigned int dmode;
le32 securid;
} ;
/*
* Header of the security cache
* (has no cache structure by itself)
*/
struct CACHED_PERMISSIONS_HEADER {
unsigned int last;
/* statistics for permissions */
unsigned long p_writes;
unsigned long p_reads;
unsigned long p_hits;
} ;
/*
* The whole permissions cache
*/
struct PERMISSIONS_CACHE {
struct CACHED_PERMISSIONS_HEADER head;
struct CACHED_PERMISSIONS *cachetable[1]; /* array of variable size */
} ;
/*
* Security flags values
*/
enum {
SECURITY_DEFAULT, /* rely on fuse for permissions checking */
SECURITY_RAW, /* force same ownership/permissions on files */
SECURITY_ADDSECURIDS, /* upgrade old security descriptors */
SECURITY_STATICGRPS, /* use static groups for access control */
SECURITY_WANTED /* a security related option was present */
} ;
/*
* Security context, needed by most security functions
*/
enum { MAPUSERS, MAPGROUPS, MAPCOUNT } ;
struct SECURITY_CONTEXT {
ntfs_volume *vol;
struct MAPPING *mapping[MAPCOUNT];
struct PERMISSIONS_CACHE **pseccache;
uid_t uid; /* uid of user requesting (not the mounter) */
gid_t gid; /* gid of user requesting (not the mounter) */
pid_t tid; /* thread id of thread requesting */
mode_t umask; /* umask of requesting thread */
} ;
#if POSIXACLS
/*
* Posix ACL structures
*/
struct POSIX_ACE {
u16 tag;
u16 perms;
s32 id;
} __attribute__((__packed__));
struct POSIX_ACL {
u8 version;
u8 flags;
u16 filler;
struct POSIX_ACE ace[0];
} __attribute__((__packed__));
struct POSIX_SECURITY {
mode_t mode;
int acccnt;
int defcnt;
int firstdef;
u16 tagsset;
struct POSIX_ACL acl;
} ;
/*
* Posix tags, cpu-endian 16 bits
*/
enum {
POSIX_ACL_USER_OBJ = 1,
POSIX_ACL_USER = 2,
POSIX_ACL_GROUP_OBJ = 4,
POSIX_ACL_GROUP = 8,
POSIX_ACL_MASK = 16,
POSIX_ACL_OTHER = 32,
POSIX_ACL_SPECIAL = 64 /* internal use only */
} ;
#define POSIX_ACL_EXTENSIONS (POSIX_ACL_USER | POSIX_ACL_GROUP | POSIX_ACL_MASK)
/*
* Posix permissions, cpu-endian 16 bits
*/
enum {
POSIX_PERM_X = 1,
POSIX_PERM_W = 2,
POSIX_PERM_R = 4,
POSIX_PERM_DENIAL = 64 /* internal use only */
} ;
#define POSIX_VERSION 2
#endif
extern BOOL ntfs_guid_is_zero(const GUID *guid);
extern char *ntfs_guid_to_mbs(const GUID *guid, char *guid_str);
/**
* ntfs_sid_is_valid - determine if a SID is valid
* @sid: SID for which to determine if it is valid
*
* Determine if the SID pointed to by @sid is valid.
*
* Return TRUE if it is valid and FALSE otherwise.
*/
static __inline__ BOOL ntfs_sid_is_valid(const SID *sid)
{
if (!sid || sid->revision != SID_REVISION ||
sid->sub_authority_count > SID_MAX_SUB_AUTHORITIES)
return FALSE;
return TRUE;
}
extern int ntfs_sid_to_mbs_size(const SID *sid);
extern char *ntfs_sid_to_mbs(const SID *sid, char *sid_str,
size_t sid_str_size);
extern void ntfs_generate_guid(GUID *guid);
extern int ntfs_sd_add_everyone(ntfs_inode *ni);
extern le32 ntfs_security_hash(const SECURITY_DESCRIPTOR_RELATIVE *sd,
const u32 len);
int ntfs_build_mapping(struct SECURITY_CONTEXT *scx, const char *usermap_path,
BOOL allowdef);
int ntfs_get_owner_mode(struct SECURITY_CONTEXT *scx,
ntfs_inode *ni, struct stat*);
int ntfs_set_mode(struct SECURITY_CONTEXT *scx, ntfs_inode *ni, mode_t mode);
BOOL ntfs_allowed_as_owner(struct SECURITY_CONTEXT *scx, ntfs_inode *ni);
int ntfs_allowed_access(struct SECURITY_CONTEXT *scx,
ntfs_inode *ni, int accesstype);
BOOL old_ntfs_allowed_dir_access(struct SECURITY_CONTEXT *scx,
const char *path, int accesstype);
#if POSIXACLS
le32 ntfs_alloc_securid(struct SECURITY_CONTEXT *scx,
uid_t uid, gid_t gid, ntfs_inode *dir_ni,
mode_t mode, BOOL isdir);
#else
le32 ntfs_alloc_securid(struct SECURITY_CONTEXT *scx,
uid_t uid, gid_t gid, mode_t mode, BOOL isdir);
#endif
int ntfs_set_owner(struct SECURITY_CONTEXT *scx, ntfs_inode *ni,
uid_t uid, gid_t gid);
int ntfs_set_ownmod(struct SECURITY_CONTEXT *scx,
ntfs_inode *ni, uid_t uid, gid_t gid, mode_t mode);
#if POSIXACLS
int ntfs_set_owner_mode(struct SECURITY_CONTEXT *scx,
ntfs_inode *ni, uid_t uid, gid_t gid,
mode_t mode, struct POSIX_SECURITY *pxdesc);
#else
int ntfs_set_owner_mode(struct SECURITY_CONTEXT *scx,
ntfs_inode *ni, uid_t uid, gid_t gid, mode_t mode);
#endif
le32 ntfs_inherited_id(struct SECURITY_CONTEXT *scx,
ntfs_inode *dir_ni, BOOL fordir);
int ntfs_open_secure(ntfs_volume *vol);
void ntfs_close_secure(struct SECURITY_CONTEXT *scx);
#if POSIXACLS
int ntfs_set_inherited_posix(struct SECURITY_CONTEXT *scx,
ntfs_inode *ni, uid_t uid, gid_t gid,
ntfs_inode *dir_ni, mode_t mode);
int ntfs_get_posix_acl(struct SECURITY_CONTEXT *scx, ntfs_inode *ni,
const char *name, char *value, size_t size);
int ntfs_set_posix_acl(struct SECURITY_CONTEXT *scx, ntfs_inode *ni,
const char *name, const char *value, size_t size,
int flags);
int ntfs_remove_posix_acl(struct SECURITY_CONTEXT *scx, ntfs_inode *ni,
const char *name);
#endif
int ntfs_get_ntfs_acl(struct SECURITY_CONTEXT *scx, ntfs_inode *ni,
char *value, size_t size);
int ntfs_set_ntfs_acl(struct SECURITY_CONTEXT *scx, ntfs_inode *ni,
const char *value, size_t size, int flags);
int ntfs_get_ntfs_attrib(ntfs_inode *ni, char *value, size_t size);
int ntfs_set_ntfs_attrib(ntfs_inode *ni,
const char *value, size_t size, int flags);
/*
* Security API for direct access to security descriptors
* based on Win32 API
*/
#define MAGIC_API 0x09042009
struct SECURITY_API {
u32 magic;
struct SECURITY_CONTEXT security;
struct PERMISSIONS_CACHE *seccache;
} ;
/*
* The following constants are used in interfacing external programs.
* They are not to be stored on disk and must be defined in their
* native cpu representation.
* When disk representation (le) is needed, use SE_DACL_PRESENT, etc.
*/
enum { OWNER_SECURITY_INFORMATION = 1,
GROUP_SECURITY_INFORMATION = 2,
DACL_SECURITY_INFORMATION = 4,
SACL_SECURITY_INFORMATION = 8
} ;
int ntfs_get_file_security(struct SECURITY_API *scapi,
const char *path, u32 selection,
char *buf, u32 buflen, u32 *psize);
int ntfs_set_file_security(struct SECURITY_API *scapi,
const char *path, u32 selection, const char *attr);
int ntfs_get_file_attributes(struct SECURITY_API *scapi,
const char *path);
BOOL ntfs_set_file_attributes(struct SECURITY_API *scapi,
const char *path, s32 attrib);
BOOL ntfs_read_directory(struct SECURITY_API *scapi,
const char *path, ntfs_filldir_t callback, void *context);
int ntfs_read_sds(struct SECURITY_API *scapi,
char *buf, u32 size, u32 offset);
INDEX_ENTRY *ntfs_read_sii(struct SECURITY_API *scapi,
INDEX_ENTRY *entry);
INDEX_ENTRY *ntfs_read_sdh(struct SECURITY_API *scapi,
INDEX_ENTRY *entry);
struct SECURITY_API *ntfs_initialize_file_security(const char *device,
int flags);
BOOL ntfs_leave_file_security(struct SECURITY_API *scx);
int ntfs_get_usid(struct SECURITY_API *scapi, uid_t uid, char *buf);
int ntfs_get_gsid(struct SECURITY_API *scapi, gid_t gid, char *buf);
int ntfs_get_user(struct SECURITY_API *scapi, const SID *usid);
int ntfs_get_group(struct SECURITY_API *scapi, const SID *gsid);
#endif /* defined _NTFS_SECURITY_H */

85
source/support.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
/*
* support.h - Useful definitions and macros. Originated from the Linux-NTFS project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2000-2004 Anton Altaparmakov
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _NTFS_SUPPORT_H
#define _NTFS_SUPPORT_H
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDDEF_H
#include <stddef.h>
#endif
/*
* Our mailing list. Use this define to prevent typos in email address.
*/
#define NTFS_DEV_LIST "ntfs-3g-devel@lists.sf.net"
/*
* Generic macro to convert pointers to values for comparison purposes.
*/
#ifndef p2n
#define p2n(p) ((ptrdiff_t)((ptrdiff_t*)(p)))
#endif
/*
* The classic min and max macros.
*/
#ifndef min
#define min(a,b) ((a) <= (b) ? (a) : (b))
#endif
#ifndef max
#define max(a,b) ((a) >= (b) ? (a) : (b))
#endif
/*
* Useful macro for determining the offset of a struct member.
*/
#ifndef offsetof
#define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) &((TYPE *)0)->MEMBER)
#endif
/*
* Simple bit operation macros. NOTE: These are NOT atomic.
*/
#define test_bit(bit, var) ((var) & (1 << (bit)))
#define set_bit(bit, var) (var) |= 1 << (bit)
#define clear_bit(bit, var) (var) &= ~(1 << (bit))
#define test_and_set_bit(bit, var) \
({ \
const BOOL old_state = test_bit(bit, var); \
set_bit(bit, var); \
old_state; \
})
#define test_and_clear_bit(bit, var) \
({ \
const BOOL old_state = test_bit(bit, var); \
clear_bit(bit, var); \
old_state; \
})
#endif /* defined _NTFS_SUPPORT_H */

133
source/types.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
/*
* types.h - Misc type definitions not related to on-disk structure.
* Originated from the Linux-NTFS project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2000-2004 Anton Altaparmakov
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _NTFS_TYPES_H
#define _NTFS_TYPES_H
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#if HAVE_STDINT_H || !HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include <stdint.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#ifdef GEKKO
#include <gctypes.h>
#include "compat.h"
#else /* GEKKO */
typedef uint8_t u8; /* Unsigned types of an exact size */
typedef uint16_t u16;
typedef uint32_t u32;
typedef uint64_t u64;
typedef int8_t s8; /* Signed types of an exact size */
typedef int16_t s16;
typedef int32_t s32;
typedef int64_t s64;
#endif /* GEKKO */
typedef u16 le16;
typedef u32 le32;
typedef u64 le64;
/*
* Declare sle{16,32,64} to be unsigned because we do not want sign extension
* on BE architectures.
*/
typedef u16 sle16;
typedef u32 sle32;
typedef u64 sle64;
typedef u16 ntfschar; /* 2-byte Unicode character type. */
#define UCHAR_T_SIZE_BITS 1
/*
* Clusters are signed 64-bit values on NTFS volumes. We define two types, LCN
* and VCN, to allow for type checking and better code readability.
*/
typedef s64 VCN;
typedef sle64 leVCN;
typedef s64 LCN;
typedef sle64 leLCN;
/*
* The NTFS journal $LogFile uses log sequence numbers which are signed 64-bit
* values. We define our own type LSN, to allow for type checking and better
* code readability.
*/
typedef s64 LSN;
typedef sle64 leLSN;
/*
* Cygwin has a collision between our BOOL and <windef.h>'s
* As long as this file will be included after <windows.h> were fine.
*/
#ifndef GEKKO
#ifndef _WINDEF_H
/**
* enum BOOL - These are just to make the code more readable...
*/
typedef enum {
#ifndef FALSE
FALSE = 0,
#endif
#ifndef NO
NO = 0,
#endif
#ifndef ZERO
ZERO = 0,
#endif
#ifndef TRUE
TRUE = 1,
#endif
#ifndef YES
YES = 1,
#endif
#ifndef ONE
ONE = 1,
#endif
} BOOL;
#endif /* defined _WINDEF_H */
#endif /* defined GECKO */
/**
* enum IGNORE_CASE_BOOL -
*/
typedef enum {
CASE_SENSITIVE = 0,
IGNORE_CASE = 1,
} IGNORE_CASE_BOOL;
#define STATUS_OK (0)
#define STATUS_ERROR (-1)
#define STATUS_RESIDENT_ATTRIBUTE_FILLED_MFT (-2)
#define STATUS_KEEP_SEARCHING (-3)
#define STATUS_NOT_FOUND (-4)
#endif /* defined _NTFS_TYPES_H */

1438
source/unistr.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

118
source/unistr.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
/*
* unistr.h - Exports for Unicode string handling. Originated from the Linux-NTFS
* project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2000-2004 Anton Altaparmakov
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _NTFS_UNISTR_H
#define _NTFS_UNISTR_H
#include "types.h"
#include "layout.h"
extern BOOL ntfs_names_are_equal(const ntfschar *s1, size_t s1_len,
const ntfschar *s2, size_t s2_len, const IGNORE_CASE_BOOL ic,
const ntfschar *upcase, const u32 upcase_size);
extern int ntfs_names_full_collate(const ntfschar *name1, const u32 name1_len,
const ntfschar *name2, const u32 name2_len,
const IGNORE_CASE_BOOL ic,
const ntfschar *upcase, const u32 upcase_len);
extern int ntfs_ucsncmp(const ntfschar *s1, const ntfschar *s2, size_t n);
extern int ntfs_ucsncasecmp(const ntfschar *s1, const ntfschar *s2, size_t n,
const ntfschar *upcase, const u32 upcase_size);
extern u32 ntfs_ucsnlen(const ntfschar *s, u32 maxlen);
extern ntfschar *ntfs_ucsndup(const ntfschar *s, u32 maxlen);
extern void ntfs_name_upcase(ntfschar *name, u32 name_len,
const ntfschar *upcase, const u32 upcase_len);
extern void ntfs_name_locase(ntfschar *name, u32 name_len,
const ntfschar *locase, const u32 locase_len);
extern void ntfs_file_value_upcase(FILE_NAME_ATTR *file_name_attr,
const ntfschar *upcase, const u32 upcase_len);
extern int ntfs_ucstombs(const ntfschar *ins, const int ins_len, char **outs,
int outs_len);
extern int ntfs_mbstoucs(const char *ins, ntfschar **outs);
extern char *ntfs_uppercase_mbs(const char *low,
const ntfschar *upcase, u32 upcase_len);
extern void ntfs_upcase_table_build(ntfschar *uc, u32 uc_len);
extern ntfschar *ntfs_locase_table_build(const ntfschar *uc, u32 uc_cnt);
extern ntfschar *ntfs_str2ucs(const char *s, int *len);
extern void ntfs_ucsfree(ntfschar *ucs);
extern BOOL ntfs_forbidden_chars(const ntfschar *name, int len);
extern BOOL ntfs_collapsible_chars(ntfs_volume *vol,
const ntfschar *shortname, int shortlen,
const ntfschar *longname, int longlen);
extern int ntfs_set_char_encoding(const char *locale);
#if defined(__APPLE__) || defined(__DARWIN__)
/**
* Mac OS X only.
*
* Sets file name Unicode normalization form conversion on or off.
* normalize=0 : Off
* normalize=1 : On
* If set to on, all filenames returned by ntfs-3g will be converted to the NFD
* normalization form, while all filenames recieved by ntfs-3g will be converted to the NFC
* normalization form. Since Windows and most other OS:es use the NFC form while Mac OS X
* mostly uses NFD, this conversion increases compatibility between Mac applications and
* NTFS-3G.
*
* @param normalize decides whether or not the string functions will do automatic filename
* normalization when converting to and from UTF-8. 0 means normalization is disabled,
* 1 means it is enabled.
* @return -1 if the argument was invalid or an error occurred, 0 if all went well.
*/
extern int ntfs_macosx_normalize_filenames(int normalize);
/**
* Mac OS X only.
*
* Normalizes the input string "utf8_string" to one of the normalization forms NFD or NFC.
* The parameter "composed" decides whether output should be in composed, NFC, form
* (composed == 1) or decomposed, NFD, form (composed == 0).
* Input is assumed to be properly UTF-8 encoded and null-terminated. Output will be a newly
* ntfs_calloc'ed string encoded in UTF-8. It is the callers responsibility to free(...) the
* allocated string when it's no longer needed.
*
* @param utf8_string the input string, which may be in any normalization form.
* @param target a pointer where the resulting string will be stored.
* @param composed decides which composition form to normalize the input string to. 0 means
* composed form (NFC), 1 means decomposed form (NFD).
* @return -1 if the normalization failed for some reason, otherwise the length of the
* normalized string stored in target.
*/
extern int ntfs_macosx_normalize_utf8(const char *utf8_string, char **target, int composed);
#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) || defined(__DARWIN__) */
#endif /* defined _NTFS_UNISTR_H */

1723
source/volume.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

303
source/volume.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
/*
* volume.h - Exports for NTFS volume handling. Originated from the Linux-NTFS project.
*
* Copyright (c) 2000-2004 Anton Altaparmakov
* Copyright (c) 2004-2005 Richard Russon
* Copyright (c) 2005-2006 Yura Pakhuchiy
* Copyright (c) 2005-2009 Szabolcs Szakacsits
*
* This program/include file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
* by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program/include file is distributed in the hope that it will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
* of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program (in the main directory of the NTFS-3G
* distribution in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation,Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#ifndef _NTFS_VOLUME_H
#define _NTFS_VOLUME_H
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDIO_H
#include <stdio.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
#include <sys/param.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H
#include <sys/mount.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_MNTENT_H
#include <mntent.h>
#endif
/*
* Under Cygwin, DJGPP and FreeBSD we do not have MS_RDONLY,
* so we define them ourselves.
*/
#ifndef MS_RDONLY
#define MS_RDONLY 1
#endif
#define MS_EXCLUSIVE 0x08000000
#ifndef MS_RECOVER
#define MS_RECOVER 0x10000000
#endif
#define MS_IGNORE_HIBERFILE 0x20000000
/* Forward declaration */
typedef struct _ntfs_volume ntfs_volume;
#include "param.h"
#include "types.h"
#include "support.h"
#include "device.h"
#include "inode.h"
#include "attrib.h"
#include "index.h"
/**
* enum ntfs_mount_flags -
*
* Flags returned by the ntfs_check_if_mounted() function.
*/
typedef enum {
NTFS_MF_MOUNTED = 1, /* Device is mounted. */
NTFS_MF_ISROOT = 2, /* Device is mounted as system root. */
NTFS_MF_READONLY = 4, /* Device is mounted read-only. */
} ntfs_mount_flags;
extern int ntfs_check_if_mounted(const char *file, unsigned long *mnt_flags);
typedef enum {
NTFS_VOLUME_OK = 0,
NTFS_VOLUME_SYNTAX_ERROR = 11,
NTFS_VOLUME_NOT_NTFS = 12,
NTFS_VOLUME_CORRUPT = 13,
NTFS_VOLUME_HIBERNATED = 14,
NTFS_VOLUME_UNCLEAN_UNMOUNT = 15,
NTFS_VOLUME_LOCKED = 16,
NTFS_VOLUME_RAID = 17,
NTFS_VOLUME_UNKNOWN_REASON = 18,
NTFS_VOLUME_NO_PRIVILEGE = 19,
NTFS_VOLUME_OUT_OF_MEMORY = 20,
NTFS_VOLUME_FUSE_ERROR = 21,
NTFS_VOLUME_INSECURE = 22
} ntfs_volume_status;
/**
* enum ntfs_volume_state_bits -
*
* Defined bits for the state field in the ntfs_volume structure.
*/
typedef enum {
NV_ReadOnly, /* 1: Volume is read-only. */
NV_CaseSensitive, /* 1: Volume is mounted case-sensitive. */
NV_LogFileEmpty, /* 1: $logFile journal is empty. */
NV_ShowSysFiles, /* 1: Show NTFS metafiles. */
NV_ShowHidFiles, /* 1: Show files marked hidden. */
NV_HideDotFiles, /* 1: Set hidden flag on dot files */
NV_Compression, /* 1: allow compression */
} ntfs_volume_state_bits;
#define test_nvol_flag(nv, flag) test_bit(NV_##flag, (nv)->state)
#define set_nvol_flag(nv, flag) set_bit(NV_##flag, (nv)->state)
#define clear_nvol_flag(nv, flag) clear_bit(NV_##flag, (nv)->state)
#define NVolReadOnly(nv) test_nvol_flag(nv, ReadOnly)
#define NVolSetReadOnly(nv) set_nvol_flag(nv, ReadOnly)
#define NVolClearReadOnly(nv) clear_nvol_flag(nv, ReadOnly)
#define NVolCaseSensitive(nv) test_nvol_flag(nv, CaseSensitive)
#define NVolSetCaseSensitive(nv) set_nvol_flag(nv, CaseSensitive)
#define NVolClearCaseSensitive(nv) clear_nvol_flag(nv, CaseSensitive)
#define NVolLogFileEmpty(nv) test_nvol_flag(nv, LogFileEmpty)
#define NVolSetLogFileEmpty(nv) set_nvol_flag(nv, LogFileEmpty)
#define NVolClearLogFileEmpty(nv) clear_nvol_flag(nv, LogFileEmpty)
#define NVolShowSysFiles(nv) test_nvol_flag(nv, ShowSysFiles)
#define NVolSetShowSysFiles(nv) set_nvol_flag(nv, ShowSysFiles)
#define NVolClearShowSysFiles(nv) clear_nvol_flag(nv, ShowSysFiles)
#define NVolShowHidFiles(nv) test_nvol_flag(nv, ShowHidFiles)
#define NVolSetShowHidFiles(nv) set_nvol_flag(nv, ShowHidFiles)
#define NVolClearShowHidFiles(nv) clear_nvol_flag(nv, ShowHidFiles)
#define NVolHideDotFiles(nv) test_nvol_flag(nv, HideDotFiles)
#define NVolSetHideDotFiles(nv) set_nvol_flag(nv, HideDotFiles)
#define NVolClearHideDotFiles(nv) clear_nvol_flag(nv, HideDotFiles)
#define NVolCompression(nv) test_nvol_flag(nv, Compression)
#define NVolSetCompression(nv) set_nvol_flag(nv, Compression)
#define NVolClearCompression(nv) clear_nvol_flag(nv, Compression)
/*
* NTFS version 1.1 and 1.2 are used by Windows NT4.
* NTFS version 2.x is used by Windows 2000 Beta
* NTFS version 3.0 is used by Windows 2000.
* NTFS version 3.1 is used by Windows XP, 2003 and Vista.
*/
#define NTFS_V1_1(major, minor) ((major) == 1 && (minor) == 1)
#define NTFS_V1_2(major, minor) ((major) == 1 && (minor) == 2)
#define NTFS_V2_X(major, minor) ((major) == 2)
#define NTFS_V3_0(major, minor) ((major) == 3 && (minor) == 0)
#define NTFS_V3_1(major, minor) ((major) == 3 && (minor) == 1)
#define NTFS_BUF_SIZE 8192
/**
* struct _ntfs_volume - structure describing an open volume in memory.
*/
struct _ntfs_volume {
union {
struct ntfs_device *dev; /* NTFS device associated with
the volume. */
void *sb; /* For kernel porting compatibility. */
};
char *vol_name; /* Name of the volume. */
unsigned long state; /* NTFS specific flags describing this volume.
See ntfs_volume_state_bits above. */
ntfs_inode *vol_ni; /* ntfs_inode structure for FILE_Volume. */
u8 major_ver; /* Ntfs major version of volume. */
u8 minor_ver; /* Ntfs minor version of volume. */
le16 flags; /* Bit array of VOLUME_* flags. */
u16 sector_size; /* Byte size of a sector. */
u8 sector_size_bits; /* Log(2) of the byte size of a sector. */
u32 cluster_size; /* Byte size of a cluster. */
u32 mft_record_size; /* Byte size of a mft record. */
u32 indx_record_size; /* Byte size of a INDX record. */
u8 cluster_size_bits; /* Log(2) of the byte size of a cluster. */
u8 mft_record_size_bits;/* Log(2) of the byte size of a mft record. */
u8 indx_record_size_bits;/* Log(2) of the byte size of a INDX record. */
/* Variables used by the cluster and mft allocators. */
u8 mft_zone_multiplier; /* Initial mft zone multiplier. */
u8 full_zones; /* cluster zones which are full */
s64 mft_data_pos; /* Mft record number at which to allocate the
next mft record. */
LCN mft_zone_start; /* First cluster of the mft zone. */
LCN mft_zone_end; /* First cluster beyond the mft zone. */
LCN mft_zone_pos; /* Current position in the mft zone. */
LCN data1_zone_pos; /* Current position in the first data zone. */
LCN data2_zone_pos; /* Current position in the second data zone. */
s64 nr_clusters; /* Volume size in clusters, hence also the
number of bits in lcn_bitmap. */
ntfs_inode *lcnbmp_ni; /* ntfs_inode structure for FILE_Bitmap. */
ntfs_attr *lcnbmp_na; /* ntfs_attr structure for the data attribute
of FILE_Bitmap. Each bit represents a
cluster on the volume, bit 0 representing
lcn 0 and so on. A set bit means that the
cluster and vice versa. */
LCN mft_lcn; /* Logical cluster number of the data attribute
for FILE_MFT. */
ntfs_inode *mft_ni; /* ntfs_inode structure for FILE_MFT. */
ntfs_attr *mft_na; /* ntfs_attr structure for the data attribute
of FILE_MFT. */
ntfs_attr *mftbmp_na; /* ntfs_attr structure for the bitmap attribute
of FILE_MFT. Each bit represents an mft
record in the $DATA attribute, bit 0
representing mft record 0 and so on. A set
bit means that the mft record is in use and
vice versa. */
ntfs_inode *secure_ni; /* ntfs_inode structure for FILE $Secure */
ntfs_index_context *secure_xsii; /* index for using $Secure:$SII */
ntfs_index_context *secure_xsdh; /* index for using $Secure:$SDH */
int secure_reentry; /* check for non-rentries */
unsigned int secure_flags; /* flags, see security.h for values */
int mftmirr_size; /* Size of the FILE_MFTMirr in mft records. */
LCN mftmirr_lcn; /* Logical cluster number of the data attribute
for FILE_MFTMirr. */
ntfs_inode *mftmirr_ni; /* ntfs_inode structure for FILE_MFTMirr. */
ntfs_attr *mftmirr_na; /* ntfs_attr structure for the data attribute
of FILE_MFTMirr. */
ntfschar *upcase; /* Upper case equivalents of all 65536 2-byte
Unicode characters. Obtained from
FILE_UpCase. */
u32 upcase_len; /* Length in Unicode characters of the upcase
table. */
ntfschar *locase; /* Lower case equivalents of all 65536 2-byte
Unicode characters. Only if option
case_ignore is set. */
ATTR_DEF *attrdef; /* Attribute definitions. Obtained from
FILE_AttrDef. */
s32 attrdef_len; /* Size of the attribute definition table in
bytes. */
s64 free_clusters; /* Track the number of free clusters which
greatly improves statfs() performance */
s64 free_mft_records; /* Same for free mft records (see above) */
BOOL efs_raw; /* volume is mounted for raw access to
efs-encrypted files */
#if CACHE_INODE_SIZE
struct CACHE_HEADER *xinode_cache;
#endif
#if CACHE_NIDATA_SIZE
struct CACHE_HEADER *nidata_cache;
#endif
#if CACHE_LOOKUP_SIZE
struct CACHE_HEADER *lookup_cache;
#endif
#if CACHE_SECURID_SIZE
struct CACHE_HEADER *securid_cache;
#endif
#if CACHE_LEGACY_SIZE
struct CACHE_HEADER *legacy_cache;
#endif
};
extern const char *ntfs_home;
extern ntfs_volume *ntfs_volume_alloc(void);
extern ntfs_volume *ntfs_volume_startup(struct ntfs_device *dev,
unsigned long flags);
extern ntfs_volume *ntfs_device_mount(struct ntfs_device *dev,
unsigned long flags);
extern ntfs_volume *ntfs_mount(const char *name, unsigned long flags);
extern int ntfs_umount(ntfs_volume *vol, const BOOL force);
extern int ntfs_version_is_supported(ntfs_volume *vol);
extern int ntfs_volume_check_hiberfile(ntfs_volume *vol, int verbose);
extern int ntfs_logfile_reset(ntfs_volume *vol);
extern int ntfs_volume_write_flags(ntfs_volume *vol, const le16 flags);
extern int ntfs_volume_error(int err);
extern void ntfs_mount_error(const char *vol, const char *mntpoint, int err);
extern int ntfs_volume_get_free_space(ntfs_volume *vol);
extern int ntfs_set_shown_files(ntfs_volume *vol,
BOOL show_sys_files, BOOL show_hid_files, BOOL hide_dot_files);
extern int ntfs_set_locale(void);
extern int ntfs_set_ignore_case(ntfs_volume *vol);
#endif /* defined _NTFS_VOLUME_H */